Customer Manual WC1050738

Installation, Operation &
Maintenance Manual
-STANDARD COMPRESSOR-
Clean Energy Compression | 43676 Progress Way, Chilliwack, BC, Canada, V2R 0C3 | tel +1-604-795-9491
CleanCNG STANDARD
GAS COMPRESSOR
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
Standard Compressor
2017
Serial Number:
WC1050738
CBA Number:
WC1050648-1
Production Date:
SEPTEMBER 2017
MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 2 of 112

Trademark and Copyright 2017 Clean Energy Compression (a subsidiary of Clean Energy Corp.). All rights reserved.
DISCLAIMER
This document is the product of intensive creative efforts, and contains confidential trade information belonging to
Clean Energy Compression. Unauthorized duplication of material contained in this document could be damaging to
Clean Energy Compression. No disclosure, distribution, or reproduction of this material may be made without prior
written authorization from Clean Energy Compression. Unauthorized use, disclosure, dissemination, or duplication
of any of the information contained herein may result in liability under applicable laws.
This manual is intended for qualified personnel only. Clean Energy Compression assumes no responsibilities for
injuries, or damage to property resulting for the misuse, or the misinterpretation of information contained herein.
Clean Energy Compression has made all reasonable efforts to present here the most up-to-date information
available at the time of publication. However, some items may not reflect exactly what is found in the product
delivered. Additionally, the pictures included in this manual are for illustration purposes only. Actual parts and
specifications may vary. In case of any discrepancy, contact Clean Energy Compression immediately.
Clean Energy Compression (Canada and China) is ISO 9001-certified, and builds equipment under electrical and
mechanical norms such as CE, ATEX, ASME, and PED, among others. The compliance with specific norms varies
with the final product delivered. For more information about the conformity characteristics of this specific
product, consult the related declarations found in this manual.

C ONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................... 8
1.1 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................................................... 8

1.2 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................................. 8
1.3 RECEIPT AND INSPECTION ................................................................................................................................... 8
2 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES ............................................ 10
2.1 SAFE WORK PRACTICES .................................................................................................................................... 10

2.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE QUALIFIED OPERATION PERSONNEL .................................................................................. 10
2.3 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE QUALIFIED INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ..........................11
2.4 VISUAL COMMUNICATION ................................................................................................................................ 12
2.4.1 Danger Symbols ................................................................................................................................. 12
2.4.2 Warning Symbols ............................................................................................................................... 13
2.4.3 Safety Equipment Symbols ................................................................................................................ 13
2.5 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS...................................................................................................................................... 14
2.5.1 Following the Lock-out Procedure ..................................................................................................... 15
2.5.2 Entering a Hazardous Environment ................................................................................................... 16
2.5.3 Opening Electrical Enclosures ............................................................................................................ 16
2.5.4 Safety Remarks Regarding Operation ............................................................................................... 17
2.5.5 Safety Remarks in Case of Gas Leaks................................................................................................. 18
2.5.6 Arc Flash and Arc Blast Hazards ........................................................................................................ 18
2.5.7 Safeguarding the Lockable Ball Valve ............................................................................................... 19
3 SYSTEM OVERVIEW................................................................................................................................... 20
4 DESIGN FEATURES..................................................................................................................................... 22
4.1 DELIVERY OPTIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 22

4.2 SERVICEABILITY ............................................................................................................................................... 22
4.2.1 Centralized Drain Location ................................................................................................................ 22
4.2.2 Visible Oil Sight Indicator ................................................................................................................... 22
4.2.3 Built-in Multi-Function Service Cranes ............................................................................................... 23
4.2.4 Vertical Inter-stage Cooler Design ..................................................................................................... 23
4.2.5 CBA Monitoring Ports ........................................................................................................................ 24
4.2.6 Easy Access to Routine Maintenance Items ...................................................................................... 25
4.2.7 Recovery Tank Isolation and Pressure Safety Valve .......................................................................... 25
4.2.8 Electrical Design Approach ................................................................................................................ 25

4.3 INTER-STAGE PIPING........................................................................................................................................ 26
4.4 COMPRESSOR BLOW-DOWN AND GAS RECOVERY ................................................................................................. 28
4.5 COMPRESSOR COOLING SYSTEM ........................................................................................................................ 28
4.6 COMPRESSOR ELECTRICAL CONTROLS.................................................................................................................. 28
4.7 PRIORITY PANEL .............................................................................................................................................. 29
5 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................................................... 31
5.1 COMPRESSOR SKID INSTALLATION ...................................................................................................................... 31

5.1.1 General Considerations ..................................................................................................................... 31
5.1.2 Grounding .......................................................................................................................................... 31
5.1.3 Lightning Protection .......................................................................................................................... 32
5.1.4 Physical Placement and Securing ...................................................................................................... 32
5.1.5 Electrical and Piping Access Cut-outs ................................................................................................ 33
5.1.6 Fixing the Compressor Skid to the Foundation .................................................................................. 33
5.2 SITE INLET PIPING............................................................................................................................................ 34
5.2.1 Gas Properties ................................................................................................................................... 34
6 COMMISSIONING AND START-UP.............................................................................................................. 36
6.1 START-UP PREPARATION................................................................................................................................... 36

6.2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ................................................................................................................................. 36
6.2.1 Electrical Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 36
6.2.2 Electrical Control Panel Requirements............................................................................................... 37
6.2.3 Grounding/Bonding System Checks ................................................................................................... 37
6.3 ADJUSTING THE DISCHARGE LOUVER HATCH – FLOW CONTROL VALVE ...................................................................... 38
6.4 PURGES ......................................................................................................................................................... 39
6.4.1 Before You Begin ............................................................................................................................... 40
6.4.2 Pre-purging Checklist ......................................................................................................................... 41
6.4.3 Compressor Piping Nitrogen Purge ................................................................................................... 41
6.4.4 Priority/ESD Panel and Storage Cascade Nitrogen Purge.................................................................. 42
6.4.5 Dispensing Station Nitrogen Purge.................................................................................................... 42
6.4.6 Compressor Piping Natural Gas Purge .............................................................................................. 43
6.4.7 Priority/ESD Panel and Storage Cascade Natural Gas Purge ............................................................ 43
6.4.8 Dispensing Station Natural Gas Purge............................................................................................... 44
6.5 START-UP PROCEDURES.................................................................................................................................... 44
6.5.1 Compressor Start-up .......................................................................................................................... 44

7 COMPRESSOR OPERATION: STATUS LIGHTS .............................................................................................. 46
7.1 COMPRESSOR LIGHT FUNCTIONALITY .................................................................................................................. 46

7.2 INTERNAL SEQUENCE OF EVENTS ........................................................................................................................ 46
7.2.1 Starting Timeline ............................................................................................................................... 47
7.2.1.1 Remote/Local Switch .................................................................................................................................... 48
7.2.2 Running Timeline ............................................................................................................................... 49
7.2.3 Running Timeline – Stopping and Stand-by ....................................................................................... 50
7.3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................................. 51
8 TOUCHSCREEN OPERATION ─ SIEMENS CONTROLLER ................................................................................ 52
8.1 NAVIGATION CONTROL BUTTONS ....................................................................................................................... 52

8.2 MAIN MENU SCREEN....................................................................................................................................... 52
8.3 COMPRESSOR SCREEN ...................................................................................................................................... 54
8.4 PRIORITY PANEL SCREEN................................................................................................................................... 56
8.5 ALARM HISTORY SCREEN .................................................................................................................................. 57
8.6 SETPOINT SCREEN(S) ....................................................................................................................................... 58
8.6.1 Site Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 59
8.6.2 Unit 1 and Unit 2 Screen .................................................................................................................... 60
8.6.3 Fast Fill Screen ................................................................................................................................... 60
8.7 COMPRESSOR CONTROL RESET .......................................................................................................................... 62
8.8 COMPRESSOR ALARMS ..................................................................................................................................... 62
9 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING.................................................................................................. 63
9.1 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS ................................................................................................................................. 63

9.2 COMPRESSOR VALVES ...................................................................................................................................... 63
9.3 PRESSURE SAFETY VALVES................................................................................................................................. 64
9.4 CHECK VALVES................................................................................................................................................ 65
9.5 VENT HEADERS ............................................................................................................................................... 65
9.6 INLET FILTER................................................................................................................................................... 65
9.7 SCRUBBERS .................................................................................................................................................... 66
9.8 DISCHARGE FILTER........................................................................................................................................... 67
9.9 RECOVERY TANK ............................................................................................................................................. 67
9.10 AIR COOLED SYSTEM ....................................................................................................................................... 68
9.11 PRIME MOVERS .............................................................................................................................................. 68
9.12 BELT REPLACEMENT......................................................................................................................................... 68
9.12.1 Belt and Sheave Alignment................................................................................................................ 69

9.12.2 Belt Tensioning .................................................................................................................................. 70
9.12.3 Belt Deflection Chart Method ............................................................................................................ 70
9.12.4 Tension Meter Method ...................................................................................................................... 71
9.13 LUBRICATION - BALDOR® MOTORS ..................................................................................................................... 72
9.13.1 Baldor® Motor Re-lubrication Interval (in Operating Hours) ............................................................. 72
9.13.2 Baldor® Motor Lubrication Multiplier (Based on Operating Conditions) ........................................... 73
9.13.3 Baldor® Motor Lubrication ─ Quantity of Grease ............................................................................... 73
9.14 WEG MOTORS .............................................................................................................................................. 74
9.15 COMPRESSOR LUBRICATION .............................................................................................................................. 74
9.15.1 Oil and Filter Change ......................................................................................................................... 75
9.16 LUBRICANTS RECOMMENDATION ....................................................................................................................... 76
9.16.1 Cold Climates ..................................................................................................................................... 76
9.16.2 Moderate Climates ............................................................................................................................ 76
9.16.3 Hot Climates ...................................................................................................................................... 77
9.17 LOUVERS LUBRICATION .................................................................................................................................... 77
9.18 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................. 78
9.18.1 CleanCNG STANDARD Series Compressor Torque Specifications....................................................... 79
9.19 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................... 80
9.20 TROUBLESHOOTING ......................................................................................................................................... 85
10 SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................................................ 94
10.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................. 94

10.2 DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................................................................... 95
11 PROCEDURES AND ADDENDUMS .............................................................................................................. 96
11.1 ATTACHING INLET LOUVER DOORS AND DISCHARGE LOUVER DOORS ........................................................................ 96
11.2 LIFTING THE CLEANCNG STANDARD COMPRESSOR........................................................................................... 103
11.2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................... 103
11.2.2 Method ............................................................................................................................................ 103
11.2.3 Security Concerns for Lifting ............................................................................................................ 104
11.2.4 Secure the unit ................................................................................................................................. 107
12 TECHNICAL SUPPORT .............................................................................................................................. 109
13 APPENDIX A: SERVICE DOCUMENTS LIST ................................................................................................. 110
14 APPENDIX B: INSTALLATION DOCUMENTS LIST........................................................................................ 111
15 APPENDIX C: ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS AND SERIAL NUMBER LIST......................................................... 112

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this manual is to provide operators and local maintenance personnel with the
information necessary to operate, maintain, troubleshoot, and perform simple repairs. The information
and procedures for these activities outlined in this manual are deemed adequate and sufficient by Clean
Energy Compression.
1.2 Scope
This manual provides information on the deployment, use and upkeep of the systems under normal
situations, including descriptions of routine inspections and preventive maintenance activities.
A set of relevant OEM documents complements this document package. The OEM documents are the
sole responsibility of their publishers. This manual does not cover extensive maintenance procedures or
retrofitting, nor is it intended for personnel training.
If information beyond the scope of this manual is required, please contact either your local CEC service
center, or Clean Energy Compression Headquarters at:
43676 Progress Way

Chilliwack, BC V2R 0C3 Canada
customercare@cleanenergyfuels.com
1-604-795-9491
For more information on CEC service centers, visit our website at www.cleanenergyfuels/compression.
1.3 Receipt and Inspection
Immediately upon receipt of the equipment, take the following steps:
1. Inspect the unit for damage that may have occurred in transit: if any damage is found,
file a claim with the freight company as applicable.
2. Take photos of any damage, and contact your local CEC service center to order
replacement parts.
3. Locate the nameplate and verify the model ordered.

4. Contact CEC’s Technical Service Group at customercare@cleanenergyfuels.com to
schedule commissioning. All CEC equipment must be commissioned by authorized CEC
personnel.
IMPORTANT:
Do not operate the equipment until commissioning.

2 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES
2.1 Safe Work Practices
WARNING!
As per regional requirements, only Qualified Personnel to conduct the work and
services specified in this manual.
Safety must always be the prime concern of all personnel involved in the operation and maintenance of
any system that employs pressurized natural gas, high power motors, and electrical controls – like the
CleanCNG STANDARD Compressor.
It is absolutely essential that all safety devices and emergency response systems be fully operational,
and within their certification periods, before any operation or service is performed on the CleanCNG.
All maintenance routines should comply with local occupational safety standards. For more information,
consult your local work safety regulatory agency.
All operation and maintenance personnel must be properly trained by CE qualified professionals, or a CE
approved third party with supervision. Note: Please contact Technical Services to request CEC Technical
Training at customercare@cleanenergyfuels.com.
2.2 Responsibilities of the Qualified Operation Personnel
All Operators must be adequately trained and authorized by CEC or authorized dealer from CEC. It is the
Operator’s responsibility to perform their duties efficiently and safely, and as per local and regional
safety requirements. The Operators must:
☼ Be trained to the hazards and the safe working practices of the environment, which may include
high pressure equipment, potentially explosive atmospheres, high voltage equipment, rotating
equipment, lifting hazards, pinch points, trip hazards, and calibration requirements for safety devices.
☼ Immediately report to the system supervisor any discrepancy in normal operating conditions;
☼ Request, use, make available to subordinates, and insist on the proper utilization of all safety equipment;
☼ Follow safety labels, warning signs, and written instructions without compromise or interpretations;

☼ Ensure that all tools, instruments, and emergency response devices necessary are available and
operational at all times;
☼ Understand and be capable of operating safety devices such as emergency shut-down devices (ESDs);
☼ Know and implement responsibilities for use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) under their
applicable regional regulations.
2.3 Responsibilities of the Qualified Installation, Commissioning and

Maintenance Personnel
Only qualified installation, commissioning, and maintenance personnel trained by Clean Energy
Compression, or its representatives, should install, commission and maintain system performance, while
ensuring safety in and around the system.
Only qualified and trained service personnel may attempt any troubleshooting and service work to CNG
electrical and mechanical components. If in doubt, contact CEC.
Installation, Commissioning and Maintenance personnel are responsible for guaranteeing that the
CleanCNG performs within the specified levels of quality and safety throughout the life of the system.
For this purpose, they must:
☼ Be trained to the hazards and the safe working practices of the environment, which may include
high pressure equipment, potentially explosive atmospheres, high voltage equipment, rotating
equipment, lifting hazards, pinch points, trip hazards, and calibration requirements for safety devices.
☼ Not propose, accept, or condone any compromise regarding performance and safety for reasons of
expediency, or otherwise;
☼ Ensure that all tools, instruments and emergency response devices necessary are available and
operational at all times;
☼ Apply cascading safety devices such as hasps, padlocks, restraining stripes and barriers whenever
maintenance procedures are performed; and
☼ Know and implement responsibilities for use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) under their
applicable regional regulations.

2.4 Visual Communication
Clean Energy Compression uses extensive visual aids based on ISO 3864-1/4 and ISO 7010 safety symbol
standards, both on the equipment and within this manual. On the equipment, it is essential that all
symbols remain in plain sight, clean, and in good visual condition throughout the life of the equipment.
If a symbol is damaged or lost, contact Clean Energy Compression for a replacement immediately.
The following symbols may be present in different parts of the CleanCNG, or in its vicinity. Ensure that
all operators understand the meaning of these symbols and the reason why they are placed at a
particular location.
2.4.1 Danger Symbols
Danger symbols indicate elevated risk of death, severe injury, and catastrophic damage to property, if
the instruction conveyed by the symbol is not strictly followed.
These symbols do not allow for compromise!
Elevated risk of death or injury in No cigarettes, lighters, matches, or

case of accident. Appropriate safety other similar material can be lit or
wear and safety devices must be carried in the vicinity.
used at all times.
No open flame, such as blow A fully operational fire extinguisher

torches or welding equipment, can is present in the area, and rated by
be used in the vicinity. the local safety board for the
adequate class of fire.
Cell phone usage prohibited. Power

off cell phones before entering the
vicinity.

2.4.2 Warning Symbols
Warning symbols indicate the risk of death, injury, or damage to property, if overlooked.
General Hazard. There are Electrical Hazards. These are risks

intrinsic risks in the immediate related to electrical connections.
vicinity. Stay alert for sudden Wear electrical protection
changes in sound or light. equipment, such as rubber gloves
and insulated shoes.
Risk of explosion, or uncontrolled Risk of catching, crushing, or

release of compressed fluids or severing of limbs. Do not touch
gas. Wear eye protection and/or moving parts. Do not wear loose
other adequate equipment. fitting clothing.
Hot surface. Do not touch or leave Full safety gear (PPE – Certified
objects over the area. Personal Protection Equipment),
as defined by the local safety
board, must be worn at all times.
2.4.3 Safety Equipment Symbols
The following symbols indicate equipment and/or devices that enhance personal safety. They are
mandatory wherever these symbols are present.
Wear adequate eye protection Wear foot protection against

against impact, fluids, and/or crushing and penetration
intense light. hazards.
Apply individual padlock Wear protective gloves against

protection (interlocking lockout cuts, penetration, and heat
hasps) whenever maintenance or hazards.
service is performed.

2.5 Safety Instructions
It is very important that you read and understand the following safety instructions. If you have any
question, consult either your safety supervisor or a person more experienced with this type of system.
Do not attempt to operate, service, repair, or clean the equipment unless you fully understand the
procedures and risks involved. The following rules always apply:
☼ All operation, service, repair, and cleaning work must be done in compliance with local regulations.
☼ Use OEM parts to maintain the integrity of the design.
☼ Smoking is strictly forbidden in the proximity of the equipment and its supply/delivery lines.
☼ Highly compressed natural gas, even in small quantities, contains a large amount of energy, and can
be very dangerous. Before executing any maintenance or repair work, ensure that the entire system
is completely vented (open to the atmosphere).
☼ Rotating and moving machine parts pose a special risk of accidents. Do not remove guards and
covers during operation or energized maintenance routines.
☼ Do not store flammable materials near the unit.
☼ Do not touch any wiring (exposed or not) or electrical

components when the system is energized.
☼ If you are not a certified electrician, do not open any electrical cabinet.
DANGER: Explosion Hazard!

Substitution of components may impair suitability for hazardous locations specified on
the nameplate of the compressor.
If replacing an electrical part in a classified area, then the replacement part must be a
Clean Energy Compression part: exact make and model.
Only a qualified Technician must replace the part, and only after power has been locked
out and she/he has followed procedures confirming that the area is non-hazardous.
Any questions, please contact Technical Services at customercare@cleanenergyfuels.com

2.5.1 Following the Lock-out Procedure
Lock-out is a procedure that prevents the release of hazardous energy to ensure that the energy source
is de-energized, deactivated, or otherwise inoperable. This procedure involves the use of devices such as
padlocks, hasps, and chains to prevent the equipment or its modules from being energized or recharged
by accident while work is being performed.
Important: Ensure you understand and comply with your local and regional regulations for lock-out
requirements and procedures.
☼ The person(s) performing the work must have full and sole control of the locking device at all times,
until the work is completed.
☼ The equipment cannot be re-energized or recharged unless all locking devices have been removed
by the person in charge.
☼ When work is performed in or around the compressor skid, the motor and all electrical components
must be locked out.
☼ During maintenance on any electrical component, the entire system, including main, secondary and
backup power sources of the component, must be de-energized and locked out. Reference the
electrical drawings in the appendix to confirm breakers for lockout procedure.
☼ During maintenance work to any of the compressor’s lines, the inlet and discharge lines must be
closed and locked out by applying chains and padlock to the main valves.
DANGER:
Never make copies of lock-out keys.
DANGER:
Using only the offline switch is not acceptable as a lock-out method.
Ensure you follow the lockout procedure, and your local regulations.

2.5.2 Entering a Hazardous Environment
☼ Do not enter the compressor room until it has been established as a safe environment.
☼ When work is performed in the compressor room or storage area, the atmosphere must be
monitored for the presence of gas.
☼ When working with or around the enclosure, ensure that the area is well ventilated.
For additional standards concerning entering a hazardous environment, consult your local workplace
health and safety regulatory agency.
2.5.3 Opening Electrical Enclosures
Ensure you have read the previous section in this Chapter of “Following the Lock-out Procedure.” Only
Qualified and Authorized personnel can open the electrical control enclosures and cabinets.
Read the compressor and/or electrical enclosure nameplate for hazardous area
classifications, as they may vary according to specific design criteria.
Before opening explosion-proof panels:
1. Before opening any control enclosure or electrical cabinet, turn the Online/Offline switch
to the OFFLINE position.
2. Lock out all power supplies to the panel.
3. Lock out the compressor and piping systems within the classified area.
4. Purge all compressor and piping systems with nitrogen (N2).
After completing all work in the explosion-proof panel:

 If applicable, replace and torque all bolts before allowing any gas to refill the compressor
or piping.
The equipment is designed for Class I, Division 1 or 2 Group D hazardous or unclassified materials. For
area classifications, refer to the publication CAN/CSA B108 or NFPA52 in conjunction with CEC
transmittal documents that are included in the Appendix.

DANGER!
Using ONLY the Offline Switch is NOT acceptable as a lock-out method.
Important: Ensure safe lock-out procedures and Personal Protective Equipment that comply with local
and regional regulations are in place, understood, and in use by Qualified Personnel.
Important: Wear Personal Protective Equipment according to the requirements of the environment, and
as per regional and local regulations.
2.5.4 Safety Remarks Regarding Operation
In order to function properly, the system must be maintained in a safe, clean and stable condition at all
times, and must be inspected regularly. The following instructions are intended to maximize
performance and reduce the risk of accident:
☼ The system should only operate within its technical specifications. Any situation that forces it
beyond its capacity can be dangerous both to property and personnel. Operation outside the
technical specification may void the warranty.
☼ Substitution of components may impair suitability for hazardous locations specified on the
nameplate of the compressor. Do not replace any electrical equipment in a classified area, unless
as a qualified Technician, you have switched off power and have followed procedures to confirm
that the area is non-hazardous.
☼ Do not allow or accept modifications to any part of the system, even temporarily, as serious
consequences may result. Any modification must be approved in advance by Clean Energy
Compression. Unauthorized modifications may void the warranty.
☼ Before operating the system, ensure that no one is performing inspection or maintenance work in
or around the system.
☼ Do not touch any piping (especially discharge piping) or any other part of the system while in
operation.
☼ Never execute any cleaning work while the system is running or energized.

☼ Inlet and Discharge Louver Doors have Louvers that open and close automatically to allow for
cooling air to circulate within the compressor and compressor enclosure. Do not work on or touch
Louvers during operation, as the closing Louvers are pinch hazards, and can cause bodily harm and
injury.
WARNING:
Be aware that the compressor may start automatically at any time.
Do not assume that a compressor that is not running is disconnected or de-

energized.
2.5.5 Safety Remarks in Case of Gas Leaks
The presence of gas leaks is one of the most dangerous situations around a gas compressor. For all gas
leaks, ensure you follow the procedures and protocols of your regional regulations.

Where risk of injury or life threatening situations could occur, immediately
shutdown the system by pressing the closest ESD (emergency shutdown)
button, then evacuate the area immediately.
As soon as possible, contact the Clean Energy 24 Hour Call Center (include station name and station ID#)
at 1-866-278-3674. Also, contact the required Reporting Agencies as per your regional regulations.
2.5.6 Arc Flash and Arc Blast Hazards
An arc flash is the sudden release of large amounts of energy in the form of heat and light.
Personal exposure to an arc flash may result in a variety of serious injuries, and, in some cases, death.
Workers may be injured at great distances from an arc flash,
sometimes farther than 4 meters (12 feet) away.
Aside from personal injuries, equipment can be severely damaged,

resulting in downtime and expensive repair work. Also, nearby
flammable materials may be ignited.

2.5.7 Safeguarding the Lockable Ball Valve
There is a lockable ball valve (HV-102A) attached to the recovery tank that leads up to the PSV/Vent
Header. See image below.
 The lockable ball valve must remain locked in open position at all time when the compressor
is in operation.
Closing the valve when the compressor is not locked-out can lead to an explosion
and serious injury or death.
• Only trained personnel can isolate the pressure relief valve to a written procedure and in
accordance with local regulations.
• Compressor lock-out procedures must be executed when closing the valve.
• The valve can only be closed when the compressor is locked-out, i.e., power isolated and locked
out from the compressor.
• The compressor discharge valve is closed (to isolate the high pressure source from the
compressor).
Image in Detail A: Lockable Ball Valve

3 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The CleanCNG STANDARD compressors are heavy-duty reciprocating assemblies designed for intermittent
or continuous running with minimal maintenance. This is apparent from the rugged crosshead guide
design and cooling cylinders design that provide unmatched heat transfer for long and reliable
operation.
The typical compressor crankcase has three throws. Each throw connects to a lubricated crosshead that
reciprocates in a crosshead guide, providing linear guiding for the pistons of each stage. The pistons use
seals and rings made of specialty plastics that allow gas compression without oil contamination of the
gas stream.
A rider ring acts as a linear bearing to center the piston in the cylinder bore. The number and type of
rings used in each stage are determined by the operating parameters of the stage, primarily its output
pressure. The compressor is belt-driven by an electric motor mounted to the system skid.
The CleanCNG STANDARD allows for an extensive range of input pressures, from 0.01 to 25 mPa (1 to
3600 psig), with flow capacities from 150 to 2400 nm3/h (95 to 1,500 scfm). The three-throw system can
accommodate up to five compression stages. All CleanCNG STANDARD compression stages are non-
lubricated, ensuring a high quality, oil-free discharge gas. The most common elements are:
Propulsion: Electric
☼ Motor power is dependent on flow requirements.
Number of throws: 2 to 3; number of stages: 1 to 5
☼ This is a factor of the input pressure and discharge flow requirements.
Cooling system: Air
PLC control: Siemens
☼ CEC can accommodate other PLC Control systems; however Siemens PLC is stock for the CleanCNG
STANDARD compressor.

For specific information regarding your system, please refer to the Engineering Drawings and
Schematics section of this document package.
Drawing: Major Components of the CleanCNG STANDARD
1 - Inter Stage piping 4 - Cooler Assembly and Control Panel

2 - Recovery Tank Assembly 5 - Motor
3 - Compressor Block Assembly 6 - Skid
7 - Front Enclosure, includes: a) Gauge Panel
and b) Electrical Panel c) In-built Service Crane

4 DESIGN FEATURES
The CleanCNG STANDARD compressors standardize the

following features for ease of implementation and
maintenance:
☼ Delivery options
☼ Serviceability
☼ Electrical design approach

Figure 1 CleanCNG STANDARD
☼ Performance
4.1 Delivery Options
The CleanCNG STANDARD fits in standard 20ft shipping

containers and the Inlet/Discharge Louvers are easily
removable.
Figure 2 CleanCNG STANDARD in shipping container

4.2 Serviceability
Design features for the CleanCNG STANDARD that improve serviceability for technicians are, as follows:
4.2.1 Centralized Drain Location
The drain lines are front and center, making for an

easy drain check. The drain lines are easily
accessible from skid edge via service access.
4.2.2 Visible Oil Sight Indicator
The front-mounted oil sight indicator allows for Figure 3 Centralized drain location and oil sight indicator
rapid evaluation of crankcase oil levels.

4.2.3 Built-in Multi-Function Service Cranes
Figure 4. Built-in Multi-Function Service Cranes
There are several conveniently located cranes to service the CBA (cylinders, seal carriers, packing cases,
piston rods, sheave, bottles), and fan motors. They are modular and reconfigurable to meet the variety
of lifting requirements within the package. The built-in service cranes hide-away when not in use.
4.2.4 Vertical Inter-stage Cooler Design
To access to each cooler section, a Technician opens the discharge louver doors. The shelving design of
the cooler section allows a Technician to slide each section out individually to service it. Due to the
simplified access, a single Technician can remove the cooler section with the aid of a suitably rated lifting
apparatus.
Figure 5 Remove Cooler section this direction
Figure 6 Shelving design of

the cooler section

4.2.5 CBA Monitoring Ports
Test ports on each stage allow for on-site evaluation of valve performance and piston ring condition
during operation.
Indicator port – NPT connections are standard on all compressors. For in-situ monitoring the installation
of additional check valves is necessary.
Figure 7 CBA Monitoring Ports

4.2.6 Easy Access to Routine Maintenance Items
The CleanCNG STANDARD model provides clear access to items that require routine preventative
maintenance. This includes, as follows:
• Clear access to inlet & discharge filters.

• A mechanical control panel for
solenoids & check valves.
• An open avenue to sheaves and belts
via a service pathway.
• Full access to CBA via rear service
pathway and inlet louver swinging
doors.
• Rear panel direct access to pressure
safety valves, assisting the annual re- Figure 8 Maintenance Access
certification process.
• CBA center-wing roof access hatch.
4.2.7 Recovery Tank Isolation and Pressure Safety Valve
There is a lockable recovery tank and Pressure Safety Valve (PSV), which allows full recovery tank
isolation. This allows for the annual certification and servicing of the PSV without the need to vent the
recovery tank. This provides cost savings and reduces environmental impact during servicing.
4.2.8 Electrical Design Approach
There are several electrical design features for the CleanCNG STANDARD that assist servicing,
monitoring, and analysis. They are, as follows:
• Electrical Harness Design: The CleanCNG STANDARD harness reduces factory assembly time.
The harness allows manufacturing to be shifted from Electricians to assembly line with standard
quality control.

• Electrical control panel Inside Enclosure: Easy access to indoor control panel, which removes
inclement weather concerns during servicing.
• Global & Local Mode Controls logic: A Master Control Panel (MCP) operating in Global Mode
can control the operation of numerous compressor units linked together. In the event of a fault
with the MCP (such as a lost communication), each compressor unit can switch to Local Mode,
ensuring that site disruptions are minimal. Separate controls setpoints for Global and Local
Modes ensure that alternative control plans are in place in the case of a fault.
• Intelligent Dual Fan Logic: Controls for the air fans in the Cooler assembly reduce dual fan
operation to single fan operation based on inter-stage, discharge, and ambient temperature
measurement to reduce operating noise and improve efficiency.
• Built-in data logging: Optional local data logging in .csv file format capability is built into the
Master Control Panel’s HMI. All instrumentation and control valve states log at user-definable
sampling rate of up-to 1Hz to a USB drive. An optional higher resolution alarm buffer allows the
capture of performance just prior to alarm trigger to gain further insight into the events leading
up to alarm.
4.3 Inter-Stage Piping
The inlet line to the compressor connects to the natural gas metering system of the local gas authority.
In some installations, a gas dryer may be installed between the compressor and the gas meter. It is
preferable that the gas reaches the compressor as dry and clean as possible.
The supply gas passes through an inlet filter in the compressor for the removal of small particles. The
complete filter is composed of two components: the canister body and the filter element. The complete
filter also damps out pressure pulses created by the reciprocation of the pistons, protecting the gas
supply meter and regulator set.
The gas flowing to the compressor passes through a fail-safe inlet valve, which automatically isolates the
compressor from the gas supply whenever the compressor shuts down.

When the compressed gas discharges from the first stage, the gas is hot. The compressed gas
immediately flows through a heat exchanger, travelling through tubes that are cooled by a fan. The heat
exchanger cools the gas prior to the next stage of compression.
As the gas enters the second stage of compression, it passes through

the second stage scrubber bottle, which removes condensed water
and other particles. As well, the scrubber bottle provides inter-stage
pulsation damping: in other words, when the gas enters the volume
of the second stage scrubber bottle, this volume moderates lower
and upper limit pressure peaks from the push and pull of gas in pulses
that occur in the crosshead in the first stage. This process repeats in
subsequent stages. After the final stage, the gas flows through a final
filter that removes entrained hydrocarbons and other condensates.
• For monitoring inter-stage gas pressures, there is a complete

pressure gauge panel.
• For monitoring compressor inlet inter-stage and discharge

temperatures, a thermocouple located in the compressor and
the control panel connects to the PLC (Programmable Logic
Control). The PLC controller provides a system shutdown
signal in the event that any stage gas temperature exceeds
the set limit.
Figure 9 Pressure Gauge panel
Pressure transmitters and gauges monitor lubrication and gas pressures, as specified.
Note: The specific instrumentation list is in the Engineering Drawings and Schematics section of this
documentation package.
All inter-stage piping is protected from over-pressurizing by Pressure Safety Valves, which are vented to
atmosphere through a common vent header, and a vent stack. The vent header serves as a manifold for
relief venting, as well as venting for the inlet filter, scrubbers and final filter’s manual drain valves.
It is very important that the customer considers the unit hazardous area classification for the site design.

Compressor inter-stage piping is joined using socket weld joint connections, or tubed using
compression-type tube fittings. All piping and tubing is designed, manufactured, and tested in
accordance with the appropriate code requirements.
4.4 Compressor Blow-Down and Gas Recovery
Located after the final stage, there is an auto-drain valve that opens to equalize – or average - the high
pressure gas from the final stage (e.g., 4500 psi in North America;
3625 psi in South America) with the low pressure gases from the first
stages.
The auto-drain valve serves two functions:
• One, in the event of a shutdown, the auto-drain valve opens,

allowing the pressurized gas inside the compressor block and
the inter-stage piping to flow into the recovery tank. This
reduces in stage pressure without venting gas to the
atmosphere.
• Two, it reduces high start-up loads by enabling the

Figure 10 Recovery Tank
compressor to run in recirculation mode. This helps reduce
site compressor stops and starts, thus reducing site power usage. Note: A set point enables
duration of recirculation mode. The set point is site dependent based on site needs.
4.5 Compressor Cooling System
Fins are located on the cylinders and the inter-stage coolers (i.e., heat exchanger) for the effective
expulsion of heat: in both cases, they are air-cooled.
4.6 Compressor Electrical Controls
A Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) controls the compressor. The PLC starts and stops the
compressor, continuously monitors compressor status, and indicates warnings and activates alarm
conditions. Various sensors monitor the compressor status for pressure (inlet, interstage, discharge),
temperature (gas, ambient, enclosure, discharge), and other data, as required.

All other switches, motors and solenoid valves used to run the compressors have wiring to approved
methods specific for that classification.
There are three switches on the

compressor: Online/Offline,
Remote/Local and Skid Light. Placing
the switch in the Offline position stops
the compressor, which remains off until
the switch is returned to the Online
position. However, the lighting remains
on and fans can activate via a gas
detector.
All compressor systems have an

Figure 11 Control panel: Online/Offline Switch, ESD button, and Operation Status
emergency shutdown (ESD) system that Lights
incorporates red push buttons in key

positions. This system safely shuts down the compressor and all sources of gas, such as the inlet pipeline
and the storage to the dispenser lines.
4.7 Priority Panel
The compressor system relies on the priority panel to ensure controlled pressure discharges to the
dispensers at even flow rates. For the CleanCNG STANDARD, the priority panel is an onboard component
of the compressor, which connects through tubing after the final discharge of the compressor. Note: For
older models, the priority panel may be a separate component.
The priority panel controls the distribution of gas from the compressor discharge to the storage banks,
and the release of gas from the banks to the dispenser units. It determines the filling cascade sequence,
starting with the high storage bank. The priority panel supplies the dispenser. (The dispenser logic
controls the discharging cascade for the dispensers, starting with the low storage bank.)
When the compressor starts for the first time (see the “Commissioning” section below), the priority
panel diverts the compressor discharge to any dispenser that may be serving.
If no dispenser is serving, the compressor discharge diverts to the high bank storage. As the pressure in
the high bank storage reaches the top set value for that system configuration, the priority panel switches

the compressor discharge to the medium bank, and subsequently to the low bank. Once all banks have
reached their set pressure, the compressor shuts down, and is placed on stand-by.
Conversely, the dispenser discharges gas to the vehicles from the low storage bank first. When the
minimum pressure in the low bank is reached, it switches to the medium bank, and then to the high
bank, as required.
Soon after the low bank starts discharging, the compressor re-starts to replenish all storage banks to
capacity.
If the pressure in the high bank reaches its lower limit, the priority panel switches the discharge directly
from the compressor to the dispenser/vehicle. This limits the dispenser’s discharge to the nominal
discharge flow of the compressor.
All valves in the priority panel are normally closed. This ensures that, in case of power loss or an
emergency shut-down (ESD) event, all valves close immediately, isolating the storage from the
dispenser.

5 INSTALLATION
The following information is provided only as a general guide for equipment installation.
Considering that the installation procedures vary greatly with each equipment configuration and local
characteristics, it is essential to employ the services of Qualified Personnel who are experienced in
installation services.
Note: Additional steps to deployment are specified in local codes, such as NFPS52 & CSA 108.
Note: For CleanCNG STANDARD door/louver installation, please contact CEC for the latest instructions.
5.1 Compressor Skid Installation
5.1.1 General Considerations
Before proceeding with the installation, ensure that all of the following requirements are met:
☼ The site layout design complies with local codes for classification of hazardous areas;
☼ The compressor has adequate space around the compressor skid for easy maintenance access and
air flow (see CEC General Arrangement drawings for skid dimensions);
☼ The inlet gas pipe is routed so that access to the unit is not obstructed; and
☼ An emergency entrance and exit to the unit is provided, clearly marked, and free of obstacles.
5.1.2 Grounding
Local codes are to be followed for site installation. Installations are to be approved by local authorities.
The summaries below have been added for reference but do not supplant any local requirements.
See Site Electrical Drawings in the Appendix for wire sizing and further details.
The Grounding Post location is indicated in the image below:

Figure 12 Grounding Post Location
5.1.3 Lightning Protection
A lightning protection system must be designed and implemented by customer since a direct strike will
cause damage to electrical and control systems within the skid and can cause physical damages and
fires.
5.1.4 Physical Placement and Securing
Before removing the compressor skid from its transport vehicle or container, inspect
its general post-shipment condition, and verify that the packing list matches the
equipment received.
If you notice signs of shipping damage or components missing, do not proceed with
the installation.
Contact your supervisor for insurance and other legal proceedings that may be
necessary, as well as repairs that may need to be executed. Continuing the installation
process without notification may void the warranty.
Danger Zone
Due to the nature of the deployment procedures, including the equipment weight,
and high energy of the latent supplies, there is an elevated risk of accidents during
the installation procedures.
Wear full protective gear at all times.

The compressor skid is designed to settle and be securely bolted down to a levelled, reinforced concrete
foundation that is adequate to its weight (as per the General Arrangement drawings), with a 30 cm (12
inches) extra area around its perimeter. The concrete foundation must be flat and level (within 1/8”
over the length of the pad).
It may be necessary to adjust the concrete thickness and reinforcements according to the weight
distribution of the enclosure and the underlying soil properties. For more information, consult a civil
engineer who has full knowledge of local soil and building codes.
Poorly prepared foundations and equipment installations may lead to excessive vibration, premature
equipment failure, and risk of accidents, and will void equipment warranty.
5.1.5 Electrical and Piping Access Cut-outs
Electrical cables all pass through the side of the enclosure and there is no need to pre-prepare the
concrete with a pass through cut out for the cables.
Note: Depending on site related needs, other cut-outs in the concrete pad may also be necessary for
piping/tubing connections.
For details on locations of access plates and all electrical/piping/tubing hook-ups, refer to the General
Arrangement drawings included in Appendix A of this manual.
5.1.6 Fixing the Compressor Skid to the Foundation
It is essential to bolt down the compressor skid to the foundation by using the bolt down lugs provided.
Failure to do so may result in serious accidents and may void the warranty.
For fastener requirements, please refer to the CEC Construction Transmittal included in the Appendix.
The studs can be cast into the concrete foundation before the enclosure is positioned; alternatively,
insert-type fasteners can be used after the enclosure is located. Do not operate the compressor until all
points are secured to the foundation.
During start up commissioning, skid vibration should be taken and meet all design requirements. Please
consult the CEC Commissioning Check sheet.

5.2 Site Inlet Piping
It is the customer responsibility to protect supply inlet piping for the safe operation of the compressor. It
is also the customer responsibility to design and install site piping in according to local and site
regulations and requirements. The customer must also design and install overpressure protection
requirements for the supply inlet piping.
The compressor’s Inlet Pressure Range is defined on the Nameplate, which is physically mounted to the
compressor skid and included in Appendix C of this manual. It is the customer responsibility to ensure
the inlet pressure is within the Inlet Pressure Range specified.
Additionally, there are overpressure protection requirements for our equipment which is defined on the
P&ID and P&ID BoM (included in Appendix C of the manual).
Furthermore, the compressor’s Inlet Temperature Limits are included in the P&ID and P&ID BOM also
included in Appendix C of this manual.
5.2.1 Gas Properties
It is important that the dryness and composition of the gas meet the minimum gas property
requirements listed here.
In the absence of a customer provided customer gas composition analysis, the standard gas composition
(of methane, 3% ethane and 2% propane) will be assumed to be the default. Variations to performance
data will occur if the gas composition varies from this standard.
In addition, natural gas must comply with the following for compressor performance and vehicle and/or
trailer performance.

DANGER!
Failing to meet the gas property requirements can cause performance failure, damage the
unit, and cause injury to personnel.
Gas Properties
Dryness of Gas (lbs H2O/MMSCF) Less than 60 mg/Sm3 (4.0 lb/MMSCF )
Heavy Hydrocarbon Dew Point (°C) Max. -20 °C at pipeline pressure range
Maximum Gas Oil Content (ppm) 5 PPMV

6 COMMISSIONING AND START-UP
Commissioning and Start-up by authorized CEC personnel ensures the equipment is installed to CEC
standards and operates as intended, as well as validates the warranty. To arrange commissioning,
complete the Station Readiness Check Sheet provided by CEC and e-mail it to CEC’s Technical Service
Group at customercare@cleanenergyfuels.com.
 Only trained and authorized personnel from CEC or a dealer authorized by CEC are to complete
the work described within all sections of this chapter.
6.1 Start-up Preparation
After completing the CNG refuelling station installation in accordance with all applicable codes,
regulations, and manufacturer's instructions, the station is ready for start-up and commissioning.
The following recommended start-up procedure must be performed by qualified technical personnel only,
with experience in the start-up procedures and operation of newly installed CNG refuelling equipment.
This procedure is generic, and may have to be modified to suit specific sites and equipment.
DANGER!: EXPLOSION HAZARD
Before allowing any inlet supply gas to enter the newly installed compressors and
high pressure piping assemblies of the CNG station, the entire station piping system
must be purged with nitrogen as per the “Purges” section of this manual.
Failure to do so may result in an explosion inside the compressor or piping system.
6.2 Electrical Connection
6.2.1 Electrical Requirements
The block heater, space heater, fan motors, and level switch in this system are designed and wired to
explosion-proof or intrinsically safe explosion-proof standards.
Intrinsically safe wiring is present in pressure and temperature sensors located inside the compressor
enclosure. The wiring to the devices, such as the sensors, switches and other intrinsically safe devices -
passes through an intrinsically safe barrier to limit the current to the device. This configuration prevents
sparking that might ignite gas.

Areas sufficiently distant from gas-containing equipment are considered non-hazardous and safe for
locating non-intrinsically safe explosion-proof electrical panels.
For precise area classifications refer to the CSA publication CAN/CSA B149.1 Natural Gas and Propane
Installation Codes. This publication can be obtained at the CSA website. Outside Canada, consult your
regional regulatory agency.
Electrical Hazard
Component substitution may compromise suitability for Class I, Division 2 or

Class 1, Zone 2.
Do not replace any electrical component in a classified area unless power

has been disconnected and effectively locked-out.
6.2.2 Electrical Control Panel Requirements
Applicable electrical controls, including those for compressors, dispensers, priority panels, with NEMA
12, 3R, or 4 electrical panel enclosures must be located remotely from compressors and gas piping
systems, in a non-hazardous area.
NEMA 4 and 3R panels are weatherproof and suitable for outdoor mounting. If subjected to cold winter
temperatures, they should be equipped with thermostatically controlled space heaters.
NEMA 12 panels should be mounted in either a secure weatherproof building or a special kiosk.
The electrical control panel should be bolted to the floor or foundation.
All applicable local codes must be followed.
6.2.3 Grounding/Bonding System Checks
5. General appraisal of the installation by a competent person to assess the physical

condition of the installation and its suitability for its environment.
6. Continuity of the protective conductors and of the main supplementary equipotential
bonding.
7. Resistance of protective conductor.
8. Insulation resistance of the electrical installation.

6.3 Adjusting the Discharge Louver Hatch – Flow Control Valve
Clean CNG 2.0 has a Discharge Louver Hatch control valve. To control the speed that the Discharge Louver
Hatch opens, there is a Flow Control Valve that controls the air pressure to the louver-actuated cylinder.
In the event that the

Discharge Louver Hatch
has to be adjusted in the
field, you set this Flow
Control Valve manually.
This Flow Control Valve is

set during the assembly
during Factory Acceptance
Testing (FAT). However,
once in the field, you may
find that the Discharge
Louver Hatch needs Figure 13 Flow Control Valve
further adjustment to suit conditions.
(IF NEEDED) To adjust the opening speed of the Discharge Louver Hatch for smooth operation:
NOTE: This is a recommended setting.
1. Ensure the Flow Control Valve is at the close Position.

2. Then set it at a half turn – from the close position.
To observe the Discharge Louver Hatch opening operation:
3. Use the Force button on the PLC Program to operate Discharge Louver Hatch during field
adjustments (if required).
4. Observe the speed that the Discharge Louver Hatch opens.
5. Make adjustments as necessary.
• The Discharge Louver Hatch should open in a smooth manner.

6.4 Purges
Before the systems can operate with gas, a series of purge operations must be executed in the sequence
described in Table 1.
Procedure Name Completed
1. Pre-purging Checklist ☐
2. Compressor Piping Nitrogen Purge ☐
3. Priority/ESD Panel and Storage Cascade Nitrogen Purge ☐
4. Dispensing System Nitrogen Purge ☐
5. Compressor Piping Natural Gas Purge ☐
6. Priority/ESD Panel and Storage Cascade Natural Gas Purge ☐
7. Dispensing System Natural Gas Purge ☐
Table 1. Sequence of Purge Procedures
Do not execute one procedure unless the previous one has been completed
successfully. Before proceeding, contact Clean Energy Compression for eliminating any
fault condition.
Maintenance Alert
Some of the following instructions require manually opening and closing valves via the
PLC. These functions are password-protected and can only be accessed by Clean
Energy Compression service personnel, or factory-trained technicians. Call CEC for
additional instructions.

6.4.1 Before You Begin
Before you begin the purge procedures, you need to connect pressure supply to the control panel,
allowing all actuated controls to be enabled from the PLC Force screen.
In order to operate actuated controls, the control panel will require 80-100psig control pressure.
• Connect the pressure supply to the “Pilot Pressure In” connector (located on the outside of the
skid) in the Connection Panel. See Figure 14 – below.
• Hand valves along the line to the control panel may be closed. Check the control panel gauge
once pressure is connected. You can manually open the hand valves by adjusting the hand lever
on the valve.
Figure 14 Connection Panel – Pilot Pressure In

6.4.2 Pre-purging Checklist
1. All compressor enclosures and storage cascades (high bank, medium bank,
☐
low bank) are positioned and anchored to the concrete slab.
2. The storage cascade is connected to the priority panel, ESD panel and/or
☐
other panels.
3. Inlet gas piping is installed and cathode-protected (if necessary), with the
☐
final gas connection at the flex hose complete.
4. The compressor inlet isolation ball valves are closed, isolating the
☐
compressor(s) and downstream piping from the utility.
5. All gas vents and Pressure Safety Valves from compressors and panels are
☐
properly sized and piped to a safe venting location.
6. Electrical connections for compressors, priority panel, ESD system, and

☐
dispensers are complete.
7. Confirm correct control wiring to the compressors, priority panel, ESD

☐
system, and dispensers.
8. Confirm correct voltages to compressors, priority panel, ESD system, and

☐
dispenser.
6.4.3 Compressor Piping Nitrogen Purge
1. Close all drain valves on the compressor. ☐
2. Ensure that the gas inlet and discharge isolation ball valves are closed. ☐
3. Use the PLC panel to force open the inlet and recovery tank solenoid valves. ☐
(See the Note in the “Pre-purging Checklist” section above.”)
4. Disconnect the inlet filter drain line and connect a nitrogen gas ☐
bottle/regulator/valve combination to the drain of the inlet filter.
5. Open the nitrogen gas bottle and set regulator to a pressure of 60 psig ☐
maximum.
6. Open the nitrogen gas valve, allowing nitrogen gas to fill the compressor, ☐
inter-stage piping and recovery system.
7. Once a positive pressure has been reached, open the drain valves ☐
to the vent header and allow the gas to exhaust through the drain lines.

8. Close the valve at the nitrogen bottle, disconnect the nitrogen supply, and ☐
reconnect the drain line to inlet filter drain.
9. Open the drain valves on the compressor and allow the nitrogen to ☐
vent from the piping system.
10. Once the nitrogen is vented, immediately close all drain valves. ☐
11. Repeat nitrogen purge procedure for other compressors, if applicable. ☐
6.4.4 Priority/ESD Panel and Storage Cascade Nitrogen Purge
1. Close all compressor discharge isolation ball valves. ☐
2. Open the isolation ball valve on the priority, ESD and/or other piping panels. ☐
3. Make sure all drain valves are closed on the priority, ESD and/or other piping
☐
panel(s), as well as on the pressure vessels.
4. Open all isolation ball valves on the pressure vessels. ☐
5. Connect a nitrogen gas bottle/regulator/valve combination to a drain valve on

☐
one of the low bank pressure vessels or piping panel high pressure drain valve.
6. Open the nitrogen gas bottle and set regulator to a pressure of 60 psig
☐
maximum.
7. Open the nitrogen gas valve and allow the nitrogen to fill the pressure vessels,
☐
interconnection piping, priority/ESD panel, and compressor discharge piping.
8. Once a positive pressure has been reached, open the drain valve on the
priority/ESD panel, and allow the gas to exhaust through the drain line for a ☐
few seconds.
9. Close the drain valve on the pressure vessel. Close the valve at the nitrogen
☐
bottle and disconnect the nitrogen supply.
10. Open a drain valve on the priority/ESD panel and allow the nitrogen to drain
☐
from the piping system.
11. Once the nitrogen is drained, immediately close all drain valves. ☐
6.4.5 Dispensing Station Nitrogen Purge
If applicable, execute the dispenser nitrogen purge. Refer to the dispenser manufacturer’s manual.

6.4.6 Compressor Piping Natural Gas Purge
1. Purge each compressor piping system with natural gas, by opening the
inlet gas supply isolation ball valve and allowing natural gas to enter the
system. This needs to occur following the same steps and procedures of
the purge with nitrogen. Please refer to the section, “Compressor Piping
Nitrogen Purge.” ☐
Note: You may find leaks with a natural gas purge that were not present
with nitrogen at the same pressures. You will need to investigate
these leaks further.
2. Adjust the utility gas supply regulator downward to ≤ 60 psig. The lower
pressure reduces the amount of gas vented to atmosphere.
☐
Alternatively, carefully throttle the gas into the compressor piping
systems until a pressure of ≤ 60 psig is reached.
3. Ensure that the compressor inlet and discharge isolation ball valves are
☐
closed at the completion of each natural gas purge.
6.4.7 Priority/ESD Panel and Storage Cascade Natural Gas Purge
1. Isolate all compressors from the piping system by closing their inlet and
☐
discharge isolation ball valves.
2. Ensure all drain valves are closed on the priority/ESD and/or other
☐
piping panels, and on the pressure vessels.
3. Open the isolation ball valve on the priority/ESD and/or other piping panels. ☐
4. Open all isolation ball valves on the pressure vessels. ☐
5. Force the priority valve electrical actuators (if applicable) open either
☐
manually, or with the PLC programmer.
6. Force the inlet solenoid valve open on one compressor with the PLC
☐
programmer.
7. Open the inlet gas and discharge isolation ball valves of the compressor
with the energized inlet solenoid valve and allow ≤ 60 psig natural gas
to flow through the compressor piping to fill the pressure vessels, ☐
interconnection piping, priority/ESD and/or other panels, and
compressor discharge piping.
8. Once a position pressure has been reached, open a drain valve on the
priority/ESD and/or other piping panels and allow the gas to exhaust ☐
through the drain line.

9. Close the inlet gas isolation ball valve and allow the natural gas to drain
☐
from the piping system.
10. Once the natural gas is drained, immediately close all drain valves. ☐
6.4.8 Dispensing Station Natural Gas Purge
Execute the dispenser natural gas purge following the procedure described in CEC’s Dispenser
Installation, Operation and Maintenance manual, or the dispenser manufacturer’s manual.
6.5 Start-up Procedures
These procedures describe the first-run sequence for the compressor. This sequence must be followed
every time the system has stopped for maintenance, or otherwise disconnected from the main gas
supply line.
Warning
Do not allow air to remain in any of the lines after maintenance.
For example, changing filters, valves and rings will allow air to enter the lines.
If it is confirmed or suspected that air may have entered any lines, the compressor or the
collection tank, all previously described purge procedures must be executed again.
6.5.1 Compressor Start-up
1. Confirm all seals and covers on all explosion-proof boxes are in place. ☐
2. Turn on main power. ☐
3. Turn on main disconnect switches for compressors, priority and ESD

☐
panels, and dispensers.
4. Turn on power at breaker panel to power up priority panel and

☐
dispenser(s).
5. Turn the key switch on the priority and ESD panel to the ON position
☐
(if applicable). A green status light should be on.
6. Push the green Reset button located on the control panel. ☐
7. This should activate the ESD system. Confirm that relay No.1 (RL1) is
energized (refer to the electrical schematics) in compressor electrical ☐
control panel. Confirm that the ESD valves are in the Open position.

8. Bump the compressor motor to visually confirm the correct rotation
☐
(clockwise looking at the sheave). If not, invert 2 phases.
9. The fan rotation is clockwise from front of the pan.

☐
10. Verify that all pressure vessel isolation valves are open.
11. Verify that the storage cascade isolation valves are open. ☐
12. Verify that all compressor piping drain valves are closed. ☐
13. Verify that the compressor discharge isolation valve is open. ☐
14. Verify that all dispenser drain valves and isolation valves are closed. ☐
15. Verify that the filter isolation valves are closed. ☐
16. If this is a multiple compressor installation, open the inlet gas isolation
☐
valve to the first compressor.
17. Verify correct inlet gas pressure to compressor. ☐
18. Turn compressor and the control panel selector switches to the
ONLINE position to start the compressor. Allow pressure to build up in ☐
the storage cascade high bank to approximately 50 psig.
19. Stop the compressor. ☐
20. Start-up compressor and fill the storage cascade to 500 psig. ☐
21. Verify that the pilot regulator at the priority panel is set between 80-100
☐
psig.
22. Run compressor(s) to build up pressure in the storage cascade in 500

☐
psig steps, and test for leaks.
23. As the storage cascade pressurizes, verify the correct operation of the
☐
priority panel.
24. When maximum discharge pressure has been reached, confirm the
☐
correct compressor shut-down.
25. Turn the Offline/Online switches of compressor(s) to the OFFLINE

☐
position.
26. Once the storage cascade has been depleted of gas, switch the
compressor key switch to the ONLINE position and carry out a ☐
complete station system test. Begin by confirming the correct setting
of the recovery tank regulator on start-up.

7 COMPRESSOR OPERATION: STATUS LIGHTS
There are three Operation

Status Lights. The Status
Light Indicator sign provides
the information for each
light, as below.
Green: (Startup)
• Solid: Standby
• Flashing: Startup
Blue: (Running)
• Solid: Compression
• Flashing: Recirculation
Red (Alarm or Warning):
• Solid: Alarm
• Flashing: Maintenance
Figure 15 Operation Status Lights
7.1 Compressor Light Functionality
To facilitate ease of technician and customer understanding of operational states, the functional
representations of the lights are described in labelled form near the status lights. Status lights may
operate in tandem, indicating multiple operational states occurring on site. Please see section
“CleanCNG Lighting Logic” in the Chapter of “Procedures and Addendums” for more information.
7.2 Internal Sequence of Events
Once powered and operational, the Ready-to-Run message displays on the screen and the blinking green
lamp indicates that the system has all the alarms cleared, and the compressor is ready to run. From then
on, the system operates automatically, according to the following sequence of events and timeline
(These tables assume standard in-line recovery tank design.)

7.2.1 Starting Timeline
State Event/Time/Condition Action

None
System is offline
There are two OFFLINE/ONLINE

switches:
1. On the MCC (Motor Control

Center) Panel Motor not running
Green light solid
2. On the door of the
Compressor
(Ready to Run) BOTH switches must be to

ONLINE.
(Gas request = TRUE *

or System starts.
manual START request *) Draw down from Recovery Tank
and begins.
Oil Temperature > Setpoint
Main motor starts.

5 seconds later
Auto drain valve closes so gas goes to

Green light blinking
customer rather than to recovery tank
Timer > Max Auto-drain Time Unit begins compression.
(Gas Request Comes In) Setpoint
Recovery pressure begins to draw down
by feeding any extra recovery tank gas
into the 1st stage suction line.
Timer > Min Start Time Setpoint

Skid inlet valve opens.
and
RECOVERY PT, INLET OPEN <
Setpoint
Vent fan motor starts.

15 seconds after main motor
Cooling fan motors starts.
Solid blue light start.
Note: Fan motors have a stagger start
Table 2. Starting Timeline
*STARTUP depends on LOCAL/REMOTE switch. See LOCAL/REMOTE Table below for more information.

7.2.1.1 REMOTE/LOCAL SWITCH
Table: REMOTE/LOCAL switch – Modes
The compressor start and stop is based on discharge

pressure (i.e., the discharge pressure transmitter).
Once in LOCAL mode, for the compressor to run, then

discharge pressure must be less than START PRESSURE
(LOCAL MODE) – a setpoint in the customer definable
field in the HMI.
(Because if discharge pressure is low this signals that

there is a gas request from customer, and for the
compressor to turn on.)
REMOTE/LOCAL switch turned to
LOCAL: A manual START touch screen button displays in the
HMI.
In LOCAL mode
The manual START overrides the compressor automatic
start (which is based on discharge pressure
transmitter).
This manual START button must be used with caution

and only by Qualified Personnel.
In REMOTE mode, the gas request arrives from the

REMOTE/LOCAL switch turned to
Priority Panel (and comparably, not from the discharge
REMOTE:
pressure transmitter – as in LOCAL mode). Most sites
run in REMOTE mode.
In REMOTE mode

7.2.2 Running Timeline
Blue light solid

Cooling fan motors stops for 30
Every 20 minutes of seconds.
continuous operation Air flow through the system
stops.
Gas detector sniffs for gas leak.
Blue light solid

(Running)
Screen displays Gas Level #1
If gas concentration is above Warning.
20% LEL*
Vent fan turns on, and remain
on until the concentration
returns to below 5%.
Red light solid

If gas concentration is at or
Compressor shuts down.
above 40% LEL*
Screen displays Gas Level #2
And compressor is running. Alarm.
The system needs to be
(Alarm) NOTE: If ESD is pushed, then manually reset to return to
gas is no longer checked.
normal operation.
Everything is off.
Fans turn off.
* LEL = Lower Explosive Limit. The LEL limits are factory default setpoints, but they can be adjusted to accommodate local codes.
Table 3 Running Timeline

7.2.3 Running Timeline – Stopping and Stand-by
Blue light blinking

Auto drain valve opens.
All fill posts filled to the Suction valve closes.

desired pressure Compressor goes into
Storage reaches Setpoint recirculation (cool down) mode
(if applicable).
Trapped gas circulates within
the compressor.
Timer > Recirculation

Duration and Gas Request = Blue light blinking
FALSE
Compressor stops.
(Cooling set time can be
adjusted from 0 to 1800 Skid inlet valve remains closed.
seconds)
Timer > Cooling set time

Cooler stops.
Setpoint
Green light solid.

Auto Drain valve closes.
4 minutes later System pressure is equalized
allowing for unloaded restart.
System goes into stand-by.
Note: If compression is necessary due to the detection of low pressure at a

dispenser, (a filling was requested), the compressor returns to normal
operation.
Table 4 Running Timeline – Stopping and Standby

7.3 Emergency Procedure
Figure 16. ESD Button – Red push button,

middle center of panel
In case of an emergency in the dispenser, compressor area, or other station areas involving a breakaway
disconnection, major gas leak, fire, other malfunction, or accident, press the closest emergency shut-
down (ESD) push button (Figure 16). The location of all ESD buttons should be made familiar to all
personnel.
Once an ESD button is activated, all station operation shuts down immediately, as follows:
1. The compressor shuts down.

2. The pressure vessel storage cascade is isolated from the rest of the station with the fail-safe,
normally closed emergency shut-down (ESD) valves.
3. The sequencing valves (i.e., flow control valves in the dispenser) close, thus isolating gas from
the fill nozzle.
4. All station operation ceases until the electrical controls are reset.

8 TOUCHSCREEN OPERATION ─ SIEMENS CONTROLLER
The system operates via a touchscreen Human Machine Interface (HMI) that controls the system
variables, as described below.
Note: The screenshots below are illustrative and may be slightly different on your unit.
8.1 Navigation Control Buttons
In the HMI, there are six touch-screen buttons available in every screen, located together in the bottom
left corner. This is the Navigation Control.
The functions of these buttons are, as follows:
A. Main Menu: Return to the Main Menu screen. (Label A.)
B. Compressor: View compressor performance. (Label B.)
C. Priority Panel: View Priority Panel performance. (Label C.)
D. Alarm History: View the Alarm History. (Label D.)
E. Setpoints: View System Setpoints. (Label E.)
F. Global Settings: Modify date and time. (Label F.)
8.2 Main Menu Screen
As the home screen, the first screen that appears in the HMI is the Main Menu Screen. On the Main
Menu screen, as well as the Navigation Control buttons, there are three more touch-screen buttons
present: Diagnostics, Log Setup and Log Control. (See Figure 17 below, and labels 1, 2, 3.)

Figure 17 Main Menu Screen
1. Diagnostics button A. Main Menu button

2. Log Setup button B. Compressor button
3. Log Control button C. Priority Panel button
4. Compressor Status Bar D. Alarm History button
5. Site Information E. Setpoints button
F. Global Settings button
1. The Diagnostics button (Figure 17, Label 1) changes the screen to display the Network baud
settings, diagnostics and other miscellaneous information.
2. The Log Setup button (Figure 17, Label 2) changes the screen to display the PLC data log file
settings.
3. The Log Control button (Figure 17, Label 3) changes the screen to display the PLC data logging
status and sampling rate.
4. The Compressor Status Bar always displays on top of each screen (Figure 17, Label 4).
5. The Site Information center of the main screen displays the site name, compressor serial number,
and date/time information (Figure 17, Label 5).

8.3 Compressor Screen
By selecting the Compressor button, the following screen displays:
Figure 18 HMI Compressor Screen
1. Compressor Start 5. Number of starts per hour

2. Fan Status / Total Motor Starts
3. Gas level in LEL (Lower Explosive 6. Compressor Crankcase
Limit) Metrics
4. Compressor Prime Mover
Electrical (if applicable)
This screen displays the following:
1. Compressor Start: Pressing the compressor image on the screen (see Figure 18, Label 1)
enables the compressor to be manually started. The compressor does not start if it is not
in the ready condition or if the storage is full.

Open/Close Status of Valves: Status of process valves is indicated on the P&ID in Figure 16– see
images below for legend:
• Open State:
• Closed State:
2. Fan Status: The status of the fan (ON/OFF) and direction of fan rotation (FWD/REV) is
indicated on the screen (See Figure 18, Label 2.)
3. Gas level in LEL (Lower Explosive Limit) is indicated on the screen (See Figure 18, Label 3.)
4. Compressor Prime Mover Electrical (if applicable): The electrical characteristics of the
compressor Prime Mover (voltage, current, and power) are indicated on the screen (See
Figure 18, Label 4.)
5. Number of starts per hour / Total Motor Starts: The number of starts/hr and total
number of motor starts are indicated on the screen. (See Figure 18, Label 5.)
6. Compressor Crankcase Metrics: The compressor crankcase oil pressure, temperature
and level (if applicable) sensor feedback are indicated on the screen. (See Figure 18,
Label 6.)
• Compressor pressures (suction, inter-stage and discharge) in pounds per square inch (psi).
• Compressor temperatures (inter-stage and discharge) in degrees Fahrenheit (°F).

8.4 Priority Panel Screen
By selecting the Priority Panel button, the following screen displays:
Figure 19 Priority Panel Screen
This screen displays the following:
• Pressure readings (posts, time-fill and post target) in psi.
• Open/close status of each valve.
• Ambient temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F).

8.5 Alarm History Screen
By selecting the Alarm History button, the following screen displays:
Figure 20 - Alarm History Screen
1. Active Alarms, with their corresponding date/time stamp
• Pressing the square icon brings up current active alarms. (See Figure 20, Label 1.)
2. The latest 20 alarm conditions stored in the PLC, with their corresponding date/time
stamp.
• Pressing the image icon brings up history. (See Figure 20, Label 2.)
• When the list is full, the new alarm condition forces the oldest alarm condition off the list.

8.6 Setpoint Screen(s)
Warning
Adjustment of the setpoints should only be performed by trained and fully qualified
personnel. Incorrect setting may result in erratic operation that may damage the
system and/or cause accidents. If you are not fully qualified to change setpoints,
do not attempt to do it.
Figure 21 – Setpoint Main Screen
By selecting the Setpoint button, a password dialog screen displays.
Enter your password (1 to 9999) to access the Setpoint screen. The password may be changed from
within the Setpoint Screen by touching the Change Pass key.
Once the password is confirmed, the main setpoint screen displays. There are ten Setpoint screens:
1. Site Start Data Log

2. Unit 1 Save Data Log to USB
3. Unit 2 (if applicable) Load Customer SP
4. Fast Fill 1 Load Defaults
5. Fast Fill 2
6. Time Fill

8.6.1 Site Screen
Figure 22 - Site Screen
This screen is to set site-level setpoint values.
To change a setpoint:
1. Select it by touching the setpoint. A numeric entry screen appears.

2. Enter the new value and press Enter. The new value is displayed in the Setpoint column,
while the Default column is the value that was factory set to match the factory
transmitters.

8.6.2 Unit 1 and Unit 2 Screen
Figure 23 – Unit 1 Screen
This screen is to set compressor-level setpoint values. The screen layout is a mirror for Unit 2.

2. Enter the new value and press Enter. The new value displays in the Setpoint column,
while the Default column is the value that was factory set to match the factory
transmitters.
8.6.3 Fast Fill Screen
This screen is to set Fast Fill 1 setpoint values. The screen layout is a mirror for Fast Fill 2 (if applicable)
and Time Fill (if applicable).

Figure 24 – Fast Fill 1 Screen

2. Enter the new value and press Enter. The new value displays in the Setpoint column. The
Default column is the value that was factory set to match the factory transmitters.
The main characteristics of this screen are:
☼ The Scale Post1 PT setpoint is the scale to use for the pressure transducer.
☼ The Temp Comp Used toggle button indicates whether to utilize temperature compensation logic
on the fill post.
☼ The Post Enabled toggle button indicates whether or not to enable the fill post.
☼ The Post 1 Start Fill Pr setpoint is the pressure that the compressor begins the start sequence.
☼ The Hard Stop PR setpoint is the maximum pressure that the system compensates.
☼ The Pr Drop Adder setpoint is the pressure added to the stop pressure to compensate for line
pressure drop (may be positive or negative).
☼ The Temp Comp Base PR setpoint is the pressure at which the system is compensated @ 70 °F.

☼ The Target Time setpoint is the time (in seconds) that the pressure has to remain above the target
pressure before closing to sample static post pressure.
☼ The Sample Time setpoint is the time (in seconds) that the post valve is closed to sample post static
pressure.
☼ The Max Samples setpoint is the maximum number of samples to take when determining if end of
fill has been reached.
8.7 Compressor Control Reset
Once the compressor controls have registered an alarm, the compressor cannot resume operation until
the compressor controls have been reset.
To reset, proceed as follows:
1. Acknowledge all alarms displayed on the screen.

2. Press the green Reset button on the control panel.
The compressor returns to the Ready to Run state and automatically starts when required, or it may be
started manually using the Manual Start function key.
WARNING
Before resetting the compressor controls, ensure all tools and personnel are
clear from the compressor area.
8.8 Compressor Alarms
If any of the compressor sensors signals a fault condition to the PLC, the compressor shuts down, and a
red alarm light comes on at the control panel and at the compressor skid (if applicable).
When the PLC registers an alarm, the alarm displays on the control panel screen until the Acknowledge
All Alarms button is activated.
The compressor cannot start up until the fault condition has been corrected and the compressor control
panel has been reset. Even if the alarm condition clears itself, the indicator light(s) remain on until the
control panel is reset.

9 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Only trained, qualified and authorized personnel of CEC can perform maintenance of the CleanCNG
STANDARD. Please review and follow general safety information provided in this manual, as well as
specific safety information provided in this manual for the CleanCNG STANDARD. Furthermore, please
follow your local codes and regulations for safely maintaining the equipment.
9.1 Pressure Transmitters
There are pressure transmitters located to measure inlet gas

pressure - installed before the first compression stage, and
discharge gas pressure - installed after the discharge filter.
All pressure transmitters directly connect to the PLC

(Programmable Logic Controller), where their signals are
compared by the PLC to high and low pressure limit setpoints.
If sensor pressure exceeds the setpoint, the compressor shuts
Figure 25. Pressure Safety Valves
down.
All setpoints must be tested for correct compressor shutdown, as per the Preventive Maintenance
Schedule. Additional pressure transmitters are available as factory-installed options.
9.2 Compressor Valves
It is essential that the compressor valves operate properly.

Improper valve operation may result in inter-stage pressure
build-up and temperatures that are outside of operating range,
leading to compressor shut-down.
Inspect, clean and test the compressor valves as per the

Figure 26. Compressor Valve
Preventive Maintenance Schedule.

9.3 Pressure Safety Valves
Pressure Safety Valves provide over-pressure protection to pressurized components of the CNG station
such as piping, pressure vessels, fittings, and compressor cylinders. In the unlikely event that an
interlock sensor or electrical control fails, then the Pressure Safety Valves safely vent the over-
pressurized gas.
Each Pressure Safety Valve discharge port is piped either directly, or via a vent header, to the
atmosphere, venting the gas to a safe location.
Pressure Safety Valves are adjusted and tested at the factory to vent gas at a precise pressure setting as
determined by the maximum working pressures of the components it is protecting.
WARNING
It is recommended that all Pressure Safety Valves be removed and tested every
three years by a certified Pressure Safety Valve testing shop, as per local safety
codes and standards. If a valve fails to discharge at its rated pressure, it must be
serviced or replaced.
WARNING: Explosion Hazard!
Pressure Safety Valves, when replaced, must have identical flow, identical
pressure ratings and identical certification.
Component substitution may compromise suitability of equipment for operation

in a hazardous location.
DANGER!
While a Pressure Safety Valve has been removed:
• Do not start the system!
• Keep the all areas of the control system locked out!
• Do not plug or obstruct a relieve valve port!

9.4 Check Valves
Check valves, or non-return valves, ensure there is gas flow in a single direction. The check valves at final
discharge serve to prevent the gas from back flowing from site storage to the compressor equipment.
These valves serve a critical safety function in preventing the equipment from over pressurization, and
must be inspected and maintained accordingly and carefully.
9.5 Vent Headers
A vent header is a manifold that conducts all Pressure Safety Valve discharges for safe venting into
atmosphere. The vent header is also a common collector for all condensates drained from scrubbers and
filters.
The vent header should be drained every two weeks by opening the drain ball valve located at the base
of the header.
9.6 Inlet Filter
The inlet filter provides particulate removal from the inlet gas to the compressor and traps condensate.
It requires draining every two (2) weeks.
To drain the inlet filter, proceed as follows:
1. Shut down the compressor.

2. Open the inlet filter drain valve located either on the bottom of the filter housing or at the
bottom of the inlet pipeline. Allow the collected condensates to drain into the vent header.
3. Close the inlet filter drain valve, and restart the compressor.
After commissioning, change the filter according to the following schedule:
First phase: 25 hours after start-up and commission of the compressor station.
Second phase: after commissioning, inspect every 50 hours of operation until 500
hours.
Third phase: every 1000 hours as part of a scheduled maintenance and service program.

Figure 27. Inlet Filter: Remove screws to access filter element
Replacing the inlet filter element requires considerable effort and mechanical skill.
Consult Clean Energy Compression, or its local representative if you have any
questions.
9.7 Scrubbers
Scrubbers are small pressure vessels located in the compressor

inter-stage piping, between the heat exchanger and the
compressor suction inlet of all stages. The scrubber serves as a
condensate trap and coarse particulate filter. In addition, it
provides pulsation damping for the inlet of the compressor stage.
The scrubbers must be drained according to the Preventive

Maintenance Schedule.
To drain the scrubbers:

2. Open the drain valve of the first-stage scrubber.
Allow it to drain.
3. Close the drain valve immediately after draining.
Figure 28 Scrubber
4. Repeat this draining procedure for all scrubbers in
sequence.
5. Start up the compressor.

9.8 Discharge Filter
The discharge filter contains a coalescing filter cartridge that

provides final filtration for the removal of entrained
hydrocarbons, condensates, and oil.
A filter without automatic drain systems must be drained every

two weeks as part of a scheduled maintenance and service program.
To drain the discharge filter:

2. Close the manual valves (1) upstream and
downstream of filter.
3. Open the drain valve (2) on the bottom of the filter
housing bowl, and allow the condensate to drain.
Figure 29 Discharge Filter
4. Close the drain valve (2).
5. Open the manual valves (1) upstream and downstream of filter.
The discharge filter should be changed according to the Preventive Maintenance Schedule.
WARNING!
Prior to changing the any filter cartridge, the system must be shut down, all valves
must be opened, and the system vented.
9.9 Recovery Tank
The recovery tank is a large pressure vessel that collects blow down gas from the compressor when it
shuts down. It may also be used as a condensate sump on systems with an automatic filter, and as a
scrubber drain system.
Condensates collected in this tank require draining every two weeks.
To drain the recovery tank, proceed as follows:
1. Open and maintain the valve open for about five seconds.
2. Close the valve.

9.10 Air Cooled System
Hot gas from each stage enters a finned-tube, multi-pass heat exchanger segment that uses air provided
by high-capacity fans to cool down the gas before entering the next stage or delivering to the storage system.
Inspect the fins every six months.
The main points of interest are:
Tube wear: Tubes should be inspected for pitting, cracks and corrosion. The extent of wear on the tubes
depends on the severity of service, and on the atmospheric conditions on site.
Tube wall thickness: Tube wall thickness can be checked externally using an ultrasonic thickness gauge.
Fan shaft alignment, bearings, and mounting bolts: Warning fans may start automatically. Main
breakers must be locked out. Bolts to be inspected for correct torque, shaft alignment to be true, and
bearings for mechanical damage.
Furthermore, fins must be kept free of dirt and lint. Debris can be removed by directing compressed air
perpendicular to the tubes in a direction opposite to the normal air flow.
9.11 Prime Movers
CleanCNG STANDARD compressors systems are powered by electrical motors. Electrical motors require
little maintenance, aside from lubrication (for lubrication requirements, see the “Lubrication Schedule”
section of the manual).
9.12 Belt Replacement
Recommendations on belt replacement:
☼ When removing or installing belts, do not pry them over pulley

grooves. Instead, loosen the motor anchor nuts, and use the motor
base adjustment bolts to move the motor towards the compressor.
☼ For systems with more than one belt, all belts must be replaced as
a matched set (from the same batch) for equal load distribution.
In case a matched set is not available, interpose belts so that no
two belts of the same batch are installed side by side. Figure 30 Matched Belt Set

☼ Do not install new sets of belts in drives where the sheaves have worn or damaged grooves.
Replace or refurbish the sheaves to ensure a proper fit of the belts in the grooves to minimize the
possibility of premature belt failure.
☼ Store spare belts loose, in a cool, dark, dry place, without any material lying on top.
☼ Check the belt tension at least two times during the first day of operation, and regularly for the first
week of operation. A decrease in belt tension is expected. Note: If decrease in belt tension occurs
beyond expected operating conditions, re-tension the belt.
9.12.1 Belt and Sheave Alignment
 Note: CleanCNG STANDARD uses Optibelt 5V Banded Drive Belts.
The compressor and the prime mover sheave must be aligned as follows:
1. Use the sheave that was not moved as the reference. If both sheaves have been moved,
mount the prime mover sheave first. Install the sheave 3/8 inch away from the prime
mover.
2. Move and lock the prime mover sheave to the specified torque.
3. Install a laser tool such as SKF’s TMEB-2 Belt Alignment Tool to the central grooves,
moving the CBA sheave until the laser lines are centered with the top, middle, and lower
scales.
4. If a laser tool is not available, use a straight edge. Hold or clamp the straight edge against
the face of the larger sheave. Adjust the other side so that the sheaves are parallel to
each other.
The opposite sheaves face to straight-edge shows a gap of ≤ 1.5 mm - 1/16”.
5. Lock the sheave bushing and apply 183 N m (135 ft-lbs) to the bolts. Note: This torque
applies to the CBA sheave only. The motor sheave will have a different bolt torque.
This procedure assumes that the main motor and the compressor block are aligned,
so that their axes are parallel to each other. In case either one is not aligned, is it
necessary to realign them prior to tensioning the belt. Contact Clean Energy
Compression for a procedure adequate for your system model.

9.12.2 Belt Tensioning
Inspect the drive belts for wear and tension according to the Preventive
Maintenance Schedule.
It is very important that belt tension be correctly adjusted. To

determine belt tensioning, use either a belt deflexion chart or a tension
meter.
Figure 31. Measuring Belt Tensioning
2.75
2.625
2.5
2.375
2.25
2.125
2
1.875
Belt Deflection, (in)
1.75
1.625
1.5
1.375
1.25
1.125
1
0.875
0.75
0.625
0.5
0.375
0.25
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Sheave Diameter, (in)
Figure 32. Belt Deflection Chart
9.12.3 Belt Deflection Chart Method
To measure the belt tensioning using a belt deflection chart, refer to Figure 32. Apply a force of 75 N
(approx, 7.5 Kg, or 17 lbs) to the midpoint of the belt.
Compare the reading with the point that the belt length (in inches), for the correct sheave diameter (in
inches).
☼ If the reading is lower than the deflection reading, loosen the drive belt.
☼ If the reading is higher than the deflection reading, tighten the drive belt.

9.12.4 Tension Meter Method
Use good quality tension meters to measure the frequency of the belt.
 Note: For tension meters to measure the tension of the belt, Optibelt recommends Optibelt-TT-
mini or the Optibelt-TT Optical. You can review their tension meters on their website, from the
following link: http://www.optibelt.com/en/power-transmission/service/tools.html.
To measure the belt tensioning using a tension meter, proceed as follows:
1. Activate the measuring tool and hold it approximately 10 mm (1/2 inch) above the belt.
2. Strike or strum the belt lightly at midpoint between sheaves.
3. Read the current drive belt tension from the measuring tool, and compare to the
required belt tension.
4. Adjust as required.
Orientation based on the tension meter reading:
If the reading is lower than the required value, tighten the drive.
If the reading is higher than the required value, loosen the drive belt.
Tighten or loosen the belt by releasing the motor or engine fixing bolts, and uniformly turning the
adjustment bolts, as required.
To maintain parallelism, measure and annotate the distances between the base of the motor/engine at
the fixing point and the edge of the base, on both sides. Maintain this difference throughout the
alignment.
When moving the motor, perform the work step-by-step so that the axis parallelism is maintained and
no unnecessary stress is applied to the belts and shafts.
It is vital to maintain the motor or engine alignment with the sheave to avoid
early belt and/or bearings wear.

9.13 Lubrication - Baldor® Motors
The Baldor® motor is a product of the Baldor Electric Company, of Fort Smith, AR. For detailed technical
information about their
products, please contact
them directly.
Baldor® electrical motors

may employ ball bearings
or roller bearings. Some
motors have no re-grease
capabilities, as they are
lubricated for life. Those
that require lubrication use Figure 33. Motor Nameplate
Exxon’s Polyrex® EM grease, or equivalent.
If no equivalent is locally available, please consult Clean Energy Compression or Baldor® directly.
To decide the correct lubrication schedule using Table 5, determine the frame size, bearing size, and
rated speed of the Baldor motor. This information is on the motor nameplate (Figure 33).
9.13.1 Baldor® Motor Re-lubrication Interval (in Operating Hours)
Rated speed (in RPM)

NEMA (IEC) Frame size
3600 1800 1200 900
Up to 210 ind. (132) 5500 Hrs. 12000 Hrs. 18000 Hrs. 22000 Hrs.
Over 210 to 280 ind. (180) 3600 Hrs. 9500 Hrs. 15000 Hrs. 18000 Hrs.
Over 280 to 360 ind. (180) 2200 Hrs.* 7400 Hrs. 12000 Hrs. 15000 Hrs.
Over 360 to 5000 ind. (180) 2200 Hrs.* 3500 Hrs. 7400 Hrs. 10500 Hrs.
*Lubrication interval for 6313 or 6314 bearings used in 360 through 5000 frame, 2 pole motors. If roller bearings
are used, they must be lubricated more frequently. Divide the re-lubrication interval by 2.
®
Table 5. Baldor Motor Re-lubrication Interval

9.13.2 Baldor® Motor Lubrication Multiplier (Based on Operating Conditions)
Severity Max Ambient Atmospheric Type Interval

of Service Temperature Contamination of Bearing Multiplier
Deep groove ball

Standard 40 °C Clean; little corrosion 1.0
bearing
Moderate dust;
Severe 50 °C Ball thrust, roller 0.5
corrosion
Severe dirt; abrasive

Extreme >50 °C* All bearings 0.1
dust; corrosion
Low < -30 °C** - 1.0
* Special high temperature grease is recommended.

** Special low temperature grease is recommended.
®
Table 6. Baldor Motor Lubrication Multiplier
9.13.3 Baldor® Motor Lubrication ─ Quantity of Grease
Bearing Description
Volume to Add
NEMA (IEC) Frame Size Largest Bearing for Each Frame Size)
OD Width Weight
Bearing ml Inch3
(D in mm) (D in mm) (g/oz)
Up to 210 ind. (132) 6307 80 21 8.4/0.30 10 0.6
Over 210 to 280 ind. (180) 6311 120 29 17.7/0.61 19 1.2
Over 280 to 360 ind. (180) 6313 140 33 23.1/0.81 25 1.5
Over 360 to 5000 ind. (180) NU322 240 50 60.0/2.12 68 4.1
®
Table 7. Baldor Motor Lubrication ─ Quantity of Grease

9.14 WEG Motors
The fans in the compressor unit use a WEG motor – W22 model line.
It is a low voltage three-phase induction motor. It also offers low
noise and vibration levels. Specifically in the CleanCNG STANDARD,
the motors that run the fans in the compressor unit are, as follows:
• Frame 184 TC (5HP / 3.7kw)

• Frame 213 TC (7.5HP / 5.5kw)
Motors made up to frame 160 are not fitted with grease fitting, while
larger frames up to frame 200 this device is optional. For frame 225
to 355 grease fitting is supplied as standard.
For more details, contact WEG directly.

Figure 34. Oil Level Indicator
9.15 Compressor Lubrication
Oil is stored in the crankcase sump, along with the pump. The pump driver gear is directly connected to
the compressor crankshaft. Oil is drawn into the oil pump and forced through the oil filter, mounted on
the outside of crankcase wall.
The filter manifold houses a non-adjustable

Pressure Safety Valve that is downstream of the
filter, protecting system from over-pressurizing.
An oil level indicator gauge is located on the

back side of the block in plain view when the
inlet louver is open.
On CleanCNG STANDARD compressors, two

Figure 35. Oil Filter
types of crosshead lubrication may be used:
For double-acting and step cylinders, the crosshead is lubricated through an oil galley that passes
through the connecting rod wrist pin.
For single-acting cylinders, the oil is carried through stainless steel tubes from an oil manifold to
lubrication ports on the crosshead guides.
Normal operating oil pressure range is 30-60 psig.

9.15.1 Oil and Filter Change
Change the crankcase oil and filter every 1,000 hours of operation, or 6 months, whichever comes first.
DANGER!
As with any other maintenance operation to the compressor, ensure that the entire system is
vented, turned off, and locked out. DO NOT proceed until these conditions are met.
If the compressor has been in storage for more than 6 months prior to commissioning, change the oil
before start-up. Regularly inspect crankcase for moisture. If moisture is present, remove and safely
discard the oil. Clean the crankcase with lint-free cloth before adding new oil.
To drain crankcase oil:
1. Remove the oil filter first.

2. Place a bucket below the oil drain pipe.
3. Open the ball valve and the filler cap.
4. When the oil has finished draining, close the ball valve.
If possible, drain the oil immediately after the compressor has stopped, as
the oil drains easier when warm.
Before refilling the crankcase, install a new oil filter.
Refill the compressor crankcase with

the recommended oil through the filler
spout. Add oil slowly to avoid back
pressure spills.
Crankcase oil level should be up to the

full mark on the sight gauge on
CleanCNG STANDARD series compressors.
The compressor requires a minimum of

40 litres (10.5 U.S. gallon).
Figure 36. Refilling Compressor Crankcase

9.16 Lubricants Recommendation
Any grades of oil other than the ones listed below must be approved by CEC. Failure to do so may void
the warranty.
Clearly label the unit with the compressor oil make / grade currently in use.
Do not mix oils.
9.16.1 Cold Climates
Do not mix oils.
Cold climates include areas where the maximum ambient temperature is less than 30 °C. The minimum
temperature is not specified. However, if it is below 10 °C, an oil heater is required. For cold climates,
CEC recommends an ISO 120 or ISO 150 grade of oil. The following grades are compatible:
☼ Esso Compressor Oil 122

☼ Shell Corena P 150
☼ Chevron Regal® AIO 150
☼ Exxon Teresstic 150
☼ Mobil DTE Extra Heavy 150
9.16.2 Moderate Climates
Do not mix oils.
Moderate climates include areas where the maximum ambient temperature is less than 40 °C. The
minimum temperature is not specified; however, if it is below 10 °C, an oil heater is required. For
moderate climates, CEC recommends an ISO 150 grade of oil. The following grades are acceptable:
☼ Shell Corena P 150

☼ Chevron AIO 150
☼ Mobil DTE Extra Heavy 150

9.16.3 Hot Climates
Do not mix oils.
Hot climates include areas where the maximum ambient temperature is higher than 40°C. The minimum
temperature is not specified, however, if it is below 10°C, an oil heater is required. For hot climates, CEC
recommends an ISO 220 grade of oil. The following grades are acceptable:
☼ Shell Corena NG220

☼ Chevron AIO 220
☼ Chevron Texaco Rando HD 220
☼ Mobil DTE BB 220
☼ Esso Compressor Oil 220
9.17 Louvers Lubrication
Periodically, or as the environment dictates, lubricate the louvers joints

and piston with light oil.
Clean the joints thoroughly before lubrication. It may be necessary to

disconnect the Bimba® piston (if installed) to freely move the louver for
cleaning. Figure 37. Louver Lubrication Points

9.18 Torque Specifications
Figure 38. Required Torque Positions

9.18.1 CleanCNG STANDARD Series Compressor Torque Specifications
Table 8. IMW50 Series Compressor Torque Specifications
Bolt/Nut Grade Torque Torque

Key* Item
Size (min) Nm Ft-lbs Conditions
1 Compressor Mounting Bolt on Skid 7/8 UNC - 407 (app) 300 (app) Non-lubricated
2 Counter-weight SHCS 5/8-18UNF - 136 100 Loctite Blue 242
3 Connecting Rod Screw M14-1.5 - 136 100 Loctite Blue 242
4 Con-rod Small End Bolt for Wrist Pin 1/2-20 UNF - 108 80 Loctite Blue 242
Aluminum Piston 3/4-16 UNF - 136 100 Loctite Blue 242
Steel Piston 3/4-16 UNF - 203 150 Loctite Blue 242
5 Piston Nut
Aluminum Piston 5/8-18 UNF - 136 100 Loctite Blue 242
Steel Piston 5/8-18 UNF - 136 100 Loctite Blue 242
5.5” extension & 18”

handle wrench to reach 312 230
Crosshead/Piston 407 Nm (300 ft·lbs) Cleveite 77
6 1 1/6-16 UN -
Rod Taper Nut Pre-lube
5.5” extension & 22”
handle wrench to reach 325 240
407 Nm (300 ft·lbs)
7 Seal carrier Cap screws 5/16” - 20 15 Non-lubricated
8 Cylinder Stud 5/8 UNC 5 183 135 Non-lubricated
9 Cylinder Bolt 3/4 UNC 5 271 200 Lubricated
10 Single Acting Cylinder Head Bolt 3/4 UNC 5 271 200 Lubricated
11 Valve Holder Bolt 3/8 UNC 5 34 25 Non-lubricated
Valve Holder Bolt ½ UNC 5 54 40 Non-lubricated
12 Manifold Bolt 1/2 UNC 5 108 80 Non-lubricated
13 Double Acting Cylinder Head Bolt 1/2 UNC 5 102 75 Non-lubricated
14 Single Acting Cylinder Head Bolt 5/8 UNC 5 203 150 Non-lubricated
15 Crosshead Guide Bolt to Crankcase 3/4 UNC 5 271 200 Lubricated
16 Side covers 3/8 UNC - 34 25 Non-lubricated
All Single Action 1.5” offset & 22” handle

** wrench to reach 136 Nm 5/8-18 UNF - 126 93 Loctite Blue 242
A Retaining Nut
(100 ft-lbs )
Piston
Standard 5/8-18 UNF - 136 100 Loctite Blue 242
Not
8" Dual Action Piston Nut 2961-00 1 3/16-16 UN - 271 200 Loctite Blue 242
shown
**
* Keys refer to illustration on previous page Applies to Single Action assemblies only

9.19 Preventive Maintenance Schedule
CEC Recommends Daily Walk Around Checks, as well as following the items in the Preventative
Maintenance Schedule:
CEC recommends a daily walk-around check as an effective way to spot issues with equipment.
These walk around checks may be carried out by any person familiar with the equipment. This can
include the following checks:
• Visual inspection of mechanical and electrical equipment for leaks, loose parts, wear and
deterioration, signs of overheating, missing parts (covers, screws), loose fittings, excessive
vibration.
• Listen for excessive noise.
• Verify that compressor is starting and stopping at rated pressure.
Only Qualified Personnel to conduct the work listed in the Preventative Maintenance Schedule,
below.
CleanCNG STANDARD
COMPRESSOR
†10,000 Hours
†15,000 Hours
†20,000 Hours
†40,000 Hours
†1,000 Hours
†2,000 Hours
†5,000 Hours
(6 Months)
Preventive Maintenance
Monthly
(1 Year)
Weekly
Daily
Schedule
Daily Walk Around Checks – for more information, ■
see above recommendations.
During operation, check/record/verify compressor ■
performance data.
Visually inspect compressor hoses, tubing, piping, ■
and valves for leaks and abnormalities.
Listen for any abnormal sounds (e.g., banging or ■
hissing).
Check priority panel for proper operation, if ■
applicable.
Drain all inter-stage scrubbers and filters. ■
Drain recovery tank sump and vent stack. ■
Check outlet air louver operation (if applicable). ■
Check bolts, clamps, and nuts for tightness. Torque ■

if necessary.

CleanCNG STANDARD
COMPRESSOR
†10,000 Hours
†15,000 Hours
†20,000 Hours
†40,000 Hours
†1,000 Hours
†2,000 Hours
†5,000 Hours
(6 Months)
Monthly
(1 Year)
Weekly
Daily
Schedule
Check for any sign of damage to the paint and apply ■
touch up paint as required.
Wipe down and keep clean. ■
Clean crankcase vent check valve. ■
Visually inspect all pressure relief devices for signs ■

of failure or leakage.
Verify ESD control function. ■
Check alarm history. Address, as necessary. ■
Check gas detector calibration. Recalibrate if

required. ■
NOTE: Calibrate gas detector every 180 days.
Inspect the check valves for internal leaks located
on the final discharge line of the compressor for ■
internal leaks. Verify correct operation, and ensure
proper gas flow direction.
Check control voltage. ■
Check main and pilot gas regulator settings. ■
Inspect and verify all control valve operation. ■
Drain and replace the lubrication oil and oil filter

element***, and check for any unusual particles in ■
the waste oil or crankcase.
Check oil level switch functioning. ■
Provide oil sample for analysis to verify against ■

contamination.
Change gas inlet and discharge filter elements, and ■
clean filter bowl ‡
During start-up, check blow-down and recirculation ■
functionality. Perform adjustments as required.
Check heat exchanger for any obstruction or debris ■
accumulation. Clean if required.

CleanCNG STANDARD
COMPRESSOR
†10,000 Hours
†15,000 Hours
†20,000 Hours
†40,000 Hours
†1,000 Hours
†2,000 Hours
†5,000 Hours
(6 Months)
Monthly
(1 Year)
Weekly
Daily
Schedule
Check drive belts, alignment and belt tension.*
Replace if worn. Refer to the section in this manual, ■
“Belt Replacement.”
Inspect the electrical connections in the main motor ■
for any signs of wear on the wires or splices.
Check all electrical connections for torque. Adjust as ■
required.
Check vent stack for obstructions. ■
Lubricate main drive motor bearings.** ■
Perform vibration tests.
NOTE: Compare results with Site Acceptance Test

for maximum allowable vibrations. As well, for safe ■
operation, compare results with Site Acceptance
Tests and recorded observations over time to
monitor performance trends.
Visual inspection of Grounding & Bonding.
For example, looking for these issues, without

limitation:
1- breakages ■
2- wear & deterioration
3- signs of over heating
4- missing parts (covers, screws) and
5- loose fixings
Remove and clean compressor valves. Inspect for
cracks or breakage. Leak-test with solvent. Rebuild ■
if required.
Visually check to see if the Operation LED Lights are
still functioning. ■
Replace if no longer functioning.
Recalibrate Pressure Transmitters. ■
Replace Pressure Safety Valves. × ■

CleanCNG STANDARD
COMPRESSOR
†10,000 Hours
†15,000 Hours
†20,000 Hours
†40,000 Hours
†1,000 Hours
†2,000 Hours
†5,000 Hours
(6 Months)
Monthly
(1 Year)
Weekly
Daily
Schedule
Grounding/Bonding System Tests to be done every
3 years for:
1- General appraisal of the installation by a

competent person to assess the physical condition
of the installation and its suitability for its ■
environment.
2- Continuity of the protective conductors and of
the main supplementary equipotential bonding.
3- Resistance of protective conductor.
4- Insulation resistance of the electrical installation.
Replace pistons, piston rods, piston rings and rider ■
rings.
Replace all compressor valves. ■
Replace rod packing, O-rings, and gaskets. ■
Replace the crankshaft seal. ■
Replace cylinders. ■
Inspect wrist pins and crosshead bushings/bearings. ■

Replace if worn.
Replace connecting rod shell bearings. ■
Replace crankshaft assembly. Adjust end-play as ■

necessary.
*** Change the oil filter:

• Changing the oil filter is recommended 10 hours after a complete oil change.
‡ Inlet Strainer and Inlet Filter in the Scrubber:

• 25 hours after start-up and commission of the compressor station.
• After commissioning, inspect every 50 hours of operation until 500 hours.
• Every 1000 hours as part of a scheduled maintenance and service program.
** Lubrication intervals vary according to operating conditions. To decide the correct lubrication interval, use the
manufacturer’s schedule in conjunction with the information listed on the nameplate.

† Denotes ‘Every’: For example, every 1000 hours.
× Annually, or as required by your local and regional regulations.
DISCLAIMER: This maintenance schedule is intended to be used solely as a general guide. Heavy use of the
equipment, harsh environmental conditions, and/or unique site conditions may require shorter maintenance
intervals than those listed in this schedule. If performance decreases or if the equipment operates unusually,
contact CEC immediately. Failure to comply with the maintenance requirements voids the warranty and can result
in premature wear and component failure. These maintenance requirements are subject to change without prior
notice.

9.20 Troubleshooting
DANGER
Troubleshooting procedures may be dangerous. Do not attempt to perform any of the
suggested checks and repair suggestions unless you are fully trained to do so. Refer to the
Safety Instructions section above. In case of doubt, stop and call CEC Service Center.
WARNING
Troubleshooting instructions are guidelines only. Do not assume that the causes for a
symptom are only those described here. In the event that, after testing all possible causes
and remedies, the problem is still present, or has changed to another abnormal condition,
call CEC Service Center immediately for further instruction.
Problem Indication Possible Causes Possible Solutions

20% GAS LEL WARNING ALARM: “HIGH Gas leak
Check compressor and
SKID GAS (LEVEL Improper venting
associated piping systems for
40% GAS LEL SHUT- 2)” Incorrect
DOWN leaks by using an electronic
WARNING: “HIGH compressor reset
gas detector or a liquid leak
GAS LEVEL 1” / procedure
detector to identify leaks. If
(If applicable) “HIGH GAS LEVEL Faulty gas detector
no leaks are found, reset the
2” Voltage drop
compressor and recheck
Vent fan running
during operation.
Gas odour
Audible leak Check/replace vent pipe
location to ensure gas does
not discharge too close to gas
detector.
Power cycle gas detector for
1−2 minutes, and then allow
detector to stabilize.
Test and recalibrate gas
detector for proper
operation. Replace gas sensor
if needed.

ALL INTER-STAGE ALARM: “SUCTION Low storage
PRESSURES Ensure inlet pressure is
LOW PRESSURE” pressure
LOWER THAN correct as per compressor
NORMAL design.
Check final discharge
pressure. If very low, then all
stage pressures may be low.
Check valve gaskets,
compressor valves, and
piston rings.
ESD SHUT-DOWN ALARM: “ESD ESD switch
Reset ESD switch if
PUSHED” activated
applicable.
Beacon light on Temporary power
enclosure alarm outage Check all systems, and then
horn (if applicable) Major power reset compressor.
fluctuation
Inspect wiring for damage.
Faulty wiring
EXCESSIVE Excessive blow-by Worn rod packing

VENTING Check seal carrier gas vent
Audible venting and/or piston rod
rate (blow-by) on all stages
from vent stack Drain valve left
for signs of severe rod
Icing at vent leg, open
packing leakage. Replace rod
vent hoses, and/or Pressure Safety
packing and piston rods as
vent manifold Valve failure
needed.
High pressure
causing Pressure Close any drain valves left
Safety Valve to open.
open
GAS LEAK ALARM: “HIGH Leak at fitting,

SUSPECTED Push any ESD emergency
SKID GAS (LEVEL tubing, piping,
button to stop compressor
2)” component, or
operation and isolate
WARNING: “HIGH storage
storage. Leak or venting may
GAS LEVEL 1” / Pressure Safety
persist until pressure drops at
“HIGH GAS LEVEL Valve venting
faulty component. Locate and
2”
repair leak, and then reset
Gas odour present
system.
Audible leak
present Check if storage pressure is
too high and adjust final
discharge pressure
appropriately.
Reset and check pressures
during operation. Replace
Pressure Safety Valve if
faulty.

HEAT EXCHANGER ALARM: “COOLER Overload tripped
Reset motor overload at control
FAN NOT FAULT” Fuse blown or CB
panel and adjust if needed.
RUNNING tripped
Check against actual current
Excessive current
draw and replace if defective.
draw
Faulty contactor Check fuses for each phase at
control panel.
Check free rotation of fan by
removing shroud and manually
rotating it (system off and locked
out).
Reset/adjust motor overload at
control panel.
Check/replace overload against
actual current.
Check fuses for each phase.
Reset the circuit breaker.
Reset compressor, and wait for
fan to start. Check motor wiring
for current draw. Check motor
nameplate.
Check/replace contactor.
HIGH DISCHARGE ALARM: “DISCHARGE Faulty discharge
Reset compressor and check
PRESSURE SHUT- HIGH PRESSURE” pressure switch
shut-down pressure switch at
DOWN WARNING: “5th HIGH (if applicable)
gauge during operation. Switch
PRESSURE” Faulty discharge
set-points can be checked with
(If applicable) Discharge pressure pressure transmitter
an electrical meter during
higher than normal (if applicable)
operation, or at rest using a
pressure pump to activate
switch. Ensure the panel is
depressurized before connecting
pump to tubing at switch. Adjust
setpoints and/or deadband, or
replace switch as needed.
pressure transmitter with
electrical meter for correct
output during operation.
Transmitter output can also be
checked at rest by charging it
with a pressure pump. Ensure
the panel is completely
depressurized before connecting
pump to tubing at transmitter.
Replace transmitter as needed.

HIGH INTER- Pressure above High inlet pressure
STAGE PRESSURE If inlet pressure is increased,
normal at gauges Failure at final
all inter-stage pressures are
stage
(All stages) elevated during normal
High discharge
operation.
pressure
NOTE: Mechanical Worn or failing Check/replace final stage
problems likely to piston rings valve, gaskets, and piston
occur if left rings for excessive wear and
unattended. leakage.
See solutions for Inlet
High/Low Shut-down.
HIGH INTER- Pressure and/or Gas leakage in the
STAGE PRESSURE Check next higher stage
temperature above higher stage,
AND/OR valve, gaskets, piston rings,
normal at gauge through gaskets or
TEMPERATURE ON and rod packing for excessive
valves, is reducing
ONE STAGE wear and leakage. Replace if
stage efficiency,
necessary.
and increasing the
work load of the
next lower stage.
HIGH INTER- ALARM: “HIGH Blockage of air flow

STAGE Check for obstructions, and
TEMP” through heat
TEMPERATURE ensure free air flow through
High temperature exchanger
SHUT-DOWN heat exchangers. Ensure
at gauge(s) Excessive load due
proper opening of louvers (if
to failure of next
applicable) during operation.
higher compression
stage Reset compressor and check
Faulty temperature inter-stage pressures for
switch gauge possible valve failure on next
Vent fan failure higher stage (which elevates
(if applicable) pressure and load on
High inlet gas preceding stages, and causes
temperature possible overheating).
Repair/replace valves as
needed.
Check/adjust/replace set-
points and operation with
electrical meter.
Check enclosure vent fan for
proper operation.
Ensure louvers are operating
freely.
See solutions for Vent Fan
Motor Failure.

INLET HIGH/LOW ALARM: “SUCTION Low/no pressure at
Call local natural gas authority.
SHUT-DOWN LOW PRESSURE” gas meter
ALARM: “SUCTION Suction pressure Ensure all inlet isolation valves
HIGH PRESSURE” transmitter failure are open.
Normal inlet pressure Blockage in inlet
at gauge piping Reset compressor and record
Low inlet pressure at Faulty inlet valve inlet pressure during start-up.
gauge Clogged inlet filter Check and adjust set points and
High inlet pressure at Inlet regulator setting electrical connections.
gauge too high/low
Recovery regulator Check/replace transmitter.
set too high/low Check/replace inlet filter
element.
Check/adjust function during
compressor start-up.
Adjust inlet regulator.
Adjust recovery tank regulator.
LOUD BANGING Loud Major mechanical
Push any ESD emergency button.
NOISES banging/grinding failure of compressor
This will stop compressor
noise and/or Drive belt failure
operation and isolate storage.
excessive vibration at Pressure Safety Valve
Any leaks or venting may persist
compressor venting
until pressure drops at
compressor.
Check drive belts are on sheaves.
Try and rotate the sheave by
hand.
Check cross head guides for
excessive heat or discolored
paint.
Inspect internal running surfaces
of all crosshead guides for
blueing or galling: If visible signs
are found here a rebuild is
necessary.
Rocking the compressor driven
sheave at this point will help
discover any connecting rod or
bearing problems.
DO a complete hand rotation:
any broken piston or rod is
usually felt and discovered.
Removal cylinder heads may be
required.
Inspect oil for metallic particles.
See solutions for High Inter-
Stage Pressure and High Inter-
Stage Pressure and/or
Temperature on One Stage.

LOW Slow storage recovery Low inlet pressure
If inlet pressure is reduced, flow
COMPRESSOR time and increased Failure at 1st stage
rate will be proportionately
FLOW compressor running Severe rod packing
lowered. See solutions for Inlet
time during normal leakage
High/Low Shut-down.
cycle Possible piston ring,
Excessive gas flow valve, or gasket Check/replace 1st stage valves,
from vent pipe leakage problems. gaskets, and piston rings for
Fill time longer than excessive wear and leakage.
usual
Check/rebuild seal carrier gas
vent rate on all stages for signs
of severe rod packing leakage.
Check for correct valve gasket
thickness or piston clearance.
Check for open drain valves or
leaks.
LOW DISCHARGE Pressure below Storage vessel
Normal operating condition.
PRESSURE normal at gauge pressure low
Discharge pressure normalizes as
Fuelling vehicle
storage/vehicle reaches full
pressure low
pressure.
LOW FINAL Storage cascade at

Check pressure transmitters and
DISCHARGE low pressure during
scaling.
PRESSURE filling
High fuelling demand
(greater than
compressor capacity)
Low time-filling
vehicle pressure
LOW INTER-STAGE Pressure below Low inlet pressure

If inlet pressure is reduced, all
PRESSURE normal at gauges Low discharge
inter-stage pressures will be low
pressure
during normal operation. See
(All stages) Valve failure
solutions for Inlet High/Low
Shut-down.
If discharge pressure is low due
to reduced pressure in storage
vessels, or vehicle tank during
fuelling, then all inter-stage
pressures are low during normal
operation. Pressures normalize
as storage and/or vehicle come
to full pressure.
Check all valves, gaskets, piston
rings and rod packing for
excessive wear and leakage.
Replace as needed.

LOW OIL LEVEL ALARM: “LOW OIL Crankcase oil level
Manually check oil level in
SHUT-DOWN LEVEL” low
crankcase and fill if needed.
Alarm light at control Oil level switch out of
(If applicable) panel adjustment Adjust oil level switch as
Faulty oil level switch necessary.
Check oil level switch with
electrical meter and
repair/replace as needed.
LOW OIL/LUBE Low oil pressure Crankcase oil level
Manually check oil level in
PRESSURE SHUT- Visible oil leakage low crankcase and fill if needed.
DOWN Low oil pressure at Leak in lubrication
gauge circuit Visually inspect tubing/fittings
and correct leaks.
Normal oil pressure Leak at oil filter
at gauge Pressure Safety Tighten/replace oil filter and
Valve faulty or out gasket as needed. Reset
of adjustment compressor and record stabilizes
Internal oil pump oil pressure during operation.
failure Check Pressure Safety Valve for
Faulty oil pressure proper operation.
switch gauge Check oil pump parts for damage
and replace as needed.
Check set-points by using
pressure pump and electrical
meter, with compressor shut-
down. Adjust/replace as needed.
Check the oil introducing ring
and crankshaft for excessive
wear.
In extreme cold weather, visually
inspect the oil pump drive and
driven gears for blueing and
galling: if found, the compressor
crank case requires a rebuild.
LOW STORAGE Under-fill at Reduced gas flow
AND DISPENSER Pressure will normalize as
dispenser Excessive fueling
PRESSURE excess demand decreases.
Storage pressure is demand
(Note: Full discharge pressure
below compressor Power interruption
will still be obtained at
start pressure Faulty discharge
dispenser, but fill times may
pressure switch or
be slightly longer during peak
pressure
demand.)
transmitter
See solutions for High
Discharge Pressure Shut-
down.
See solutions for Low
Compressor Flow.

MOTOR START ALARM: “MAIN Overload tripped
Reset motor overload at control
FAILURE MOTOR FAULT” Fuse blown panel.
WARNING: “SOFT CB tripped
START CURRENT Incorrect phase Check/replace overload
operation against actual current
FAULT” power supply
draw.
Alarm light at Excessive current
control panel draw Check all fuses for each phase.
Faulty contactor Reset the circuit breaker.
Check each incoming power lead
for correct voltage.
current draw. Check motor
nameplate.
Check free rotation of
compressor and motor by pulling
on belts.
Check inter-stage pressures 5
minutes after shut-down to
ensure cylinders are unloading
properly. If not free, check
unloader valve/system.
Inspect/replace main contactors
for free movement.
OIL CARRY-OVER Oil in gas stream Worn oil wiper /
Check piston rod and oil
Higher oil piston rod
wiper.
consumption
Conduct a blow-by test.
Replace worn oil wiper or
piston rod if necessary.
POWER FAILURE No lights on at PLC Power interruption
Ensure the main disconnect is
Compressor will Compressor or PLC
ON at control panel.
not start switched off
UPS beeping System alarm Check any fusing and/or
(If applicable) condition breakers before electrical
control panel and replace if
needed.
Ensure the reset key switch in
compressor enclosure is in
RUN or AUTO position. (If
applicable)
Ensure the reset key switch
on PLC is in RUN position. (If
applicable)

PRESSURE ALARM: “OIL PT Faulty pressure
TRANSMITTER Reset compressor and check
FAULT” transmitter
FAULT pressure transmitter with
ALARM: “SUCTION Pressure
electrical meter for correct
PT FAULT” transmitter out of
output during operation.
ALARM: “RECOVERY range
Transmitter output can also
PT FAULT” Faulty wiring
be checked at rest by
ALARM: “1st / 2nd /
activating it with a pressure
3rd / 4th PT FAULT”
pump. Ensure the panel is
ALARM:
completely depressurized
“DISCHARGE PT
before connecting pump to
FAULT”
tubing at transmitter. Replace
ALARM: “POST PT
transmitter as needed.
FAULT”
ALARM: “BUFFER Check scaling and ensure that
PT FAULT” it is correct.
ALARM: “LOW BANK
Inspect wiring for damage.
/ MID BANK / HIGH
BANK PT FAULT”
ALARM: “BYPASS
PT FAULT”
Alarm light at
control panel
PRESSURE Loud banging or System over-
SAFETY VALVES Check if storage pressure is
chattering noise pressurization
POPPING too high and adjust final
from vicinity of Check valves icing
discharge pressure
enclosure and vent
(Single/Continuous) appropriately.
pipe
Reset and check pressures
during operation. Replace
Pressure Safety Valve if faulty.
VENT FAN MOTOR ALARM: “COOLER Overload tripped
FAILURE Reset/adjust motor overload
FAULT” Fuse blown
at control panel.
WARNING: “VENT CB tripped
FAN CB / OL” Excessive current Check fuses for each phase at
Vent fan not draw control panel.
running when Faulty contactor
Reset circuit breaker.
enclosure Faulty thermostat
temperature high, Reset compressor and wait
or when gas for vent fan to start. Check
detector indicates motor wiring for current
LEL draw. Check motor nameplate.
First, lock-out breaker
contactor; then check free
rotation of fan by removing
guard.
Check/replace contactor.
Check/adjust/replace
thermostat set-points with
electrical meter.

10 SPECIFICATIONS
For the CleanCNG STANDARD, be aware of the specifications that indicate the unit’s performance and
safe operational range.
10.1 General Specifications
General Specifications
Construction Style W
Number of Throws 2-3
Number of Stages 1-5
Rated Speed 500 - 1000 RPM
Cylinder Lubrication Non-lubricated
Cylinder Cooling Method Air
Gas Cooling Method Air
Drive Electric, belt drive
Crankcase Design Non-pressurized
Crankcase Material Ductile cast iron ASTM 536-80 65-45-12
Crankshaft Ductile cast iron ASTM 536-80 100-70-03
Main Bearings Single roll taper roller
Crosshead Design CEC design
Crosshead Material Ductile cast iron ASTM 536-80 65-45-12
Connecting Rods Material Ductile cast iron ASTM 536-80 100-70-03
Sealing Ring Set Material PTFE/PEEK
Piston Material Aluminum alloy or steel
Piston Ring Material PTFE/PEEK
Valve Manufacturer Hoerbiger
Valve Lubrication Non-lubricated

Defined on the Nameplate, which is physically mounted to the
compressor skid, and it is also included in Appendix C of this manual.
Inlet Piping Pressure Range • Additionally, there are overpressure protection

requirements for the CleanCNG STANDARD compressor,
which is defined on the P&ID and P&ID BoM (included in
Appendix C of the manual)
As stated in the P&ID and P&ID BOM in Appendix C of this manual.
In the event the maximum allowable temperatures can be
Inlet Piping Temperature Limits exceeded, temperature limiting devices can be required. For reliable
compressor operation, extreme high or low temperatures should be
avoided as temperature exceedances can cause unit shutdown.
10.2 Dimensional Specifications
Dimensional Specifications Metric Imperial

Stroke 127 mm 5”
Cylinder Diameter 3,75 -234,95 mm 1.25” – 9.25”
Inlet Pressure Range see nameplate see nameplate
Flow Capacity see nameplate see nameplate
Maximum Rated Brake Power see nameplate see nameplate
Crank Pin Diameter 88,9 mm 3.5”
Piston Rod Diameter 28,58 mm 1.125”
Maximum Rod Load 40.000 N 9 000 lbf
Maximum Piston Velocity 6.76 m/s 21.98 ft/s

11 PROCEDURES AND ADDENDUMS
11.1 Attaching Inlet Louver Doors and Discharge Louver Doors
The CleanCNG compressor package uses a set of Doors with Louvers on each side for directing cooling air into and out of the compressor
package. These Louvers have both a safety and performance role in the overall compressor package. The Doors with Louvers are not attached to
the compressor during shipping. These steps are a necessary aspect of site installation.
 Before you begin:

• There are sharp edges, pinch points, and lifting of heavy equipment. Wear steel toe boots, gloves, glasses, and a hard hat.
• The Discharge Louver Doors are packaged on their side. With a person on each end, place the Door flat on a protective mat on
the ground.
There are Two Enclosure Doors with Louvers:
1. Inlet Doors - with Inlet Louvers.

2. Discharge Doors - with Discharge Louvers.
For CleanCNG Standard (Premium):
Cold Weather Package Warm Weather Package

Only the Discharge Louvers are actuated.
Both Discharge Louvers and Inlet Louvers are actuated. The Inlet Louvers are not actuated.
• NOTE: Tubing and Chaining (STEP 40) not required.

Note: For CleanCNG Essential: Inlet and Outlet Doors cannot be lifted with crane or forklift. They are lifted by at least two people and installed
by hand. These instructions below do not apply to the CleanCNG Essential, and only to the CleanCNG Standard.
Step Step Description Detailed Description Photo
Inlet Doors.
Familiarize yourself with the
1. Inlet Doors
Identify the Doors 2. Outlet Door
10
Outlet Doors.

Inlet Doors – Pinch Points
Review Pinch Before you begin:

Points
SAFETY NOTE: Review Pinch Point hazard
locations – that is, the areas where your fingers
or hands can get caught in doors.
 Inlet doors: See Photos at top right.

Outlet Doors – Pinch Points
 Outlet doors: See Photos at bottom

20 right.

The Doors are packaged on their side. The
Prepare Doors for Doors need to be flat.
Lifting
 With a person on each end of the door
(see photo at right of Outlet Door),
place the Door flat on a protective mat
on the ground.
30 SAFETY NOTE: There are sharp edges, and

there is lifting of heavy equipment. Ensure safe
work practices.

Use straps and crane, or forklift when lifting Doors.
For Inlet Door:
Slinging and Insert straps (x2) in eyebolt on top of Door .
Lifting For Discharge Doors:
1. Open the Louver on top of the (Outlet) Door.
2. Insert straps (x2), one for each side of Door:

 Place strap inside and between the two
adjustment cables.
 Ensure strap clears above the tensioner.
1 Open louver. 2 Insert slings.
40 3. Into the lift point – that is the eye bolt on the
inside of the door - secure a 3/8 - 7/16” shackle
& hook of strap into it. (x2) Secure shackle & 4
hook into eye bolt…
4. Using crane or forklift, lift the door in a
controlled manner:
a. Bring straps slowly to tension.
b. Lift Door into standing position.
c. Lift Door of ground.
d. Transfer Door in vertical position.
SAFETY NOTE: ensure slow tensioning of straps

and moving of Door to avoid unexpected sways,
which could cause bodily harm and/or damage to
3 …inside of door. Lift door.
property.

Bring Door to Frame…
Transferring and 1. Transfer Door in vertical position to

Compressor Frame.
Hinging 2. Keep door in half shut position in relation to
Frame.
3. Slide male side of hinge into female, top
and bottom hinge, simultaneously.
 When positioning the door, hold outside

of door. Do not hold the inside baffles. Transfer door in
vertical position Clear weather-stripping…
QUALITY NOTE: ensure no pinching of seals
50 and weather-strips. Align top hinge...
4. Once hinged, sway the door open and Drop door

close to confirm smooth operation and into hinges…
proper fit.
QUALITY NOTE: verify smooth operation and

proper installation by swaying Door back-and-
forth.
Align bottom hinge…

1 2
Tubing and 1. Attach swaged end of tubing into
prepared fitting. Ensure ferrules sit
Chaining properly.
2. Secure washer and nut.
3. As per proper swaging techniques, tight
with a 9/16” wrench.
4. Connect restrictor chain from door to
Compressor Frame.
5. Close louvers: push handle in to Attach. Secure.
compress rubber weather strip, and turn
handle to ensure that the louvers are
latched. 3
60 Snug tight.
QUALITY NOTE: ensure proper tightness of

(swaged) tube fitting
4 5
Note: This Step is not applicable for Inlet Doors

with Louvers that are not actuated.
Connect chain.

11.2 Lifting the CleanCNG STANDARD Compressor
11.2.1 Scope
This instruction is for the lifting of the CleanCNG 2.0 compressor (a.k.a: unit) into the freight (truck, ship
or airplane) for transport & delivery to the Client at the agreed location.
11.2.2 Method
The unit delivery is under lncoterms rules ("The Incoterms rules or International Commercial Terms are a
series of pre-defined commercial terms published by the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC)
relating to international commercial law.") which means the following:
• Freight: delivery destination upon agreement specified by lncoterms code;
• Risk: risk transfer is specified by lncoterms code upon agreement;
The structure of the unit requires careful lifting and securing to the truck (or freighter, ship, airplane).
The weight of unit is marked on the shipping documents (max. 20,000 lbs). The understructure (skid) has
the necessary strength and rigidity what is required for unit lifting and securing for transportation.
Fig A – CleanCNG
STANDARD 2.0 compressor
unit

11.2.3 Security Concerns for Lifting
11.2.3.1 REQUIREMENTS
• All personnel involved in lifting and securing the CleanCNG 2.0 compressor unit must have valid
and adequate certifications - required by local safety standards and regulations - for lifting,
rigging and securing of the unit.
• All personnel must wear proper PPE required by local safety standards and regulations.
• In British Columbia, Canada the WorksafeBC OHS regulations shall be followed (WorksafeBC
OHS Part 3; Part 4.3 and Part 14).
11.2.3.2 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
The unit is lifted using (see Fig.A through Fig.E):
• spreader bar (with adequate WLL for the lifting of the unit and all the attached weight (chains,
hooks, spreader bar, etc...)),
• examined straps (or ropes or chains) with sufficient length (all straps should have equal length)
and
• Lifting pins (P/N 624814 with WLL=8000 lbs @ 4" extension; 4x for one unit provided by the
manufacturer, the Lifting pins cannot be used for any other lifting task).
The unit is secured - with strap, rope or chain - to the transportation truck via lifting pin holes (4x /skid),
see Fig.G for details. Use of came-along for restraining of unit is permitted.
11.2.3.3 LIFTING
Lifting of unit is the function of spreader bar's size and configuration as well as the length of the straps
used for lifting. The strap must be vertical, the clearance between the spreader bar and the top of unit
shall be min. 30" (76 cm).

Fig B – Lifting angle deviation shall be
0 from the optimal vertical plane.
Fig C – The strap positioning &

alignment is critical for safe lifting

Fig D – The angle of lifting straps
during lifting is important too.
Fig E – The compressor unit side view, the max. angle shall be 30

11.2.3.4 FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS
Fig F – Centre of gravity location at the unit
11.2.4 Secure the unit
The unit can be secured with the use of lifting pins through the lifting holes with the truck-bed. The
straps must not be over the top of the unit.

Fig G – Unit securing with straps with Lifting pins (x4) and with the truck bed.

12 TECHNICAL SUPPORT
For all parts and services inquiries, including warranty requirements, please contact your local CEC
service center. For more information on CEC service centers, visit our website at
www.cleanenergyfuels/compression.

13 APPENDIX A: SERVICE DOCUMENTS LIST

CEC COMPRESSOR MANUAL
SERVICE DOCUMENT LIST
The Service Section of the Clean Energy Compression (CEC) Compressor Manual consists of drawings and other
documents related to ongoing service.
As with the Main Document List, this document lists the complete set of items that comprise the CEC
Compressor Manual Service Section.
Description Document Number Revision Pages

RG – RING GASKET SCHEDULE 633376 A 1
RG – DRAWING 703278 B 1
VALVE KIT 633474 A 1
VALVE ASSEMBLY – DRAWING 703805 B 1
SHORTBLOCK UNIVERSAL 50 SERIES 624563 C 1
SHORTBLOCK ASSEMBLY – 210105 C 1
50 SERIES CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY
SHORTBLOCK ASSEMBLY – 210100 C 1
50 SERIES CRANKCASE REAR COVER ASSEMBLY
SHORTBLOCK ASSEMBLY – 210670 D 1
50 SERIES CRANKCASE FRONT COVER ASSEMBLY
OIL RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY 202639‐00 M 1
OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY 202640 G 1
50 SERIES CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY 202642‐00 H 1
CROSSHEAD GUIDE & CROSSHEAD GUIDE ASSEMBLY 202906‐00 H 2
ASSEMBLY DRAWING ‐ DA CYLINDER ‐ 7.250‐5.000 703303 C 2
ASSEMBLY DRAWING ‐ DA CYLINDER ‐ 4.500‐2.750 703498 B 2
ASSEMBLY DRAWING ‐ TANDEM 703463 B 2
CYLINDER ‐ 3.500‐2.500C_1.750‐1.250H
PACKING CASE COMPLETE ‐ 50 SERIES ‐ 7.69 CAVITY ‐ 625704 A 1
3000PSIG
PACKING CASE COMPLETE ‐ 50 SERIES ‐ 6.16 CAVITY ‐ 615978 B 1
1200PSIG
PACKING CASE COMPLETE ‐ 50 SERIES ‐ 5.38 CAVITY ‐ 615976 B 1
600PSIG

FRM‐000041 Rev.A Page 1 of 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REVISION HISTORY
REV. DATE BY CK. AP. ECO# REFERENCE
A A
A 2016/04/06 ISF RJT TFJ N/A FIRST RELEASE
B B
C C
D D
E E
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Chilliwack,

B.C., Canada
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE
PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY
CBA 50 SERIES 51D-35D-31C16H-AC
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. ISF 2016/04/06 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
F
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2016/04/06 B 633376 A F
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
AP. TFJ 2016/04/06 SCALE 1:1 WEIGHT LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REVISION HISTORY
A A
B 2015/08/25 ISF RJT TFJ N/A FLIPPED INDICATOR TAP ORIENTATION, 1ST AND 2ND
STAGES.
4 - 4TH STAGE
DISCHARGE 4 - 4TH STAGE
B 2 - 2ND STAGE INDICATOR TAP SUCTION B
SUCTION
1 - 1ST
STAGE
SUCTION
B INDICATOR TAPS
DISCHARGE 3 - 3RD STAGE
SUCTION
INDICATOR TAP
DISCHARGE
1 - 1ST STAGE
TT TAP
C UNLOADER PORTS C
B 2 - 2ND STAGE
INDICATOR TAPS
DISCHARGE
D D
E E

B.C., Canada
CBA LAYOUT - DA_DA_SACE-SAHE
F
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2015/08/04 B 703278 B F
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
AP. TFJ 2015/08/04 SCALE 1:12 WEIGHT 2235.7 LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REVISION HISTORY
A A
A 2016/05/03 AC ISF TFJ N/A FIRST RELEASE
B B
CYLINDER & PORT KEEPERS ① VALVES ② GASKETS - QTY PER VALVE

STAGE POCKET PART PART SPACERS ③ SEALING ④
HT
SIZE ACTION
IG
TYPE QTY NUMBER NUMBER P/N QTY P/N QTY
HE
C C
SUCTION 2 208411 633470 200719 + 200258 1 + 2 0.191
1 5.125 DA -
DISCHARGE 2 208411 633471 200719 + 200258 1 + 2 0.191
SUCTION 2 200818 633472 200567 1 0.219
2 3.500 DA -
DISCHARGE 2 200818 633473 200567 1 0.219
SUCTION 1 206322 633472 200825 1 0.040
3 3.125 SACE -
DISCHARGE 1 206322 633473 200825 1 0.040
D D
201095 +
4 1.625 SAHE CONCENTRIC 1 - 321028 201095 1 0.040 1+1
201096
E E

B.C., Canada
CBA 50 SERIES 51D-35D-31C16H-
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY CONFIG AN-01
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. AC 2016/05/03 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
F
NOTE: OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. ISF 2016/05/03 B 633474 A F
THIS DRAWING TO BE USED IN CONJUCTION WITH ASSEMBLY DRAWING - VALVE INSTALLATION CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
REVISION HISTORY
NOTE:
- COMPONENTS SUPPLIED MAY DIFFER IN IMAGE FROM THE COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING REV. DATE BY CK. AP. CO# REFERENCE
- THIS DRAWING IS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE VALVE KIT COMPONENT LIST SUPPLIED A 2015/12/08 JB ISF TFJ N/A INITIAL RELEASE
- SPACERS 3 MAY BE INSTALLED IN MULTIPLES, REFER TO VALVE KIT FOR DETAILS ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM
A B 2016/09/26 CJ HS TFJ 0242 A
- VALVE KEEPER PORT MUST BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT THE PORT IS ALIGNED WITH THE MANIFOLD PORT TABLE
- ALL VALVES MUST BE INSTALLED INTO THE CORRECT SUCTION OR DISCHARGE PORT AND IN THE CORRECT ORIENTATION
- IF ANY ITEMS ARE UNCLEAR, CONTACT CEC TECHNICAL SPECIALISTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
4X 1
B B
4
4X 2
2 4X 3
3 4X
3
2 4X
1 4X
C C
1
2
3
NOTES:
• THIS SECTION IS APPLICABLE FOR
COMBINATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING
TANDEM CYLINDERS:
NOTES:
CRANK END HEAD END 3 • THIS SECTION IS APPLICABLE
D 3.500" 1.750" FOR THE FOLLOWING DUAL D
3.250" 1.625" ACTING CYLINDERS:
2 • 9.250"
3.125" 1.500"
• 8.000"
2.750" 1.375" 1
2.500" 1.250"
NOTES: NOTES:
• THIS SECTION IS APPLICABLE FOR • THIS SECTION IS APPLICABLE
COMBINATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING FOR THE FOLLOWING DUAL
TANDEM CYLINDERS: ACTING CYLINDERS:
• 7.250"
E CRANK END HEAD END • 6.750" E
7.250" 4.250" • 6.250"
7.000" 4.000" • 5.750"
6.750" 3.750" • 5.500"
4 • 5.000"
6.250" 3.500"
5.750" 3.250" • 4.500"
2.125" • 4.250"
4 • 4.000"
• 3.750"
• 3.500"
• 3.250"
2 • 3.125"
F
2X • 3.000" F
• 2.750"
3 2X 3
2X 2 1
1 2 2X
1
3 2X
2
G 2X G
3
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE B
CONSUMABLE 3 , 4
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
2,000 - 3 PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Chilliwack,

B.C., Canada
5,000 2 2 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
10,000 -
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE ASSEMBLY DRAWING - VALVE
1 PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY
H
20,000 - COMPRESSION CORP. ANY INSTALLATION H
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. JB 2015/12/08 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
AVAILABLE AS - OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. ISF 2015/12/08 C 703805 B
PAINTED PART CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
REV. DATE BY CK. AP. CO# REFERENCE
FIRST RELEASE BASED ON 206058 W/ REMOVAL OF

A 2015/05/14 ISF TC TFJ N/A
OIL FILL PORT AND CHANGE OF CRANKCASE P/N.
UPDATED THE DRAWING LAYOUT, RENAMED AND

B 2/4/2016 YW ISF TFJ 5167
B ADDED WASHERS B
13
C 2016/09/26 CJ HS TFJ 0242 ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM TABLE
C C
20
14
D D
18
23
SEE NOTE 3 3
3
25
16
E E
19
6
11
F F
8
PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE C
CONSUMABLE 3 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 21
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
5,000 -
ROLL TUBE TO SECURE IN HOLE. TUBE
G 10,000 - TO BE DEBURRED AND FLUSH WITH G
CRANKCASE SURFACE.
20,000 -
40,000 13 , 23
16
AVAILABLE AS 1 , 5 , 6 , 12 , 14 , 25
PAINTED PART
10
REF. PART
QTY DESCRIPTION UOM
H NO. NUMBER 1 H
1 1 202639-00 OIL RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY EA

24
2 1 202640-00 OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY EA
3 2 202645-00 IMW50 CRANKCASE FRONT COVER GASKET EA 17

4 1 202646-00-XX SHIM IMW50 CRANKCASE FRONT COVER EA 21
5 1 202647-00 SQUARE COVER EA 12
6 1 202648-00 RECTANGULAR COVER EA

J J
7 1 202649 SQUARE GASKET EA
8 1 202650-00 RECTANGULAR GASKET EA 15

22 7
9 1 202651 IMW50 CRANKCASE OIL PUMP BRACKET GASKET EA
10 1 202653 IMW50 CRANKCASE OIL RELIEF VALVE GASKET EA

5
11 1 202655-00 DISCHARGE TUBE EA ENSURE GASKET TAB IS ALIGNED
9 WITH BODY OF MANIFOLD.
12 1 210100 IMW50 CRANKCASE REAR COVER EA
2 18
13 1 210105 CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY EA
K ENSURE OIL PUMP GASKET IS K
14 1 210670 IMW50 CRANK CASE FRONT COVER ASSEMBLY EA ALIGNED WITH OIL GALLERY.
15 2 301487 WASHER LOCK 0.625 ZN EA
16 14 301606 BOLT HH CS GR.5 0.625-11UNC X 1.750 ZN EA
19 3 303825 PLUG PIPE HOLLOW HEX CS 0.375MNPT EA

B.C., Canada
L 20 6 304528 WASHER FLAT GR 8 0.625 PLATED EA L
21 1 305663 ORING 2-276 N70D EA
NOTES :
ASSEMBLY DRAWING – SHORT BLOCK
1. VERIFY CRANKCASE OIL GALLERIES ARE FREE OF CONTAMINATION AND DEBRIS BEFORE ASSEMBLY. COMPRESSION CORP. ANY ASM – 50 SERIES
23 1 308768 BEARING TAPER EA 2. SEE WI-MF-2012-005 FOR DETAILED ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
3. SEE WI-MF-2012-005 FOR SHIM PART # AND QUANTITIES REQUIRED WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. ISF 2015/05/14 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
M
24 4 314794 WASHER LOCK 0.375 ZN EA OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. TC 2015/05/14 D 624563 C M
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
25 1 604340 CRANKCASE IMW50 MACHINED W/ BLOCK HEATER EA AP. TFJ 2015/05/14 SCALE 1:4 WEIGHT 729.4 LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REVISION HISTORY
A REV. DATE BY CK. AP. CO# REFERENCE A

A 2012/02/14 ISF CSM N/A N/A FIRST RELEASE BASED ON 400008-01
B 2016/01/29 YW ISF TFJ 5167 UPDATED THE DRAWING LAYOUT AND RENAMED
2 5
B B
C C

C PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
D CONSUMABLE - D
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
5,000 -
10,000 -
20,000 -
40,000 1 , 4
AVAILABLE AS
NOTES: -
PAINTED PART
1. SEE WI-MF-2012-003 FOR DETAILED ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
E E
REF. PART PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Chilliwack,

QTY DESCRIPTION
NO. NUMBER B.C., Canada
1 1 202628-00 IMW50 CRANKCASE OIL PUMP DRIVING GEAR THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE
ASSEMBLY DRAWING – CRANKSHAFT –
2 1 202692-00 1/8NPT FILTER PLUG
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 50 SERIES
3 1 203394-00 CRANKSHAFT REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
F 4 2 308800 BEARING TAPER CONE OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. CSM 2012/02/14 B 210105 C F
5 2 311171 PLUG PIPE SOCKET HEAD CS 0.125IN CORP IS PROHIBITED.

AP. SCALE 1:4 WEIGHT LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REVISION HISTORY

A 2012/02/13 ISF CSM N/A N/A FIRST RELEASE
B 2016/01/29 YW ISF TFJ 5167 UPDATED THE DRAWING LAYOUT AND RENAMED
B B
C C

D CONSUMABLE - D
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
5,000 -
10,000 -
20,000 -
40,000 3
AVAILABLE AS 1
PAINTED PART
E E

B.C., Canada
REF.
QTY
PART
DESCRIPTION
ASSEMBLY DRAWING – CRANKCASE
NO. NUMBER
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY REAR COVER – 50 SERIES
1 1 202620-01 IMW 50 CRANKCASE REAR COVER REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
F 2 2 311171 PLUG PIPE SOCKET HEAD CS 0.125IN OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. CSM 2012/02/13 B 210100 C F
3 1 308768 BEARING TAPER CORP IS PROHIBITED.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
REVISION HISTORY
B 2013/01/16 ISF CSM N/A N/A CHANGED O-RING FROM 2-156 TO 2-155
A A
C 2016/01/29 YW ISF TFJ 5167 UPDATED THE DRAWING LAYOUT AND RENAMED
D 2016/09/23 CJ HS TFJ 0242 ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM TABLE
B 3 B
11
C 8 C
D 1 D
E E
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEMS 2

PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE D
12
CONSUMABLE 5 , 6 , 8 , 10
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
5,000 8 10
10,000 1
4
20,000 -
F 40,000 - F
7
AVAILABLE AS 12
PAINTED PART
REF. QTY PART DESCRIPTION

NO. NUMBER
1 1 206015 OIL INTRODUCING RING
G
2 1 210629 OIL INTRODUCING RING RETAINER G
3 1 303461 SHCS CS 0.375-16UNC X 1.000
4 1 303824 PLUG HEX HOLLOW 0.25 NPT CS
5 2 305429 ORING 2-155 N70D
6 1 305595 ORING 2-249 N70D
7 4 305760 SHCS CS 10-24UNC X 0.500 B.C., Canada
8 1 306657 SEAL CRANKSHAFT THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE
ASSEMBLY DRAWING – CRANKCASE
H 9 1 308000 WASHER SEAL FLAT 0.375IN
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY FRONT COVER – 50 SERIES H
10 1 317111 ORING 2-163 N70D REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. MJJ 2012/07/24 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
11 1 323241 WASHER 0.375 BOND GAL OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. CSM 2012/07/25 C 210670 D
12 1 602650 FRONT COVER - IMW 50 CRANKCASE CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REVISION HISTORY

K 2013/08/20 ISF CSM N/A N/A ADDED 3X301811
L 2016/01/29 YW ISF TFJ 5167 UPDATED THE DRAWING LAYOUT AND RENAMED
2
M 2016/09/26 CJ HS TFJ 0242 ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM TABLE
4
B B
8
4 RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

M PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
CONSUMABLE -
6
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
7 2,000 -
5,000 -
1
C 10,000 - C
20,000 -
AVAILABLE AS
5 PAINTED PART
5
REF. QTY PART DESCRIPTION UOM

NO. NUMBER
D
1 1 202631-01 PISTON, OIL RELIEF VALVE EA D
2 1 202632 HEX PLUG EA
3 3 1 202656 IMW50 CRANKCASE OIL FILTER ADAPTOR EA
7
4 2 202968-00 SPACER IMW50 OIL RELIEF VALVE EA
5 1 203808 OIL RELIEF MANIFOLD EA
6 3 301811 WASHER FLAT 0.375 ZN EA
7 3 303825 PLUG PIPE HOLLOW HEX CS 0.375MNPT EA
E 8 1 309910 SPRING # C57 EA E

B.C., Canada
ASSEMBLY DRAWING – OIL RELIEF
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY VALVE – 50 SERIES
NOTES:
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. DY 2009/09/11 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
F 1. SEE WI-MF-2012-002 FOR DETAILED ASSEMBLY
INSTRUCTIONS OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. BVK 2009/09/11 B 202639-00 M F
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
REVISION HISTORY
E 2012/02/13 ISF CSM N/A N/A UPDATED PARTS
A A
F 2016/01/29 YW ISF TFJ 5167 UPDATED THE DRAWING LAYOUT AND RENAMED
G 2016/09/26 CJ HS TFJ 0242 ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM TABLE
B B
7
C C
1
11

G PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
D D
CONSUMABLE 3
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
2,000 -
4
5,000 -
7
10,000 -
20,000 2 , 6 , 7
9
AVAILABLE AS -
E PAINTED PART E
10 3
NOTES:
1. SEE WI-MF-2012-002 FOR DETAILED
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
REF. QTY PART DESCRIPTION

6 NO. NUMBER
F 1 1 202621-01 PUMP BRACKET F

2 1 202629-00 OIL PUMP DRIVEN GEAR SHAFT IMW50 CRANKCASE
3 1 202652-00 GASKET, OIL PUMP
4 1 301197 NIPPLE PIPE CS 0.750MNPT X 6.000
5 5 4 301511 WASHER LOCK 0.313 ZN
6 1 306210 PUMP OIL 2RFD 6GPM@1800RPM
7 2 306614 BEARING
8
G 8 4 307261 BOLT HH CS GR.5 0.313-18UNC X 1.250 ZN G
9 1 315952 BEARING LOCK WASHER 4

10 1 315959 BEARING NUT 4
11 1 316820 ELBOW STR 90 0.750 GALV.

B.C., Canada
ASSEMBLY DRAWING – OIL PUMP – 50
H
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY SERIES H
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. DR 2011/06/29 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. EDL 2011/06/29 B 202640 G

CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
REVISION HISTORY
F 2012/10/24 CSM ERL N/A N/A ADDED BOM TO DRAWING
A A
G 2016/01/29 YW ISF TFJ 5167 UPDATED THE DRAWING LAYOUT AND RENAMED
H 2016/09/23 CJ HS TFJ 0242 ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM TABLE
1
B B
C C
D D
E E

H PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
F CONSUMABLE - F
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
2,000 -
5,000 -
10,000 -
20,000 2
AVAILABLE AS -
PAINTED PART
G G
REF. QTY. PART DESCRIPTION
NO. NUMBER
1 1 202618-04 IMW 50 CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY
2 2 306485 SHELL BEARING HALF

B.C., Canada
ASSEMBLY DRAWING – CONNECTING
H
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY ROD – 50 SERIES H
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. DR 2011/11/07 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. CSM 2011/11/07 B 202642-00 H

CORP IS PROHIBITED.
AP. SCALE 1:2 WEIGHT 10.5 LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
REVISION HISTORY
F 2016/01/30 YW ISF TFJ 5167 UPDATED THE DRAWING LAYOUT AND RENAMED
A A
G 2016/04/26 HS ISF TFJ 5519 ADDED 2 x 1/4" PLUGS, ADDED NOTE
H 2016/09/26 CJ HS TFJ 0242 ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM TABLE
5 6 7
11
B B
12
C C
10
9
D D
E E
1 2 4 3
F F

H PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
CONSUMABLE 1 , 7 , 10
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
5,000 -
10,000 5
G 20,000 - G
NOTE:
40,000 2 , 6
1. 5 AND 11 PRE-ASSEMBLED AS ONE PIECE.
AVAILABLE AS
2. FOR ALL SPARE PARTS ORDERS 5 CAN BE ORDERED. PAINTED PART
2 , 9

B.C., Canada
ASSEMBLY DRAWING – CROSSHEAD
H
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY GUIDE ASM DA INT. LUBE – 50 SERIES H
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. KH 2003/01/13 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. BJN 2011/10/24 B 202906-00 H

CORP IS PROHIBITED.
AP. SCALE 1:5 WEIGHT 97.3 LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
DRAWING # 202906-00 REV H
POSITION # QUANTITY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
01 3 305634 ORING 2-267 N70D

02 3 202773-01 CROSSHEAD GUIDE IMW50
03 12 301614 BOLT HH CS GR.5 0.750-10UNC X 3.000 ZN
04 12 304530 WASHER FLAT GR 8 0.750 PLATED
05/11 3 201577 WRIST PIN INTERNAL LUBE 5 1/2 CROSSHEAD
06 3 210102 CROSSHEAD IMW50 W/ BUSHING INT. LUB.
07 3 305623 ORING 2-261 N70D
09 6 203408-00 COVER PLATE IMW50/ALPHA3
10 6 317111 ORING 2-163 N70D
12 6 303824 PLUG PIPE HOLLOW HEX CS 0.250MNPT
1 2 3 4 5 6
REVISION HISTORY
B 2016/04/18 DR ISF TFJ 5497 ADDED PISTON WASHER (28)AND 5.125" CONFIGURATION
C 2016/09/20 ISF RJT TFJ 0242 ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM TABLE
A A
DISCHARGE VALVES, GASKETS 22

& KEEPERS
21
20
04
19
03
18
B 02 16 B
14
01
* 13
14
15 23
17
C 24 C
19
20
21
22 05
* 07
25
06
D
08
28 * D
26
09
SUCTION VALVES, GASKETS
& KEEPERS
10 27
E 11 E
PISTON RINGS
12
F NOTES: F
• THIS DRAWING IS APPLICABLE FOR THE FOLLOWING DUAL
ACTING CYLINDERS:
• 7.250"
• 6.750"
• 6.250"
• 5.750"
• 5.500"
• 5.125"
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
• 5.000" 2,000 -
• FOR VALVE, GASKET, KEEPER AND PISTON RING PART NUMBERS
REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SHEET. 5,000 25 , 26
• NOTE THAT COMPONENTS SUPPLIED AND ORIENTATIONS OF
G PORTS MAY DIFFER IN IMAGE FROM THE COMPONENTS SHOWN 10,000 01 , 08
G
ON THIS DRAWING.
• * COMPONENTS MARKED BY AN ASTERISK MAY NOT BE 20,000 -
INCLUDED IN ALL CONFIGURATIONS. REFER TO BOM.
• FULL DETAILS OF PACKING CASE COMPONENTS SHOWN ON AVAILABLE AS 01 , 02 , 06 , 15 , 16 , 20
ALTERNATE SHEET. PAINTED PART

B.C., Canada
ASSEMBLY DRAWING - DA CYLINDER -
H
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 7.250-5.000 H
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2015/08/11 B 703303 C

CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6
5.125” CYLINDER ASSEMBLY
DRAWING # 703303 REV C
01 1 625392 CYLINDER 5.125 DA AC - SENSE PORT - 50 SERIES

02 1 625431 CYLINDER HEAD 5.125 BORE - 50 SERIES
04 6 307380 BOLT HH CS GR.8 0.625-11UNC X 2.000 PLT
05 2 305597 ORING 2-249 V90D
06 1 625365 SEAL CARRIER 5.125 BORE - 50 SERIES
08 1 615976 PACKING CASE COMPLETE - 50 SERIES - 5.38 CAVITY - 600PSI
10 4 206959 STUD - STUD 0.625IN X 7.25 LG
12 4 301765 NUT HEX CS GR.8 0.625UNC PLATED
14 4 305434 ORING 2-156 V90D
15 1 631198 MANIFOLD DA 88CRO - 2.000F - 50 SERIES
16 1 631198 MANIFOLD DA 88CRO - 2.000F - 50 SERIES
17 8 317008 SHCS CS 0.500-13UNC X 4.500 ZN
18 8 317008 SHCS CS 0.500-13UNC X 4.500 ZN
19 4 305572 ORING 2-240 V90D
20 4 201706 VALVE HOLDER 88CRO
23 1 200921 NUT PISTON RETAINING
24 1 200292 WASHER PISTON TOP
25 1 200914 PISTON IMW50 5.125 DA ALUMINUM
26 1 201099 PISTON ROD IMW50 1.125 DIA X 18.500 LG
27 1 210103 CROSSHEAD TAPER NUT 1.063
28 1 200293 WASHER PISTON BOTTOM DA
1 2 3 4 5 6
REVISION HISTORY
A 2015/09/25 AC ISF TFJ N/A FIRST RELEASE
A B 2016/09/26 CJ HS TFJ 0242 ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM TABLE A
22
DISCHARGE VALVES, 21
GASKETS, & KEEPERS
04 20
19
03
B 02 B
18
16
05
14
01
* 13
23
C 24 C
14
15
17
PISTON RINGS
19 05
25
20
21
D 22
07
* 28
* D
06 26
27
08
SUCTION VALVES, GASKETS,

& KEEPERS 09
E E
10
11
12
NOTES:
F • THIS DRAWING IS APPLICABLE FOR THE FOLLOWING DUAL F
ACTING CYLINDERS:
• 4.500"
• 4.250" RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
• 4.000" B PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
• 3.750"
• 3.500"
MAINTENANCE
• 3.250"
INTERVAL (HR)
• 3.125" 2,000 -
• 3.000"
• 2.750" 5,000 25 , 26
• FOR VALVE, GASKET, KEEPER AND PISTON RING PART NUMBERS
G REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SHEET. 10,000 01 , 08 G
• NOTE THAT COMPONENTS SUPPLIED AND ORIENTATIONS OF
PORTS MAY DIFFER IN IMAGE FROM THE COMPONENTS SHOWN 20,000 -
ON THIS DRAWING.
• * COMPONENTS MARKED BY AN ASTERISK MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE AS
INCLUDED IN ALL CONFIGURATIONS. REFER TO BOM. 01 , 02 , 06 , 15 , 16 , 20
PAINTED PART
• FULL DETAILS OF PACKING CASE COMPONENTS SHOWN ON
ALTERNATE SHEET.
B.C., Canada
ASSEMBLY DRAWING - DA CYLINDER -
H
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 4.500-2.750 H
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. AC 2015/09/25 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. ISF 2015/09/25 B 703498 B

CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6
DRAWING # 703498 REV B
01 1 625397 CYLINDER 3.500 DA AC - SENSE PORT - 50 SERIES

02 1 625436 CYLINDER HEAD 3.500 BORE - 50 SERIES
05 2 305560 ORING 2-236 V90D
08 1 615978 PACKING CASE COMPLETE - 50 SERIES - 6.16 CAVITY - 1200PSI
10 4 200679 STUD - STUD 0.625IN X 9.5 LG
14 4 305563 ORING 2-237 V90D
15 1 201048-20F MANIFOLD 1.25IN FLANGE 1ST STG VALVE
16 1 201048-24N MANIFOLD 1 1/2 IN NPT
17 8 317008 SHCS CS 0.500-13UNC X 4.500 ZN
18 8 317008 SHCS CS 0.500-13UNC X 4.500 ZN
19 4 305552 ORING 2-233 V90D
20 4 200266 VALVE HOLDER 2ND STAGE
23 1 200921 NUT PISTON RETAINING
24 1 200292 WASHER PISTON TOP
25 1 203169-00 PISTON IMW50 3.500 DA STEEL
26 1 201260-01 PISTON ROD IMW50 20.438 LG NECKED
1 2 3 4 5 6
REVISION HISTORY
A B 2016/09/26 CJ HS TFJ 0242 ADDED RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEM TABLE A
08
HEAD END CYLINDER CRANK END CYLINDER

07 DISCHARGE VALVE, GASKET(S) &
CONCENTRIC VALVE & GASKETS
KEEPER
06
05
26
B B
25
24
04 17
* 22
03 21
20
02 18
C CRANK END CYLINDER C
SUCTION VALVE, GASKET(S) & 01
KEEPER
18
19
21 16
*
09
22 27
D 23 D
25 10
26
11
B
RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE ITEMS 28
PER COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 12
E E
CONSUMABLE 02 , 09 , 18 , 22
MAINTENANCE
INTERVAL (HR)
2,000 - 13
5,000 27 , 28
10,000 01 , 03 , 11
29
20,000 - 14
PISTON RINGS
AVAILABLE AS 01 , 03 , 06 , 10 , 19 , 20 , 23 , 24
PAINTED PART 15
F F
NOTES:
• THIS DRAWING IS APPLICABLE FOR COMBINATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING TANDEM CYLINDERS:
CRANK END HEAD END
3.500" 1.750"
3.250" 1.625"
3.125" 1.500"
2.750" 1.375"
2.500" 1.250"
G
• FOR VALVE, GASKET, KEEPER AND PISTON RING PART NUMBERS REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SHEET. G
• NOTE THAT COMPONENTS SUPPLIED AND ORIENTATIONS OF PORTS MAY DIFFER IN IMAGE FROM
THE COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING.
• * COMPONENTS MARKED BY AN ASTERISK MAY NOT BE INCLUDED IN ALL CONFIGURATIONS.
REFER TO BOM.
• FULL DETAILS OF PACKING CASE COMPONENTS SHOWN ON ALTERNATE SHEET.

B.C., Canada
ASSEMBLY DRAWING - TANDEM
H
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY CYLINDER - 3.500-2.500C_1.750-1.250H H
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2015/09/17 B 703463 B

CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6
DRAWING # 703463 REV B
01 1 619615-H CYLINDER 3.125 SACE AC - SENSE PORT - HARDENED - 50 SERIES

02 1 305579 ORING 2-242 V90D
03 1 633326-H CYLINDER 1.625 SAHE AC - SENSE PORT - 50 SERIES - HARDENED
06 1 620364 HEAD 24/54MM VALVE 16F-16F-12N TOP PORT
09 1 305552 ORING 2-233 V90D
11 1 625704 PACKING CASE COMPLETE - 50 SERIES - 7.69 CAVITY - 3000PSIG
13 4 200307 STUD - STUD 0.625IN X 11 1/4 LG
18 2 305563 ORING 2-237 V90D
19 1 200969-16F MANIFOLD1.0IN FLANGE 3RD STAGE SUCTION
20 1 200970-16N MANIFOLD 3RD STAGE DISCHARGE 1.00IN NPT
21 8 317008 SHCS CS 0.500-13UNC X 4.500 ZN
22 2 305552 ORING 2-233 V90D
23 1 200266 VALVE HOLDER 2ND STAGE
24 1 200266-01 VALVE HOLDER FOR 60CRX
27 1 201437 PISTON ROD IMW50 1.625 DIA
28 1 202964-00 PISTON IMW50 3.125 SACE STEEL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REVISION HISTORY
A 1 A 2015/06/12 ISF RJT TFJ N/A FIRST RELEASE A
4 2
3 ROD RING ORIENTATIONS
2 4
5
1
6
B 7 PRESSURE B
2
8
10
9
13
GROOVE 1 GROOVES 2-7 GROOVE 8
PRESSURE BREAKER DOUBLE STEP
GROOVES TO FACE RADIAL CUT TANGENT PAIR
2
PRESSURE TANGENT CUT PINS TO FACE
13 SECTION A-A BACK-UP RING PRESSURE
9 SCALE 1 : 3 RADIAL CUT TO
C C
2 FACE PRESSURE
13
9
2
ITEM PART DESCRIPTION QTY.
13 NO. NUMBER
9
1 200308 IMW50 TOP BLOCK 1
13 2 2 305407 ORING 2-143 V90D 9
A A
3 305425 ORING 2-153 V75D 2
D D
2 9 4 319218 SHCS CS 0.313-24UNF X 5.500 3
5 321124 VENT RING 1
9 8 6 332456 WIPER RING 1
7 615960 BASE BLOCK - 50 SERIES PACKING 1
13 3 8 617398 SHCS CS 0.313-24UNF X 2.250 3
9 625707 SEALING RING 6
2 12 NOTES: 10 625708 BREAKER RING 1
1. REFER TO WI-MF-2011-043 FOR ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS. 11 625734 WIPER CUP - 50 SERIES PACKING 1
2. SHCS TO BE SNUG-TIGHT. 12 625735 VENT BLOCK - 50 SERIES 1
9 2
E 13 625772 STANDARD BLOCK - 50 SERIES 6 E
5 PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Chilliwack,

B.C., Canada
11 THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE
PACKING CASE COMPLETE - 50 SERIES -
6 COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 7.69 CAVITY - 3000PSIG
F
7 OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2015/06/12 B 625704 A F
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REVISION HISTORY
A 01 2014/07/25 CSM ISF CSM N/A FIRST RELEASE A
2 A 2014/10/11 ISF BMB N/A N/A REDUCED SHCS LENGTH FROM 2.500 TO 2.250
B 2015/06/15 ISF RJT TFJ 3752 REMOVED 1 X 200309, 1 X 200310, 1 X 615959; ADDED 1 X
625734, 1 X 625735; CHANGED 4 X 200309 TO 4 X 625772
3
ROD RING ORIENTATIONS
1
1
B 2 B
3
3
4 PRESSURE
5
5
12 B 6
3 7 GROOVES 1-5 GROOVE 6
RADIAL CUT DOUBLE STEP
TANGENT PAIR
TANGENT CUT PINS TO FACE
C 5 C
BACK-UP RING PRESSURE
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 3 RADIAL CUT TO
12 B FACE PRESSURE
B 12
3 ITEM PART DESCRIPTION QTY.
NO. NUMBER
3 1 200308 IMW50 TOP BLOCK 1
5
2 304686 SHCS CS 0.313-24UNF X 4.000 3
5
12 3 305407 ORING 2-143 V90D 7
D B D
4 305425 ORING 2-153 V75D 2
9
3 5 321123 SEALING RING 5
5
4 A A 6
7
321124 VENT RING
332456 WIPER RING
1
1
B 11 8 615960 BASE BLOCK - 50 SERIES PACKING 1
NOTES: 9 617398 SHCS CS 0.313-24UNF X 2.250 3
3 1. REFER TO WI-MF-2011-043 FOR ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS. 10 625734 WIPER CUP - 50 SERIES PACKING 1
2. SHCS TO BE SNUG TIGHT.
11 625735 VENT BLOCK - 50 SERIES 1
E 6 12 625772 STANDARD BLOCK - 50 SERIES 4 E

B 10 B.C., Canada
7 THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 6.16 CAVITY - 1200PSIG
8 REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. CSM 2014/07/25 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
F
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. ISF 2014/07/30 B 615978 B F
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REVISION HISTORY
A 1 2014/07/30 CSM ISF CSM N/A FIRST RELEASE A
A 2014/10/20 ISF BB N/A N/A REDUCED SHCS LENGTH FROM 2.500 TO 2.250
B 2015/06/15 ISF RJT TFJ 3752 REMOVED 1 X 200309, 1 X 200310, 1 X 615959; ADDED 1 X
625734, 1 X 625735; CHANGED 3 X 200309 TO 3 X 625772
ROD RING ORIENTATIONS
4
1
B B
2 2
3 PRESSURE
1 4
2 5
6 GROOVES 1-4 GROOVE 5

5 DOUBLE STEP
RADIAL CUT
TANGENT PAIR
TANGENT CUT PINS TO FACE
C 12 B BACK-UP RING C
SECTION A-A PRESSURE
SCALE 1 : 3 RADIAL CUT TO
2 FACE PRESSURE
5 ITEM PART DESCRIPTION QTY.

NO. NUMBER
12 1 200308 IMW50 TOP BLOCK 1
B
9 2 305407 ORING 2-143 V90D 6
2 3 305425 ORING 2-153 V75D 2
D 3 4 319184 SHCS CS 0.313-24UNF X 3.250 3 D
5 5 321123 SEALING RING 4
12
B 11 A A 6 321124 VENT RING 1
B 7 332456 WIPER RING 1
2 8 615960 BASE BLOCK - 50 SERIES PACKING 1
2
NOTES: 9 617398 SHCS CS 0.313-24UNF X 2.250 3
1. REFER TO WI-MF-2011-043 FOR ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS. 10 625734 WIPER CUP - 50 SERIES PACKING 1
5 6 2. SHCS TO BE SNUG TIGHT.
11 625735 VENT BLOCK - 50 SERIES 1
E 12 625772 STANDARD BLOCK - 50 SERIES 3 E
B 10
B.C., Canada
7 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
8 COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 5.38 CAVITY - 600PSIG
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. CSM 2014/07/25 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
F
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. ISF 2014/07/30 B 615976 B F
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
14 APPENDIX B: INSTALLATION DOCUMENTS LIST

COMPRESSOR MANUAL
INSTALLATION DOCUMENT LIST

The Installation Section of the CEC Compressor manual consists mainly of drawings used for site layout and design, as well
as piping schematics. Included in this section are also any useful procedures related to or preceding installation.
As with the Main Document List, this document lists the complete set of items that comprise the CEC Compressor Manual
Installation Section.
Description Document Number Revision Pages

COMPRESSOR DIMENSIONS 704313 A 3
COMPRESSOR BOLT PATTERN 704314 A 1
COMPRESSOR HAZARDOUS ZONE 704327 A 1
COMPRESSOR CENTER OF GRAVITY 704329 A 1
BELT TENSION SPECIFICATION DWG‐800188 A 1
COMPRESSOR 1 CONNECTIONS 704213 C 1
COMPRESSOR 2 CONNECTIONS DWG‐800056 A 1
COMPRESSOR 1 PP CONNECTIONS 704250 B 1
ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE & CABLE DIAGRAM DWG‐800569 B 6
LOAD CALCULATIONS & INSTALLATION DWG‐800568 B 2
SCHEDULE
TERMINATION DRAWING 704114 B 10
GROUNDING DRAWING 704089 B 4
COMPRESSOR FLOW P&ID 704244 C 1
COMPRESSOR FLOW P&ID BOM 704243 E 4
MCE SCHEMATIC DWG‐800582 A 15
MCE‐C SCHEMATIC DWG‐800583 A 13
PRIORITY PANEL FLOW P&ID 704087 B 1
PRIORITY PANEL FLOW P&ID BOM 704296 B 1

FRM-000040 Rev.A Page 1 of 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
A 2016/06/27 JC RJT TFJ N/A INITIAL RELEASE. BASED ON 702860.
B B
C C
D D
E E
VENT STACK
F F
G G
H H
REAR ISOMETRIC VIEW
SEE NOTE 2
J J
COMPRESSOR CONTROLS:
• ESD
• START/STOP
• STATUS LIGHT (GREEN, BLUE, RED)
K • SKID LIGHTING K
• LOCAL/REMOTE
DOOR FOR MAINTENANCE ACCESS

L FRONT ISOMETRIC VIEW B.C., Canada
L
NOTE: THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
1. APPROXIMATE WEIGHT: 17,000 LBS (7711KG) PER COMPRESSOR PACKAGE THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE TRANSMITTAL COMPRESSOR EXTERNAL
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS NO ENCL
(34,000LB FOR A TWIN) COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
2. ADDITIONAL COMPRESSOR DEMONSTRATES A TWIN CONFIGURATION. TRIPLET, REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
QUADRUPLET, OR LONGER CONFIGURATIONS CAN BE BUILT BY INSTALLING WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. JC 2016/06/27 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
NEXT TO EACH OTHER WITH THE SAME 6" SPACING SHOWN FOR THE TWIN. OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2016/06/27 D 704313 A
M M
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
AP. TFJ 2016/06/27 SCALE 1:24 SHEET 1 / 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
SEE NOTE 1 - - - - - - SEE SHEET1
B B
C C
DISTANCE BETWEEN
D 10'-6" COMPRESSORS D
3200mm 6"
152mm
21'-6"
6553mm
COMPRESSOR TOP VIEW
E E
VENT STACK
5'-0"
1524mm
F F
1'- 1/2"
318mm COOL AIR INLET HOT AIR DISCHARGE
7'-2 3/4"
G
2203mm G
1'-0"
305mm
IF ONBOARD PRIORITY PANEL IS PRESENT,
ITS CONNECTION LOCATION IS HERE .
(SEE PRIORITY PANEL CONNECTIONS DRAWING
7'-4" DOOR
FOR ADDITIONAL DETAIL)
H 2235mm 2'-7 1/2"
H
800mm
COMPRESSOR FRONT VIEW COMPRESSOR RIGHT VIEW

COMPRESSOR LEFT VIEW
J J
12'-2 3/4"
3727mm 7"
K NOTE: K
178mm
1. ADDITIONAL COMPRESSOR AND DIMENSIONS IN TOP VIEW DEMONSTRATE A
TWIN CONFIGURATION. TRIPLET, QUADRUPLET, AND LONGER CONFIGURATIONS
ARE CONSTRUCTED THE SAME WAY, BY INSTALLING THE COMPRESSORS END
TO END, FACING THE SAME DIRECTION, WITH 6" SPACING BETWEEN EACH
8" OTHER AS SHOWN.
203mm
B.C., Canada
L L
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE TRANSMITTAL COMPRESSOR EXTERNAL
ELECTRICAL POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS WIRING GAS INLET LOCATION COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
& GAS OUTLET LOCATION
COMPRESSOR REAR VIEW (SEE CONNECTIONS DRAWING FOR REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. JC 2016/06/27 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
(SEE CONNECTIONS DRAWING FOR ADDITIONAL ADDITIONAL DETAIL) OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2016/06/27 D 704313 A
M DETAIL) CORP IS PROHIBITED.
M
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
- - - - - - SEE SHEET1
B B
AIR INLET
SEE NOTE 3 13'-6"
4115mm
C C
8'-3"
DISTANCE BETWEEN 2515mm
TWIN COMPRESSORS
6"
152mm SERVICE AREA
D D
4'-6" SEE NOTE 1
1372mm
FRONT
SEE NOTE 4
DOOR
2'-7 1/4"
794mm
E E
SERVICE
F ACCESS F
3'-0"
914mm
SERVICE 16'-10"
SEE NOTE 2 5131mm
ACCESS
3'-0"
914mm
G G
SEE NOTE 2
H H
4'-0"
1219mm
SERVICE AREA
SEE NOTE 1
J J
SERVICE AREA
FOR MOTOR
1'-0"
305mm
K K
5'-5 1/8"
TOP VIEW - SHOWING MINIMUM SERVICE AREA AND REQUIRED CLEARANCE FOR AIRFLOW
1654mm
NOTE:
1. MINIMUM SERVICE AREAS SHOWN ARE APPLICABLE TO EACH INDIVIDUAL COMPRESSOR, REGARDLESS OF ORIENTATION AND WHETHER THEY ARE ATTACHED BY A
BRIDGE KIT (TWIN, TRIPLE, ETC.) OR NOT.
2. NOTED SERVICE ACCESS IS REQUIRED UNLESS A TWIN CONFIGURATION IS PURCHASED (OR TRIPLET, QUAD, ETC). IN THIS CASE THE DISTANCE BETWEEN PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
L COMPRESSORS SHALL BE 6" AS DESCRIBED IN NOTE 4. L
3. FOR MULTIPLE COMPRESSOR INSTALLATIONS, THE COMPRESSORS MUST BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A WAY THAT THE HOT AIR EXITING FROM THE HEAT EXCHANGER THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE TRANSMITTAL COMPRESSOR EXTERNAL
DOES NOT CIRCULATE INTO THE AIR INLET OF AN ADJACENT COMPRESSOR. IN PARTICULAR, THE DISCHARGE AIR FROM ONE COMPRESSOR MUST NOT BE
DIRECTLY FACING THE INLET OF AN ADJACENT COMPRESSOR. COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
4. ADDITIONAL COMPRESSOR AND DIMENSIONS DEMONSTRATE A TWIN CONFIGURATION. TRIPLET, QUADRUPLET, AND LONGER CONFIGURATIONS CAN BE BUILT BY WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. JC 2016/06/27 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
INSTALLING NEXT TO EACH OTHER WITH THE SAME 6" SPACING SHOWN FOR THE TWIN. OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2016/06/27 D 704313 A
M M
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
COMPRESSOR FRONT SIDE A 2016/06/27 JC RJT TFJ N/A INTIAL RELEASE. BASED ON 703020.
B
CONCRETE PAD B
12'-6"
1'-0" 3810mm
305mm
SKID EDGE 7'-4"

2235mm
C C
6'-9 3/4"
2076mm
6'-9 1/2"
2070mm 7 4
14 8
3 1
6'- 1/4"
1835mm
D D
5'- 1/4"
1530mm
4'-6 1/2" 5
1384mm
13 12
4'-0" 2
1219mm CONCRETE PAD
9'-4"
E 2845mm E
COMPRESSOR RIGHT SIDE COMPRESSOR LEFT SIDE

6
2'-1 15/16"
659mm
F 6 1/2" F
165mm
6 1/4" 11
10 9
159mm
A A
SKID EDGE 0"
0mm
1'-0"
G 305mm G
NOTE:
• USE 5/8" UNC ALL THREADED ROD
6'-8 3/4"
7'-9 1/2"
9'-11 3/4"
2'-6 3/4"
ASTM A193 GR.B7 X 12" GALVANIZED
2565mm
2997mm
0mm
159mm
1346mm
3200mm
2051mm
2375mm
6 1/4"
3042mm
781mm
9'-10"
10'-6"
0"
8'-5"
4'-5"
• USE 5/8" UNC NUT GALVANIZED.
GRADE 5
• USE 5/8" WASHER WIDE GALVANIZED,
H SECTION A-A H
GRADE 5
SKID EDGE
SCALE 1 : 4
• NUT TO BE TORQUED TO 59FT-LB,
SEE NOTES FOR SEQUENCE AND
SKID EDGE
PROCEDURE COMPRESSOR REAR SIDE
1/2" DO NOT FILL CAVITY BETWEEN

BRACKET AND CONCRETE WITH
J 13mm EPOXY
J
NO CONTACT TO SKID
9 3/8"±1/2" SKID BOLTING LOCATIONS

K K
238mm±12.70
CONCRETE FOOTING (INTERNAL COMPONENTS HIDDEN FOR CLARITY)
MIN NOTE:
1'-4" 1. FOR INFORMATION REGARDING ANCHORS AND INSTALLATION,
406mm REFER TO CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION SITE PREPARATION
MANUAL

B.C., Canada
L L
TORQUE ACCORDING TO SEQUENCE INDICATED BY NUMBERS THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE TRANSMITTAL COMPRESSOR
FILL WITH EPOXY: HILTI HIT-RE 500 WITHIN SKID DRAWING ABOVE
FOUNDATION INSTALL DETAILS SINGLE
FOLLOW MANUFACTURES INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING MIXING 1. TORQUE ALL NUTS TO 20FT-LB COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
AND CURE TIME BEFORE TIGHTENING NUTS. ONLINE 2. TORQUE ALL NUTS TO 40FT-LB WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. JC 2016/06/27 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
3/4" MANUAL "HILTI-HIT-RE-500 POST-INSTALLED REBARS" 3. TORQUE ALL NUTS TO 59FT-LB OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT D 704314 A
2016/06/27
M 19mm CORP IS PROHIBITED.
M
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A REVISION HISTORY A
A 2016/06/28 JC RJT TFJ N/A INTIAL RELEASE. BASED ON 703020.

40'-7 1/16"
12371mm 30
B 30'-0" B
9144mm
30'-0"
9144mm
10'-0"
3048mm
C 15'-0" C
4572mm
15'-0"
4572mm
D
22'-2 15/16" D
6780mm
37'-5"
11404mm
E E
15'-0" 15'-0"
4572mm 4572mm
10'-0"
F 3048mm F
30'-0"
9144mm
HAZARDOUS ZONE PER NFPA 52

G G
30'-0" 30
9144mm CLASS I, DIV 1, GROUP D NOTES:
1. THIS DRAWING DEPICTS THE HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFIED AS REQUIRED IN COMPLIANCE
WITH NFPA 52 FOR PRIVATE CNG FUELING STATION WHEN INSTALLED OUTDOORS WITHOUT
30'-0" ANY ROOF OR CANOPY.
H 9144mm 2. LOUVERS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ACTUAL UNIT MAY HAVE DIFFERING H
LOUVERS. SEE "TRANSMITTAL COMPRESSOR EXTERNAL PACKAGE DIMENSIONS" FOR MORE

CLASS I, DIV 2, GROUP D
DETAILS.
10'-0" 15'-0" 3. THE INTERIOR AND IMMEDIATE EXTERIOR OF THE COMPRESSOR ENCLOSURE IS CLASSIFIED
3048mm 4572mm AS CLASS 1 DIVISION 2 GROUP D BASED ON THE INSTALLATION OF AN EXHAUST FAN
PROVIDING ADEQUATE VENTILATION. A GAS DETECTOR INSIDE THE ENCLOSURE WILL
ACTIVATE THE EXHAUST FAN AND SHUT DOWN THE GAS SUPPLY AND COMPRESSOR
PRIMARY MOVER, WHEN THE CONCENTRATION OF GAS WITHIN THE ENCLOSURE REACHES
20% OF THE LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT (LEL). THE EXHAUST FAN INCORPORATES CONTROLS
J J
FOR MANUAL ACTIVATION THROUGH A REMOTE OPERATOR SCREEN.
4. IN THE EVENT THAT A GAS CONCENTRATION OF 40% LEL IS DETECTED IN THE
COMPRESSOR ENCLOSURE, A STATION SHUTDOWN SHALL OCCUR IMMEDIATELY.
22'-2 7/16" REACTIVATION OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE BY MANUAL RESTART ONLY.
6768mm 5. VENT PIPING SHIPPED LOOSE AND TO BE INSTALLED ON SITE
6. LOCATION OF COMPRESSOR ON SITE SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 52
7. ELECTRICAL CLASSIFICATION FROM THE ENCLOSURE OPENINGS UP TO 15 FEET IS CLASS
I, DIV 2, GROUP D
K 8. HAZARDOUS ZONE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 52-2013 SEC 7.4.2.9 K

B.C., Canada
L 15'-0" 15'-0" L
4572mm 4572mm THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE TRANSMITTAL COMPRESSOR
HAZARDOUS AREA NFPA
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2016/06/28 D 704327 A

M M
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
A 2016/06/27 JC RJT TFJ N/A INITIAL RELEASE. BASED ON 703020.
B B
C C
SKID EDGE 7'-4"

2235mm
D D
2'-9 1/16"
840mm
E E
ENCLOSURE PULL-OUT
6'-2 1/8" BRACKETS
1883mm 4'-8 1/8"
1425mm
REAR VIEW
F F
CG 3'-7 3/16"
1097mm
ENCLOSURE PULL-OUT
BRACKETS
2'-7 15/16"
G G
810mm
H H
SKID EDGE 0"

J
0mm J
LIFTING PINS
LIFTING PINS
CG 6'-2 1/8"
0mm
3200mm
1883mm
10'-6"
2870mm
0"
737mm
2'-5"
9'-5"
SKID TOP VIEW
SCALE 1 : 8
SKID EDGE
SKID EDGE
K K
NOTE:
• LOUVERS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ACTUAL UNIT MAY NOT
HAVE LOUVERS, OR HAVE DIFFERENT LOUVERS. SEE "TRANSMITTAL
3'-7 3/16" COMPRESSOR EXTERNAL PACKAGE DIMENSIONS" FOR MORE DETAILS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Chilliwack,
L 1097mm • LIFTING PINS P/N 624814 B.C., Canada
L
• UNIT NOT TO BE LIFTED WITH LOUVERS IN PLACE THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
• USE ALL FOUR LIFTING PINS TO LIFT THE UNIT THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE TRANSMITTAL COMPRESSOR CENTER
OF GRAVITY
LEFT VIEW • USE OF SPREADER BAR IS REQUIRED COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
• NO LIFTING CABLES TO TOUCH ENCLOSURE REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
• CENTER OF GRAVITY DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE USED FOR REFERENCE
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2016/06/27 D 704329 A
M ONLY. THESE DIMENSIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE CORP IS PROHIBITED.
M
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
COMMERCIAL CONFIDENTIAL
DOCUMENT NO: DWG‐800188
DOCUMENT REV: A
TITLE: SPECIFICATION BELT TENSION CLEAN2.0 COMPRESSOR
TYPE: ENGINEERING SPECIFICATION
REV DATE REFERENCE CO# BY / CK / APR

A 2016/12/13 INITIAL RELEASE RJT/ISF/TFJ
ENGINEERING RELEASE STAMP 2"X 3" ‐ DO NOT DELETE PRODUCTION CONTROL STAMP 2"X 3" ‐ DO NOT DELETE
DO NOT BUILD IF STAMP NOT PRESENT
MOTOR POWER (FRAME SIZE) ‐ 1800RPM 60Hz
50 HP (326T) 100 HP (405T) 150 HP (445T) 200 HP (447T/449T) 250 HP (447T/449T) 300 HP (447T/449T)
COMPRESSOR SPEED, FULL LOAD Initial Tension Initial Tension Initial Tension Initial Tension Initial Tension Initial Tension
# of Belts # of Belts # of Belts # of Belts # of Belts # of Belts
(SHEAVE SIZE) (Re‐Tension) (Re‐Tension) (Re‐Tension) (Re‐Tension) (Re‐Tension) (Re‐Tension)
526 RPM 29.10 Hz
4
(6.30 IN) (25.52 Hz)
559 RPM 28.69 Hz
4
(6.60 IN) (25.16 Hz)
593 RPM 32.22 Hz 30.73 Hz
3 8
(7.10 IN) (28.26 Hz) (26.95 Hz)
626 RPM 31.86 Hz 30.41 Hz 32.55 Hz 37.82 Hz 37.83 Hz 38.52 Hz
3 8 8 8 10 10
(7.50 IN) (27.94 Hz) (26.67 Hz) (28.55 Hz) (33.17 Hz) (33.18 Hz) (33.79 Hz)
3 8 8 10 8 10
(8.00 IN) (28.43 Hz) (27.62 Hz) (29.07 Hz) (27.20 Hz) (35.02 Hz) (34.36 Hz)
3 8 8 10 10 10
(8.50 IN) (29.62 Hz) (27.97 Hz) (29.62 Hz) (27.68 Hz) (27.87 Hz) (32.73 Hz)
3 8 8 10 10 8
(9.00 IN) (29.42 Hz) (27.83 Hz) (30.94 Hz) (27.46 Hz) (30.24 Hz) (35.78 Hz)
3 6 6 10 10 10
(9.25 IN) (29.36 Hz) (29.35 Hz) (31.33 Hz) (28.79 Hz) (28.43 Hz) (29.80 Hz)
2 5 6 10 10 10
(9.75 IN) (33.01 Hz) (31.57 Hz) (32.10 Hz) (28.65 Hz) (29.94 Hz) (29.62 Hz)
2 4 6 8 10 10
(10.30 IN) (32.90 Hz) (32.89 Hz) (32.89 Hz) (29.82 Hz) (29.82 Hz) (30.43 Hz)
2 4 6 8 8 10
(10.90 IN) (32.88 Hz) (32.87 Hz) (34.48 Hz) (28.25 Hz) (30.88 Hz) (30.37 Hz)
2 4 5 8 8 10
(11.30 IN) (34.5 Hz) (32.92 Hz) (34.49 Hz) (31.23 Hz) (31.75 Hz) (31.23 Hz)
2 4 5 8 8 10
(11.80 IN) (34.57 Hz) (34.57 Hz) (35.47 Hz) (29.89 Hz) (31.78 Hz) (32.09 Hz)
BELT SIZE: 1120 BELT SIZE: 1180
*The belt tensions presented in this matrix have been generated specifically for the standard motor (DOL or SS driven) and belt selection for the Clean2.0 compressor and may not be applicable to alternate motors, belts or compressor designs.
BLUE POWER BELTS
RED POWER 3 BELTS
THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IN IT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL. NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE DISCLOSED IN ANY MANNER TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORPORATION.
Page 1 of 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A REV. DATE BY CK. AP. ECO# REFERENCE A
A 2015/05/04 JB RJT TFJ N/A INITIAL RELEASE
B 2016/06/27 JC TC TFJ 5802 UPDATED STUB UP LOCATION. REVISED CONNECTION DIMENSIONS TO

BE MEASURED FROM OUTERMOST EDGE OF SKID.
B C 2016/08/26 AC RJT TFJ 00093 UPDATED PLUGGED CONNECTION TO HIGH PRESSURE GAS INLET, B
REMOVED OPTION FROM PRIORITY PANEL SOLENOID
COMPRESSOR FRONT SIDE
C C
STUB UP AREA FOR

MAIN MOTOR
CONNECTIONS
D PRIORITY PANEL GAS D

DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS
ON THIS SIDE. SEE PRIORITY 2"
PANEL CONNECTIONS 51mm
E E DRAWING FOR DETAILS

16"
406mm
E
A B E
47 3/16"
1198mm
COMPRESSOR REAR VIEW
F F
5"
460 VAC COOLING FANS 127mm
460 VAC SPACE HEATER (OPTION)
1-1/2" CONDUIT
SECTION E-E
SCALE 1 : 16
FAN MOTOR THERMOSTAT
G PRIORITY PANEL SOLENOIDS SPACE HEATER THERMOSTAT (OPTION) COMPRESSOR REAR SIDE G
C 3/4" CONDUIT 1" CONDUIT
GAS DETECTOR (OPTION)
INTRINSIC PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
1 1/2" CONDUIT COMPRESSOR GAS INLET
3" FNPT COUPLER
EXP DI/DO/POWER 120VAC
1-1/2" CONDUIT
INTRINSIC DI/DO OPERATORS
1 1/2" CONDUIT
HIGH PRESSURE GAS INLET CONNECTION (SEE NOTE 2) C
H H
INTRINSIC THERMOCOUPLES
1" CONDUIT PLUGGED - NOT USED IN THIS CONFIGURATION
11"
279mm
J J
12 3/8"
314mm
K K
0"
0mm
5 1/16"
128mm
25 11/16"
28 3/16"
11 1/4"
15 3/4"
18 1/2"
21 1/4"
35 1/2"
38 5/8"
0mm
121mm
210mm
286mm
400mm
470mm
540mm
902mm
981mm
4 3/4"
8 1/4"
716mm
652mm
0"
DETAIL B
SCALE 1 : 4
B.C., Canada
L L
DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 4
CONNECTIONS CLEAN-E C1D1 460VAC
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 250HP 3NPS PP SINGLE
NOTE: WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. JB 2016/05/06 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
1. ENCLOSURE AND LOUVERS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, REFER TO TRANSMITTAL DRAWING FOR ENCLOSURE AND LOUVER DETAILS OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2016/05/06 D 704213 C
M 2. ADDITIONAL SITE COMPRESSORS TO BE CONNECTED TO THE PRIORITY PANEL VIA HIGH INLET PRESSURE GAS CONNECTION. CONNECTION TO REMAIN PLUGGED IF NOT USED C CORP IS PROHIBITED.
M
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A REV. DATE BY CK. AP. ECO# REFERENCE A
A 2016/08/26 AC RJT TFJ 00093 INITIAL RELEASE, BASED ON 704213
B B
COMPRESSOR FRONT SIDE
C C
STUB UP AREA FOR

MAIN MOTOR
CONNECTIONS
D D
2"
51mm
E E

16"
406mm
E
A B E
47 3/16"
1198mm
COMPRESSOR REAR VIEW
F F
5"
460 VAC COOLING FANS 127mm
460 VAC SPACE HEATER (OPTION)
1-1/2" CONDUIT
SECTION E-E
SCALE 1 : 16
FAN MOTOR THERMOSTAT
G PLUGGED - NOT USED IN THIS CONFIGURATION SPACE HEATER THERMOSTAT (OPTION) COMPRESSOR REAR SIDE G
1" CONDUIT
GAS DETECTOR (OPTION)
INTRINSIC PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
1 1/2" CONDUIT COMPRESSOR GAS INLET
3" FNPT COUPLER
EXP DI/DO/POWER 120VAC
1-1/2" CONDUIT
INTRINSIC DI/DO OPERATORS
1 1/2" CONDUIT
COMPRESSOR GAS DISCHARGE
3/4" TUBE
H H
INTRINSIC THERMOCOUPLES
1" CONDUIT PLUGGED - NOT USED IN THIS CONFIGURATION
11"
279mm
J J
12 3/8"
314mm
K K
0"
0mm
5 1/16"
128mm
25 11/16"
28 3/16"
11 1/4"
15 3/4"
18 1/2"
21 1/4"
35 1/2"
38 5/8"
0mm
121mm
210mm
286mm
400mm
470mm
540mm
902mm
981mm
4 3/4"
8 1/4"
716mm
652mm
0"
DETAIL B
SCALE 1 : 4
B.C., Canada
L L
DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 4
CONNECTIONS CLEAN-E C1D1 460VAC
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 250HP 3NPS SINGLE
NOTE: WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. AC 2016/08/26 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
1. ENCLOSURE AND LOUVERS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, REFER TO TRANSMITTAL DRAWING FOR ENCLOSURE AND LOUVER DETAILS OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2016/08/26 D DWG-800056 A
M M
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
A 2016/05/ JB RJT TFJ N/A INITIAL RELEASE
B 2017/06/22 AC RJT TFJ 00140 UPDATED TO INCLUIDE 3/4” PRIORITY PANEL CONNECTION
B B
C C
D D
E E
F F
32 9/16"
828mm
G G
H H
0"
0mm
J COMPRESSOR RIGHT VIEW COMPRESSOR REAR VIEW J

3 5/16"
84mm
24 3/16"
28 3/16"
COMPRESSOR GAS STORAGE

COMPRESSOR GAS DISCHARGE
1/2" TUBE OR 3/4" TUBE
1/2" TUBE OR 3/4" TUBE
2232mm
0mm
87 7/8"
614mm
716mm
0"
K K
B B
B.C., Canada
L L
CONNECTIONS 1 LINE PRIORITY PANEL
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY NO ENCLOSURE
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. JB 2016/05/04 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
NOTE:
1. COMPRESSOR GAS DISCHARGE AND GAS STORAGE CONNECTION IS BASED ON PRIORITY PANEL CONFIGURATION (SEE PRIORITY PANEL P&ID BOM FOR EXACT CONNECTION). OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. TC 2016/05/04 D 704250 B
M M
CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REV DATE BY CK AP CO# REFERENCE
NOTES A 2017/04/11 MJ MAE ERL CO-01324 FIRST RELEASE
B 2017/07/06 MJ MAE ERL CO-01644 Updated Source Connection & Site Configuration
1.ALL SIZES SUCH AS WIRES AND CONDUITS ARE PROVIDED AS RECOMMENDATIONS ONLY.
INS TALLE RS S HALL P RO VIDE S IZING DOCUMENTS AS REQ UIRED BY THE LOCAL SITE . CEC DO ES
NOT ACCEPT LIABILITY FOR THE SIZES RE PRE SENTED IN THIS DOCUMENT.
2.WIRING SHALL COMPL Y WITH LOCAL CO DE OR NFPA CO DE FO R E LECTRICAL INS TA LLATIO NS AND
ASS OCIATED STANDA RDS FOR HAZARDOUS L OCATIONS.
3.ALL BOX ES AND ENCLOSURES FO R EMERG ENCY CIRCUITS SHAL L BE PERMANENTLY MARKED SO
THE Y WILL BE READIL Y IDENTIFIE D AS A CO MPONENT OF AN EMERGE NCY CIRCUIT O R SYS TE M.
4.REVISIONS ON DRAWINGS S HAL L BE INDICATED BY A TRIANGLE WITH THE REVISION LETTE R AS

SEE N BEL OW:
B
5.CABLE DESIGNATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
6.SPE CIAL NOTES IN THE DRAWING SHA LL BE MARKE D WITH A HEX AGON AND NO TE NUMBER AS
SEE N BEL OW:
6
SHEET REFERENCE
PAG E 2: POWE R CABLE CONNECTION A ND ETHE RNET/PROFINET CONNECTIONS
PAG E 3-6: CABLE AND CONDUIT TA BLES
Chilliwack,
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL BC, Canada
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
TITLE SITE S LD CLN-E-D1-460-250-2XF-T*-4S-G-0-I-1L-112 10000 00
COVER PAGE B
DR. | MJ (201 7-04-11) SIZE DOC. NO. REV
WHOLE WIT HOUT THE PERMISSION
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION
CORP IS PROHIBITED. CK. | MAE (201 7-04-11) A DWG-800569
B
AP. | ERL (201 7-04-11) SCALE - SHEET 1 of 6
U 480 VAC
DISTRIBUTION PANEL (BY CUSTOMER)
CUSTOMER
COMMUNICATION
DISCONNECTION SWITCH
PROFINET
P1
P1
ESD POEWR+LOOP
AX1
CO
MCE-D1-460-**-250-S-2X*-WRM-00-***-**-***-4S-G-0-I-1L-NA(MCE1) MCEC-D1-460-**-250-S-2X*-WRM-00-***-**-***-4S-G-0-I-0L-NA(MCEC2)
G
G
1CM
2CM
1M1
1M2
2M1
2M2
1S5
2S1
2S2
1S1
1S2
1S3
1S4
1S6
1S7
2S3
2S4
2S5
2S7
CO
PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS CONNECTION
PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS CONNECTION

INTRINSIC DI/DO CONNECTION
INTRINSIC DI/DO CONNECTION

MAIN MOTOR CABLE & THERMOSTAT
MAIN MOTOR CABLE & THERMOSTAT

GAS DETECTOR
GAS DETECTOR
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTIONS
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTIONS
MAIN MOTOR CABLE

MAIN MOTOR CABLE
THERMOSTATS
COOLING FANS
THERMOSTATS
COOLING FANS
PRIORITY PANEL SOLENOIDS
SOLENOIDS +LIGHTS
SOLENOIDS+LIGHTS
PROFINET
PRIORITY JB-1 M1 JB-1 M1

INTRINSIC EXP LOSION INTRINSIC EXP LOSION
PANEL
BOX PROOF BOX 250HP BOX PROOF BOX 250HP
BOX
M3 M2 M3 M2
250HP CO MP RE SSOR SKID 1 250HP CO MP RE SSOR SKID 2

& 1L PRIO RITY P ANEL
Chilliwack,
PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY ELE CTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
B
CONDUIT CONDUIT DESCRIPTION RECOMMENDED CABLE RECOMMENDED CONDUIT SIZE WIRE DESCRIPTION RECOMMENDED WIRE SOURCE SOURCE CONNECTION DESTINATION DESTINATION CONNECTION
CUSTOMER
P1 MCE MAIN POWER FEED 2x250 MCM, 3C+E CABLE PER CUSTOMER N/A SEE CABLE
DISTRIBUTION
PER CUSTOMER MCE1 ,MCEC2 CB1
2/0 AWG STRANDED WIRE (GREEN)

G CONTROL GROUND
1000V
PER CUSTOMER N/A SEE CABLE MCE1 ,MCEC2 GROUND TERMINAL CUSTOMER SITE GROUND PER CUSTOMER
CO COMMUNICATION CAT5e OR CAT6 ETHERNET CABLE 0.5" N/A SEE CABLE VARIOUS RJ45 VARIOUS RJ45
UPS NEUTRAL 14AWG MCE1 U-N MCEC2 U-N
UPS 120VAC POWER 14AWG MCE1 C-UPS MCEC2 C-UPS
NEUTRAL 14AWG MCE1 C-X2 MCEC2 C-X2
120VAC POWER 14AWG MCE1 C-X1 MCEC2 C-X1
AUXILIARY CONNECTION
AX1 BETWEEN MCE1 AND MCEC2
1x8C+E CONDUCTOR CABLE 0.75" RELAY POWER FOR ESD 14AWG MCE1 ESD U-L MCEC2 ESD U-L
RELAY POWER FOR ESD 14AWG MCE1 ESD U-N MCEC2 ESD U-N
ESD LOOP 14AWG MCE1 A-E1 MCEC2 ES-IN
ESD LOOP 14AWG MCE1 A-E2 MCEC2 ES-OUT
GROUND 14AWG MCE1 GND MCEC2 GND
MOT 250 HP-L1 4/0AWG MCE1 SS1-T1 M1 J-BOX M1-L1
3X4/0 AWG+2AWG E+2X14AWG MOT 250 HP-L3 4/0AWG MCE1 SS1-T3 M1 J-BOX M1-L3
1M1 MAIN MOTOR 250HP
CABLES
2.5"
MOT TSTAT 14AWG MCE1 K23 M1 J-BOX M1-P1
MOT TSTAT 14AWG MCE1 0U-L M1 J-BOX M1-P2
GROUND 2AWG MCE1 GND M1 J-BOX GND
1M2 MAIN MOTOR 250HP 3X4/0 AWG+2AWG E 2.5"
GROUND 2AWG MCE1 GND M1 J-BOX GND
VENT/MOT HP-L1 14AWG MCE1 OL2-T1 FAN J-BOX M2-L1
COOLING+COOLING/ VENT
1CM MOTORS
1 x 7C CABLE 1.5" COOL/MOT HP-L1 14AWG MCE1 OL3-T1 FAN J-BOX M3-L1
COOL/MOT HP-L2 14AWG MCE1 OL3-T2 FAN J-BOX M3-L2
COOL/MOT HP-L3 14AWG MCE1 OL3-T3 FAN J-BOX M3-L3
GROUND 14AWG MCE1 GND FAN J-BOX GND
TEMPERATURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-1+
TEMPERATURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-1-
TEMPERATURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-2+
TEMPERATURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-2-
TEMPERATURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-3+
TEMPERATURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-3-
1 X 8 X SHIELDED PAIRS K-TYPE TEMPERATURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-4+
1S1 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS
THERMOCOUPLE EXTENSION
1"
TEMPERATURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-4-
TEMPERATURE CRANKCASE OIL 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-O+
TEMPERATURE CRANKCASE OIL 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-O-
TEMPERATURE SKID D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-D+
TEMPERATURE SKID D GAS 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-D-
TEMPERATURE ENCLOSURE INSIDE 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-E+
TEMPERATURE ENCLOSURE INSIDE 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-E-
Chilliwack,
PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY CONDUIT LISTS 1
B
PRESSURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS + 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-1+
PRESSURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS - 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-1-
PRESSURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-1SH
PRESSURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS + 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-2+
PRESSURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS - 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-2-
PRESSURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-2SH
PRESSURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS + 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-3+
PRESSURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS - 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-3-
PRESSURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-3SH
PRESSURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS + 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-4+
PRESSURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS - 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-4-
PRESSURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-4SH
PRESSURE CRANK CASE OIL + 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-OP+
1S2 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS 1 X 10 X SHIELDED PAIRS 1.5" PRESSURE CRANK CASE OIL - 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-OP-
PRESSURE CRANK CASE OIL SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-OPSH
PRESSURE RECOVERY TANK GAS + 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-RE+
PRESSURE RECOVERY TANK GAS - 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-RE-
PRESSURE RECOVERY TANK GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-RESH
HIGH BANK DISP./DISP. PT 1 + 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-PP1+
HIGH BANK DISP./DISP. PT 1 - 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-PP1-
HIGH BANK DISP./DISP. PT 1 SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-PP1SH
HIGH BANK STOR./STOR. PT 2 + 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-PP2+
HIGH BANK STOR./STOR. PT 2 - 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-PP2-
HIGH BANK STOR./STOR. PT 2 SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-PP2SH
PRESSURE INLET GAS PT+ 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-IN+
PRESSURE INLET GAS PT- 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-IN-
PRESSURE INLET GAS PTSHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-INSH
ESDI 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX ESDI
ESDO 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX ESDO
SKIDLIGHT SWITCH 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX LIG-SW
SKIDLIGHT SWITCH 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX LIG-SW-COM
OFF LINE/ ON LINE SWITCH 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX SW-ON.OFF
OFF LINE/ ON LINE SWITCH 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX SW-ON.OFF COM
REMOTE/ LOCAL SWITCH 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX SW-RLO
INTRINSIC DIGITAL
1S3 INPUT/OUTPUT
1 X 15+E CONDUCTOR CABLE 1.5" REMOTE/ LOCAL SWITCH 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX SW-RLO COM
RED INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX RED
RED INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX RED COM
BLUE INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX BLUE
BLUE INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX BLUE COM
GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX GRN
GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX GRN COM
GROUND 14AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX GND
Chilliwack,
B OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION
B
SKID LIGHT 14AWG MCE1 5-L1 120V J-BOX LT1
NEUTRAL 14AWG MCE1 5-N 120V J-BOX N
SOLENOID SKID INLET VALVE 14AWG MCE1 02-04 120V J-BOX SV1
SOLENOID RECOVERY TANK OUTLET 14AWG MCE1 02-05 120V J-BOX SV2
1S4 DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT 1 X 7+E CONDUCTOR CABLE 1.5"
SOLENOID AUTODRAIN VALVE 14AWG MCE1 02-06 120V J-BOX SV3
SOLENOID UNLOADER VALVE 14AWG MCE1 02-07 120V J-BOX SV4
UPS NEUTRAL 14AWG MCE1 U-N 120V J-BOX U-N
GROUND 14AWG MCE1 GND 120V J-BOX GND
DC+ 18AWG MCE1 DC1 120V J-BOX DC+
GAS DETECTOR SIGNAL 18AWG MCE1 13-00 120V J-BOX GD1
1S5 GAS DETECTOR 1x TRIAD CABLE 0.5"
COM 18AWG MCE1 COM 120V J-BOX COM
SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 GND 120V J-BOX GD-SH
PP SV1 STORAGE ESD 14AWG MCE1 02-08 PP J-BOX SV5
PP SV2 HIGH BANK DISP./DISP. 14AWG MCE1 02-09 PP J-BOX SV6
1S6 ON SKID PRIORITY PANEL 1 X3+E CONDUCTOR CABLE 0.75"
UPS NEUTRAL 14AWG MCE1 U-N PP J-BOX U-N
GROUND 14AWG MCE1 GND PP J-BOX GND
COOLING MOTOR M2 THERMOSTAT 14AWG MCE1 K21 FAN J-BOX M2-SW1
COOLING MOTOR M2 THERMOSTAT 14AWG MCE1 0U-L FAN J-BOX M2-SW2
1S7 MOTOR THERMOSTAT 1 X 4+E CONDUCTOR CABLE 1" COOLING MOTOR M3 THERMOSTAT 14AWG MCE1 K22 FAN J-BOX M3-SW1
COOLING MOTOR M3 THERMOSTAT 14AWG MCE1 0U-L FAN J-BOX M3-SW2
GROUND 14AWG MCE1 GND FAN J-BOX GND
MOT 250 HP-L1 4/0AWG MCEC2 SS1-T1 M1 J-BOX M1-L1
3X4/0 AWG+2AWG E+2X14AWG MOT 250 HP-L3 4/0AWG MCEC2 SS1-T3 M1 J-BOX M1-L3
2M1 MAIN MOTOR 250HP
CABLES
2.5"
MOT TSTAT 14AWG MCEC2 K23 M1 J-BOX M1-P1
MOT TSTAT 14AWG MCEC2 0U-L M1 J-BOX M1-P2
GROUND 2AWG MCEC2 GND M1 J-BOX GND
2M2 MAIN MOTOR 250HP 3X4/0 AWG+2AWG E 2.5"
GROUND 2AWG MCEC2 GND M1 J-BOX GND
VENT/MOT HP-L1 14AWG MCEC2 OL2-T1 FAN J-BOX M2-L1
COOLING+COOLING/ VENT
2CM MOTORS
1 x 7C CABLE 1.5" COOL/MOT HP-L1 14AWG MCEC2 OL3-T1 FAN J-BOX M3-L1
COOL/MOT HP-L2 14AWG MCEC2 OL3-T2 FAN J-BOX M3-L2
COOL/MOT HP-L3 14AWG MCEC2 OL3-T3 FAN J-BOX M3-L3
GROUND 14AWG MCEC2 GND FAN J-BOX GND
TEMPERATURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-1+
TEMPERATURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-1-
TEMPERATURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-2+
TEMPERATURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-2-
TEMPERATURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-3+
TEMPERATURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-3-
1 X 8 X SHIELDED PAIRS K-TYPE TEMPERATURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-4+
2S1 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS
THERMOCOUPLE EXTENSION
1"
TEMPERATURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-4-
TEMPERATURE CRANKCASE OIL 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-O+
TEMPERATURE CRANKCASE OIL 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-O-
TEMPERATURE SKID D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-D+
TEMPERATURE SKID D GAS 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-D-
TEMPERATURE ENCLOSURE INSIDE 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-E+
TEMPERATURE ENCLOSURE INSIDE 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX TT-E-
Chilliwack,
B
PRESSURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS + 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-1+
PRESSURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS - 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-1-
PRESSURE 1ST/1A STAGE D GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-1SH
PRESSURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS + 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-2+
PRESSURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS - 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-2-
PRESSURE 2ND/2A STAGE D GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-2SH
PRESSURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS + 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-3+
PRESSURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS - 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-3-
PRESSURE 3RD/3A/1B STAGE D GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-3SH
PRESSURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS + 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-4+
2S2 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS 1 X 8 X SHIELDED PAIRS 1.5" PRESSURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS - 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-4-
PRESSURE 4TH/2B STAGE D GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-4SH
PRESSURE CRANK CASE OIL + 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-OP+
PRESSURE CRANK CASE OIL - 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-OP-
PRESSURE CRANK CASE OIL SHIELD SHIELD MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-OPSH
PRESSURE RECOVERY TANK GAS + 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-RE+
PRESSURE RECOVERY TANK GAS - 18AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-RE-
PRESSURE RECOVERY TANK GAS SHIELD SHIELD MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-RESH
PRESSURE INLET GAS PT+ 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-IN+
PRESSURE INLET GAS PT- 18AWG MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-IN-
PRESSURE INLET GAS PT SHIELD SHIELD MCE1 TBD 24V IS BOX PT-INSH
ESDI 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX ESDI
ESDO 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX ESDO
SKIDLIGHT SWITCH 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX LIG-SW
SKIDLIGHT SWITCH 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX LIG-SW-COM
OFF LINE/ ON LINE SWITCH 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX SW-ON.OFF
OFF LINE/ ON LINE SWITCH 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX SW-ON.OFF COM
REMOTE/ LOCAL SWITCH 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX SW-RLO
INTRINSIC DIGITAL
2S3 INPUT/OUTPUT
1 X 15+E CONDUCTOR CABLE 1.5" REMOTE/ LOCAL SWITCH 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX SW-RLO COM
RED INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX RED
RED INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX RED COM
BLUE INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX BLUE
BLUE INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX BLUE COM
GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX GRN
GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX GRN COM
GROUND 14AWG MCEC2 TBD 24V IS BOX GND
SKID LIGHT 14AWG MCEC2 5-L1 120V J-BOX LT1
NEUTRAL 14AWG MCEC2 5-N 120V J-BOX N
SOLENOID SKID INLET VALVE 14AWG MCEC2 01-04 120V J-BOX SV1
SOLENOID RECOVERY TANK OUTLET 14AWG MCEC2 01-05 120V J-BOX SV2
2S4 DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT 1 X 7+E CONDUCTOR CABLE 1.5"
SOLENOID AUTODRAIN VALVE 14AWG MCEC2 01-06 120V J-BOX SV3
SOLENOID UNLOADER VALVE 14AWG MCEC2 01-07 120V J-BOX SV4
UPS NEUTRAL 14AWG MCEC2 U-N 120V J-BOX U-N
GROUND 14AWG MCEC2 GND 120V J-BOX GND
DC POWER 18AWG MCEC2 DC1 120V J-BOX DC+
GAS DETECTOR SIGNAL 18AWG MCEC2 12-00 120V J-BOX GD1
2S5 GAS DETECTOR 1x TRIAD CABLE 0.5"
DC COMMON 18AWG MCEC2 COM 120V J-BOX COM
SHIELD SHIELD MCEC2 GND 120V J-BOX GD-SH
COOLING MOTOR M2 THERMOSTAT 14AWG MCEC2 K21 FAN J-BOX M2-SW1
COOLING MOTOR M2 THERMOSTAT 14AWG MCEC2 0U-L FAN J-BOX M2-SW2
2S7 MOTOR THERMOSTAT 1 X 4+E CONDUCTOR CABLE 1" COOLING MOTOR M3 THERMOSTAT 14AWG MCEC2 K22 FAN J-BOX M3-SW1
COOLING MOTOR M3 THERMOSTAT 14AWG MCEC2 0U-L FAN J-BOX M3-SW2
GROUND 14AWG MCEC2 GND FAN J-BOX GND
Chilliwack,
B WHOLE WIT HOUT THE PERMISSION
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION A DWG-800569
CORP IS PROHIBITED. CK. | MAE (201 7-04-11) B
Load Budget and Cable Sizing Calculator DWG-800568-B | Page 1 of 2
Load Budget
Document No.: DWG-800568 Source Value Unit REVISION HISTORY

Document Rev.: B Voltage (Power) 460 VAC REV DATE (YYYY-MM-DD) REFERENCE ECO# BY / CK / APR
Configuration: LOAD.B CLN-E-D1-460-250-WRM-INT-2X7-T5-*-*-*-*-*-1121000000 Voltage (Control) 120 VAC A 2017-04-11 Initial Version CO-01324 MJ / MAE / ERL
Compressor Model: CleanCNG-E standard Unit Frequency: 60 Hz B 2017-06-21 Updated Site Configuration CO-01644 MJ / MAE / ERL
MCE MODEL: MCE-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T5-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA
MCEC MODEL: MCEC-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T0-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA
INCOMING POWER
Main Bus Consumed Power Total

Item Model Supplier Voltage (V) Phases Power Unit FLA / Unit (A) Power Factor Comment
MCE1 MCE-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T5-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA CEC 460 3 263.14 kVA 334.87 0.88 263.14 kVA
MCEC2 MCEC-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T0-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA CEC 460 3 258.14 kVA 324.00 0.88 258.14 kVA
TOTAL 658.87 521.29 kVA upstream steady state
RATED POWER
MCE1 MCE-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T5-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA Total

Item Model Quantity Supplier Voltage (V) Phases Rated Power Power Unit FLA / Unit (A) Power Factor Comment
Main Motor Drive 1800RPM 460-3-60 447T XPFC F2 C1D1 1 460 3 250 hp 302.00 0.88 240.62 kVA
Vent Fan Motor 1800RPM 460-3-60 213TC XPFC 1 460 3 7.5 hp 11.00 0.80 8.76 kVA
Cooling Fan Motor 1800RPM 460-3-60 213TC XPFC 1 460 3 7.5 hp 11.00 0.80 8.76 kVA
Internal Control Trans. Control Transformer 1 460 1 5 kVA 10.87 0.90 5.00 kVA
MCEC2 MCEC-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T0-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA Total

Item Model Quantity Supplier Voltage (V) Phases Rated Power Power Unit FLA / Unit (A) Power Factor Comment
Main Motor Drive 1800RPM 460-3-60 447T XPFC F2 C1D1 1 460 3 250 hp 302.00 0.88 240.62 kVA
Vent Fan Motor 1800RPM 460-3-60 213TC XPFC 1 460 3 7.5 hp 11.00 0.80 8.76 kVA
Cooling Fan Motor 1800RPM 460-3-60 213TC XPFC 1 460 3 7.5 hp 11.00 0.80 8.76 kVA
Load Budget | Page 1 of 2

Load Budget and Cable Sizing Calculator DWG-800568-B| Page 2 of 2
Breaker and Cable Sizing
INCOMING BREAKER AND CABLE SIZING
Main Breaker in Each Panel Derating Max/Startup Amps Voltage Drop (%)
Item Model FLA / Unit (A) Voltage (V) Length (m) Phases (temp, conduit) (A) Size (AWG/KCMIL) Z/km (Ohms) Continuous Startup Breaker Comment
MCE1 MCE-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T5-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA 334.87 460 50 3 0.91 1542.87 2x250 MCM, 3C+E CABLE 0.12 0.64% 2.06% 3P 600A
MCEC2 MCEC-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T0-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA 324.00 460 50 3 0.91 1532.00 2x250 MCM, 3C+E CABLE 0.12 0.62% 2.04% 3P 600A
SITE Equipment MAIN feed total 658.87 A Sequential start 1866.87 A
OUTGOING BREAKER AND CABLE SIZING
MCE1 MCE-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T5-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA Derating Voltage Drop (%)

Item Model FLA / Unit (A) Voltage (V) Length (m) Phases (temp, conduit) Max/Startup Amps Size (AWG/KCMIL) Z/km (Ohms) Continuous Startup Breaker Comment
Main Motor Drive 1800RPM 460-3-60 447T XPFC F2 C1D1 302.00 460 50 3 0.91 1510.00 2x4/0 AWG, 3C+E CABLE 0.11 0.65% 2.15% N/A
Vent Fan Motor 1800RPM 460-3-60 213TC XPFC 11.00 460 50 3 0.73 53.90 14 AWG, 3C+E CABLE 8.13 1.81% 3.42% 3P 20A
Cooling Fan Motor 1800RPM 460-3-60 213TC XPFC 11.00 460 50 3 0.73 53.90 14 AWG, 3C+E CABLE 8.13 1.81% 3.42% 3P 20A
MCEC2 MCEC-D1-460-**-250-S-2x7-***-00-INT-T0-***-**-*-*-*-**-NA Derating Voltage Drop (%)

Item Model FLA / Unit (A) Voltage (V) Length (m) Phases (temp, conduit) Max/Startup Amps Size (AWG/KCMIL) Z/km (Ohms) Continuous Startup Breaker Comment
Main Motor Drive 1800RPM 460-3-60 447T XPFC F2 C1D1 302.00 460 50 3 0.91 1510.00 2x4/0 AWG, 3C+E CABLE 0.11 0.65% 2.15% Comment
Vent Fan Motor 1800RPM 460-3-60 213TC XPFC 11.00 460 50 3 0.73 53.90 14 AWG, 3C+E CABLE 8.13 1.81% 3.42% 3P 20A
Cooling Fan Motor 1800RPM 460-3-60 213TC XPFC 11.00 460 50 3 0.73 53.90 14 AWG, 3C+E CABLE 8.13 1.81% 3.42% 3P 20A
Breaker and Cable Sizing | Page 2 of 2

REVISION HISTORY
A 2016/04/05 JC MAE TFJ NA RELEASE FOR MANUFACTURE
B 2016/09/19 MAE MJ BMB CO-00195 ADDED INLET PT & MINOR UPDATES
CLEANCNG-E C1D1 COMPRESSOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENT WIRING

OVERALL TERMINATION DRAWING

B.C., Canada
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
TITLE
DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORP.
COVER SHEET
ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS
DR. JC 2016/04/05 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
A WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. MAE 2016/05/04 B 704114 B
CORP. IS PROHIBITED. AP. TFJ 2016/05/04 SCALE 1:1 SHEET 01 / 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A A
H01 & H02 - PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS NUMBER OF INTERSTAGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS TO BE DETERMINED FROM COMPRESSOR MODEL
INTRINISIC JUNCTION BOX
1ST / 1A STAGE PT
INTRINISIC JUNCTION BOX PT-1+ PT-1+ 1 (+) PT105 / PT105A
W011\RED
PT-1- PT-1- 2 (-)
W011\BLACK
PT-1SH PT-1SH 3 (No Connection)
B W011\SHIELD B
RECOVERY TANK PT
2ND / 2A STAGE PT
PT-RE+ PT-RE+ 1 (+) PT102
W021\RED
PT-2+ PT-2+ 1 (+) PT106 / PT106A
PT-RE- PT-RE- 2 (-) W012\RED
PT-2- PT-2- 2 (-)
W021\BLACK
PT-RESH PT-RESH 3 (No Connection) W012\BLACK
W021\SHIELD
W012\SHIELD
C C
INLET PT B
3RD / 3A / 1B STAGE PT
PT-IN+ PT-IN+ 1 (+) PT103
W024\RED
PT-3+ PT-3+ 1 (+) PT107 / PT107A / PT105B
PT-IN- PT-IN- 2 (-) W013\RED
PT-3- PT-3- 2 (-)
W024\BLACK
PT-INSH PT-INSH 3 (No Connection) W013\BLACK
W024\SHIELD
W013\SHIELD
D CRANK CASE PT
D
4TH / 2B STAGE PT
PT-OP+ PT-OP+ PT601
W022\RED 1 (+) PT-4+ PT-4+ 1 (+) PT108 / PT106B
PT-OP- PT-OP- W014\RED
2 (-) PT-4- PT-4- 2 (-)
W022\BLACK
PT-OPSH PT-OPSH W014\BLACK
3 (No Connection) PT-4SH PT-4SH 3 (No Connection)
W022\SHIELD
W014\SHIELD
E E
5TH / 3B / 1C STAGE PT
LEVEL SENSOR OPTIONAL FOR ADDITIONAL MONITORING

PT-5+ PT-5+ 1 (+) PT109/PT107B/PT105C
W015\RED
PT-5- PT-5- 2 (-)
CRANK CASE LEVEL SENSOR W015\BLACK
PT-OL+ PT-OL+ 1 (+) LS601 W015\SHIELD
W023\RED
F PT-OL- PT-OL- 2 (-) F
W023\BLACK 2C STAGE PT
PT-OLSH PT-OLSH 3 (No Connection)
W023\SHIELD
PT-6+ PT-6+ 1 (+) PT106C
W016\RED
PT-6- PT-6- 2 (-)
W016\BLACK
W016\SHIELD
G G

B.C., Canada
TITLE
WIRE LABEL - INTERSTAGE PTS
H A WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A A
H03 & H04 - INTERSTAGE THERMOCOUPLES
NUMBER OF INTERSTAGE TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTERS TO BE DETERMINED FROM COMPRESSOR MODEL
B
B B

TT-D+ TT110
TT-D+ +
TT105/TT105A SKID DISCHARGE
TT-1+ TT-1+ + 1/1A STAGE TT W041\YELLOW
W031\YELLOW TT-D- TT-D- -
C C
TT-1- TT-1- - W041\RED
W031\RED
TT103
TT-N+ TT-N+ +
TT106/TT106A 1 STAGE INLET
TT-2+ TT-2+ + 2/2A STAGE TT W042\YELLOW
W032\YELLOW TT-N- TT-N- -
TT-2- TT-2- - W042\RED
W032\RED
TT402
TT-A+ TT-A+ +
D TT-3+ +
TT107/TT107A/TT105B
W043\YELLOW
AMBIENT TEMP D
TT-3+ 3/3A/1B STAGE TT
W033\YELLOW TT-A- TT-A- -
TT-3- TT-3- - W043\RED
W033\RED
TT-401
TT-E+ TT-E+ +
TT108/TT106B ENCLOSURE TEMP
TT-4+ TT-4+ + 4/2B STAGE TT W044\YELLOW
W034\YELLOW TT-E- TT-E- -
TT-4- TT-4- - W044\RED
W034\RED
E E
TT-602
TT-O+ TT-O+ +
TT109/TT107B/TT105C CRANKCASE OIL TEMP
TT-5+ TT-5+ + 5/3B/1C STAGE TT W045\YELLOW
W035\YELLOW TT-O- TT-O- -
TT-5- TT-5- - W045\RED
W035\RED
F F
G G

B.C., Canada
TITLE
WIRE LABEL - THERMOCOUPLES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A H05 - INTRINSIC OPERATOR STATION H06 - ESD A
EMERGENCY STOP HAND SWITCH

ESDO ESDO 13 HS702
OFFLINE/ONLINE HAND SWITCH W061\RED
SW-ON.OFF SW-ON.OFF
13 HS701 ESDI ESDI 14
W051\BLACK-1 W061\BLACK
B B
COM-ON.OFF COM-ON.OFF 14
W051\BLACK-2
REMOTE/LOCAL HAND SWITCH

SW-R.LO SW-R.LO
1 HS703
C
W051\BLACK-3
13
H08 - OIL LEVEL SWITCH OPTION C
COM-R.LO COM-R.LO 14 CRANK CASE OIL LEVEL SWITCH
W051\BLACK-4
DC- DC- BLACK LSL601
W081\BLACK - 1
OL-SW1 OL-SW1 YELLOW
RED INDICATOR LIGHT W081\BLACK - 2
SHD SHD NO CONNECTION
RED RED + (1) XL703 W081\BARE
W051\BLACK-5
D D
COM.RED COM.RED - (2)

W051\BLACK-6
H09 - BLOCK HEATER OPTION

BLUE INDICATOR LIGHT
BLU BLU + (1) XL702 BLOCK HEATER
E W051\BLACK-7 E
BH1 BH1 L HTR601
W091\BLACK - 1
COM.BLU COM.BLU - (2) N N N
W051\BLACK-8 W091\BLACK - 2
SHD SHD PE
W091\BARE
GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT

GRN GRN XL701
F
W051\BLACK-9
+ (1)
H10 - SKID LIGHT F
SKID LIGHT
COM.GRN COM.GRN - (2)
W051\BLACK-10 LT1 LT1 BLACK J1
W101\BLACK - 1
SKID LIGHT SWITCH N N GREEN

G W101\BLACK - 2 G
LSW-I LSW-I 13 HS705
W051\BLACK-11

LSW-O LSW-O 14 B.C., Canada
W051\BLACK-12 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
TITLE
WIRE LABEL - OPERATOR STATION / OIL LEVEL SWITCH & BLOCK HEATER&SKID LIGHT
A WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. JC 2016/04/05 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
H B 704114 B H
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. MAE 2016/05/04
CORP. IS PROHIBITED. AP. TFJ 2016/05/04 SCALE :
1 1 SHEET 04 / 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A A
H011 - SOLENOIDS H013 - PP SOLENOIDS
PP OPTION (SITE CONNECTION)
EXPLOSION PROOF 120 V BOX EXPLOSION PROOF BOX ON GAS CONTROL PANEL
X4 7 SV1 SV1 X5 1
SKID INLET VALVE SOLENOID (SV-201)
B W111\RED - 2 B
X4 8 SV2 SV2 X5 2 EXPLOSION PROOF BOX ON PP
RECOVERY TANK OUTLET VALVE SOLENOID (SV-202)
W111\BLUE - 3
X4 9 SV3 SV3 X5 3
AUTODRAIN VALVE SOLENOID (SV-204)
W111\ORANGE - 4 U-N U-N
X4 10 SV4 SV4 X5 4
UNLOADER VALVE SOLENOID (SV-203) UPS NEUTRAL
W111\YELLOW - 5 W131\BLACK - 6
X4 11 SV5 SV5 X5 5 PP-SV1 PP-SV1
LOUVER OPEN CYLINDER SOLENOID (SV-205) PP SOLENOID 1 STORAGE ESD
W111\BROWN - 6 W131\BLACK - 1
PP-SV2 PP-SV2
X4 13 U-N U-N X5 8 PP SOLENOID 2 HIGH BANK DISPENSER/DISPENSER
UPS NEUTRAL W131\BLACK - 2
C W111\BLACK - 1 PP-SV3 PP-SV3 C
PP SOLENOID 3 MED BANK DISPENSER
W131\BLACK - 3
B PP-SV4 PP-SV4
PP SOLENOID 4 LOW BANK DISPENSER
W131\BLACK - 4
PP-SV5 PP-SV5
PP SOLENOID 5 TIME FILL
W131\BLACK - 5
SV-203 USED FOR CONFIGURATIONS WITH AN UNLOADER ON THE COMPRESSOR.

SV-205 USED FOR ACTUATED LOUVERS.
D NOTE: HEATSHRINK SPARE CONDUCTORS D
E
H012 - SKID GAS DETECTOR OPTION E
EXPLOSION PROOF 120 V BOX
SKID GAS LEL

DC+ DC+ 1 (24V)
W121\RED
COM COM 2 (0V)
W121\BLACK
GD1 GD1 3 (4~20mA)
F F
W121\WHITE
GD-SH GD-SH NO CONNECTION
W121\SHIELD
NOTE: HEATSHRINK SPARE CONDUCTORS & INSULATE BARE SHIELD FROM GROUND
G G

B.C., Canada
TITLE
WIRE LABEL - SOLENOIDS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A A
H07 - PP PT'S USED WHEN PRIORITY PANEL INSTALLED. NUMBER OF TRANSMITTERS DETERMINED BY CONFIGURATION.
B HIGH BANK DISPENSER B
PP.PT-1+ PP.PT-1+ 1 (+) PP.PT-1

W071\BLACK
PP.PT-1- PP.PT-1- 2 (-)
W071\WHITE
PP.PT-1SH PP.PT-1SH 3 (No Connection)
W071\BARE
HIGH BANK STORAGE

C C
PP.PT-2+ PP.PT-2+ 1 (+) PP.PT-2
W072\BLACK
PP.PT-2- PP.PT-2- 2 (-)
W072\WHITE
W072\BARE
MEDIUM BANK
D
PP.PT-3+ PP.PT-3+ 1 (+) PP.PT-3 D
W073\BLACK
PP.PT-3- PP.PT-3- 2 (-)
W073\WHITE
W073\BARE
LOW BANK
PP.PT-4+ PP.PT-4+ 1 (+)
W074\BLACK PP.PT-4
PP.PT-4- PP.PT-4- 2 (-)
E W074\WHITE E
W074\BARE
TIME FILL
PP.PT-5+ PP.PT-5+ 1 (+)
W075\BLACK PP.PT-5
PP.PT-5- PP.PT-5- 2 (-)
PP.PT-5SH W075\WHITE
PP.PT-5SH 3 (No Connection)
F W075\BARE F
G G

B.C., Canada
TITLE
WIRE LABEL - PP PTS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A A
H014 - COOLING MOTOR M2
EXP 460V BOX
B COOLING MOTOR B
M2-L1 M2-L1 T1
W141\BLACK - 1 M2
M2-L2 M2-L2 T2
W141\RED - 2
M2-L3 M2-L3 T3
W141\BLUE - 3
GND GND PE
W141\BARE
M2-SW1 M2-SW1 2TB1
C W141\ORANGE - 4 C
M2-SW2 M2-SW2 2TB2
W141\YELLOW - 5
D
H015 - COOLING MOTOR M3 D
EXP 460V BOX
COOLING MOTOR
E M3-L1 M3-L1 T1 E
W151\BLACK - 1 M3
M3-L2 M3-L2 T2
W151\RED - 2
M3-L3 M3-L3 T3
W151\BLUE - 3
GND GND PE
W151\BARE
M3-SW1 M3-SW1 2TB1
W151\ORANGE - 4
F M3-SW2 M3-SW2 2TB2 F
W151\YELLOW - 5
G G

B.C., Canada
TITLE
WIRE LABEL - COOLING MOTOR M2 & COOLING MOTOR M3
A WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. JC 2016/04/05 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
H B 704114 B H
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. MAE 2016/05/04
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A ONLY USED FOR 4 FAN CONFIGURATIONS A
B
H016 - COOLING MOTOR M4 B
EXP 460V BOX
COOLING MOTOR
M4-L1 M4-L1 T1
W161\BLACK - 1 M4
M4-L2 M4-L2 T2
W161\RED - 2
M4-L3 M4-L3 T3
C C
W161\BLUE - 3
GND GND PE
W161\BARE
M4-SW1 M4-SW1 2TB1
W161\ORANGE - 4
M4-SW2 M4-SW2 2TB2
W161\YELLOW - 5
B
D D
H017 - COOLING MOTOR M5

E E
EXP 460V BOX
COOLING MOTOR
M5-L1 M5-L1 T1
W171\BLACK - 1 M5
M5-L2 M5-L2 T2
W171\RED - 2
M5-L3 M5-L3 T3
F W171\BLUE - 3
GND
F
GND PE
W171\BARE
M5-SW1 M5-SW1 2TB1
W171\ORANGE - 4
M5-SW2 M5-SW2 2TB2
W171\YELLOW - 5
B
G G

B.C., Canada
TITLE
WIRE LABEL - COOLING MOTOR M4 & M5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A INSTALLED ON COLD WEATHER COMPRESSOR PACKAGES ONLY A
H18 - SPACE HEATER

B EXP 460V BOX B
SH1-L1 SH1-L1 L1 (RED) HTR1

W181\BLACK - 1
SH1-L2 SH1-L2 L2 (RED)

W181\RED - 2
SH1-L3 SH1-L3 L3 (RED)

C W181\BLUE - 3 C
GND GND GND (BARE)
W181\BARE
SH1-SW1 SH1-SW1 C (RED)

W181\ORANGE - 4
SH1-SW2 SH1-SW2 C1 (RED)

W181\YELLOW - 5
D B D
E E
F F
G G

B.C., Canada
TITLE
WIRE LABEL - SPACE HEATER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A
H019 - MAIN MOTOR THERMOSTAT OPTION (SITE CONNECTION WITH MAIN MOTOR CABLES) B
A
L00 CUSTOMER CONNECTION 120 V

B B
MAIN MOTOR THERMOSTAT
M1-SW1 M1-SW1
P1
M1-TSW
W191\BLACK - 1
M1-SW2 M1-SW2 P2
W191\BLACK - 2
SHD SHD
3
W191\BARE
C C
D D
E E
F F
G G

B.C., Canada
TITLE
WIRE LABEL - MAIN MOTOR THERMOSTAT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
DRAWING REVISION HISTORY
Revision number marked on drawings next to each revision. Indicated by: A
REV DESCRIPTION DATE BY CK BY AP BY CO

A Original Issue 2016/04/12 MJ MAE BMB -
B Updated Schematic, Layout and Wire
2016/09/20 MJ MAE BMB CO-00202
Table,Added PP Box
Chilliwack,
TITLE CLEANCNG 2.0 GROUNDING SCHEMATIC-C1D1
PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY COVER SHEET
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION A 704089
AP. | BMB (201 6-04-12) SCALE - SHEET 1 of 4
GROUNDING / BONDING SCHEMATIC
FROM MCE/MCEC
** ** COMPRESSOR METAL BASE FRAME
IS
OPERATOR
CONTROL
STATION
Intrinsic SOLENOID
BOX
* BLOCK * JB
G23 G20
HEATER
G21
*
LIGHTING FIXTURE 2
*
G22
SPACE
HEATER
120V/24V
EXP BOX
*
G24
OIL L.
G05
SWIT
GAS
G06
DET.
G01
GROUND RAIL
G02 G10
G04 G03
460VAC
EXP JBOX
MAIN MOTOR RECOVERY TANK
M1 SUB FRAME
FAN FAN
MOTOR MOTOR
M3 M2
FRONT
COOLER SUB
ENCLOSURE
FRAME
SUB FRAME
PP
EXP BOX
G12 G11
NOTES: SERVIT
* : Grounding conductor of power/signal cable is used to ground/bond the POST 1
component.
** : Grounding shall be done by customer based on local codes. See site load
budget and single line for power requirements and recommended cable size.
** ** **
** Chilliwack,
 References: Article 250 NEC 2011 NFPA 70 & CSA 22.2 SECTION 10
GROUNDING ELECTRODE FROM MCE/MCEC PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL BC, Canada
CONDUCTOR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
00 GROUNDING/BONDING CONDUCTOR(SEE PAGE.4) THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE
PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY GROUNDING / BONDING SCHEMATIC
INDICATE JUNCTION TO SKID BASE FRAME REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A SIZE DOC. NO. REV
DR. | MJ (201 6-04-11)
CUSTOMER GROUND/BONDING CONDUCTOR OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION A 704089
INDICATES GROUNDING CONNECTION SCALE SHEET
AP. | BMB (201 6-04-12) - 2 of 4
GROUNDING / BONDING LAYOUT OVERVIEW
OPERATO R
CONTROL
STN
OIL
LEVEL
G11
G05
INTRINSIC BOX G10
G12
PP
EXP-BOX GAS
DETECTOR
G02
120VAC EXP-BOX
480VAC EXP-BOX
G06
G04 G03
MOTOR M3 MOTOR M2
G01
GROUND RAIL
MOTOR M1
 Wire trays shall be welded to a grounded frame or a minimum of 12awg THHN green bond wire used to electrically connect each tray to
the next tray. Each set of trays must be grounded to the ground rail(s) using only ground connection rated lugs or connectors.
 Ring terminals, compression fittings or grounding locknuts to bare metal or threaded connections are used for ground/bond at the
equipment side. Chilliwack,
 Ground symbol placed beside each ground/bond connection point.
 Customer Skid Grounding PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY GROUNDING / BONDING LAYOUT OVERVIEW
- Wiring method: As per local code COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
- Connection to main supply ground to be minimum 2AWG REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A

References: Article 250 NEC 2011 NFPA 70 & CSA 22.2 SECTION 10 CORP IS PROHIBITED. CK. | MAE (201 6-04-11) B
 GROUND / BOND WIRE (SEE WIRE LIST ON NEXT PAGE) AP. | BMB (201 6-04-12) SCALE - SHEET 3 of 4
GROUNDING / BONDING WIRE REFERECE TABLE
WIRE ID DESCRIPTION FROM TO WIRE TYPE REMARKS
G01 GROUND RAIL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SKID METAL BASE FRAME GROUND RAIL 1 CONDUCTOR 10 AWG THHN/GRN
G02 MAIN MOTOR M1 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SKID METAL BASE FRAME MAIN MOTOR FRAME (M1) 1 CONDUCTOR 2 AWG THHN/GRN
G03 FAN MOTOR M2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR GROUND RAIL FAN MOTOR JB (M2) 1 CONDUCTOR 10 AWG THHN/GRN
G04 FAN MOTOR M3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR GROUND RAIL FAN MOTOR JB (M3) 1 CONDUCTOR 10 AWG THHN/GRN
G05 OIL LEVEL SWITCH FRAME BONDING JUMPER GROUND RAIL OIL LEVEL SWITCH 1 CONDUCTOR 10 AWG THHN/GRN
G06 GAS DETECTOR FRAME BONDING JUMPER GROUND RAIL GAS DETECTOR 1 CONDUCTOR 10 AWG THHN/GRN
G10 RECOVERY TANK SUB. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SKID METAL BASE FRAME RECOVERY TANK SUB FRAME 1 CONDUCTOR 2 AWG THHN/GRN
G11 FRONT ENCLOSURE SUB. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SKID METAL BASE FRAME FRONT ENCL.SUB FRAME 1 CONDUCTOR 2 AWG THHN/GRN
G12 COOLER SUB. GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SKID METAL BASE FRAME COOLER SUB FRAME 1 CONDUCTOR 2 AWG THHN/GRN
G20* SOLENOID JB EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 120/24V EXP BOX SOLENOID JB GND WIRE OF SUPPLY CABLE N.A
G21* BLOCK HEATER EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 120/24V EXP BOX BLOCK HEATER GND WIRE OF SUPPLY CABLE N.A
G22* LIGHT FIXTURE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 120/24V EXP BOX LIGHT FIXTURES GND WIRE OF SUPPLY CABLE N.A
G23* OPERATOR CONTROL STATIOIN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INTRINSIC BOX OPERATOR STATION GND WIRE OF SUPPLY CABLE N.A
G24* SPACE HEATER EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 460V EXP BOX SPACE HEATER GND WIRE OF SUPPLY CABLE N.A
Chilliwack,
NOTES: PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY GROUNDING / BONDING WIRE REFERECE TABLE
* : Grounding conductor of power/signal cable is used to ground/bond the REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A SIZE DOC. NO. REV
DR. | MJ (201 6-04-11)
component. WHOLE WIT HOUT THE PERMISSION
AP. | BMB (201 6-04-12) SCALE - SHEET 4 of 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
A 2016/05/25 AC RJT TFJ N/A INITIAL RELEASE BASED ON 703356
B 2016/06/24 AC RJT TFJ N/A UPDATED TO MOVE C8 INSIDE CONTROL PANEL
C 2017/05/15 AC - RJT 01463 UPDATED ZONE PRESSURE SYMBOL
B B
TT
7C 402
PT
201
NRV TT TT GD
C SV SV SV SV SV 203 PSV
401 402 401
C
205 204 203 202 201 PT PG 201 15
PCV
201 201 201
SV HV ACT
SV SV SV SV ACT ACT
205 203 7C F F 406
204 203 202 201 402 404
401 402
S HV 4C 4C 4A HTR
205 S S S S 7C
TT
401
8C NRV 401
NRV HV 201 ACT ACT ACT
204 204 401 403 405
M M
7C
// // // // // 7C 8C HV
4A
GD 401 402
7C 7C 7C 7C 8C 201 401
D D
LSL PT TT HTR V V
HS HS HS HS HS XL XL XL TT 601 601 602 601 301 302
601 601 701 702 703 703 702 701 601
XL NRV
701 8A
LG LSL 8A 301
PG PT TT
601 601 601 601 602
HS HS
701 703 8A
XL 8A 9A
8A 9A 8A
702 M TT HTR 8A
VFD SS 601 601 601 NRV
8A
601 601 302
E HS
XL 8A
HV HV E
702 301 302
703
8A
HV
601
PT TT PT TT PT TT PT TT PT TT PT TT PT
102 103 103 105 105 106 106 107 107 109 109 110 110
8A
PSV HV
102 102C
0A
F F
PG PT TW TT PG PT TT TW PG PT TT TW PG PT TT TW PG PT TT TW PG PT TW TT PG PT
102 102 0A 8A 103 103 103 103 105 105 105 105 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 107 109 109 109 109 110 110 110 110
HV
8A 8A 8A 8A
//
102A V PSV PSV PSV PSV
YV
102 105 106 107 109
105
FB 1C SB SB SB PB
0C 2C
103 105 106 3C 107 109 4C 4C
//
//
0A 1A CF
NRV YV HV YV 2A 3A 4A HV NRV NRV 4A HV
101 101 110
103A 103 110A 110A 110B 110B
ST_1 ST_2 ST_3 ST_4
1B 1A 2B 2A 3B 3A 4B 4A 4A
0A 1B 1A 2B 2A 2A 3B 3A 4B
6D 0A HX HX HX HX 4A 4A
105 106 107 109 8A 8A
G 0A 1A 2A 3A 2A 4B
HV HV G
HV 8A 8A 8A 8A 8A
501 110C 110D
HV HV HV HV HV
0A 103B 105 106 107 109
//
8A
HV PCV YV
FLX HV
104 104 104
501 102B
PSV 4A
STR 0A 10A 10A 0A
501 NRV
104
//
6D 6D NRV HV YV
111 111 111
H 0A 4A 4A 4B H
J J
K K
//
S
o
XY

B.C., Canada
L L
50 SERIES 4-STAGE INLINE TANK
COMPRESSION CORP. ANY SINGLE CLEAN 2.0
REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A REV
DR. AC 2016/05/25 SIZE DOC. NO.
C
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION
M
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2016/05/25 D 704244 M
CORP IS PROHIBITED. AP. TFJ 2016/05/25 SCALE 1:1 SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
DOCUMENT NO: 704243
DOCUMENT REV: E
TITLE: 50 SERIES 4‐STG INLINE SINGLE CLEAN 2.0 460V AN WRM
TYPE: P&ID BILL OF MATERIALS
REFERENCE P&ID DRW NO: 704244
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE REFERENCE CO# BY / CK / APR
C 2016/10/11 ADDED PT‐103, UPDATED NRV‐101 & YV‐105 174 AC / RJT TFJ
D 2016/12/09 REMOVED NRV‐201, CHANGED HV‐201 TO 332207 00575 RJT / GS / TFJ
E 2017/05/31 UPDATING TO LATEST P&ID BOM STANDARAD, ADDING THERMOWELL ACCORDING TO CR‐00198 01463 AC / RJT
ENGINEERING RELEASE STAMP 2"X 3" ‐ DO NOT DELETE PRODUCTION CONTROL STAMP 2"X 3" ‐ DO NOT DELETE
DO NOT BUILD IF STAMP NOT PRESENT DO NOT BUILD IF STAMP NOT PRESENT
GENERAL NOTES
APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES: ASME B31.3, NFPA 52
SERVICE: NORMAL FLUID SERVICE
FLUID: SWEET DRY NATURAL GAS
FINAL ASSEMBLY TEST PRESSURE SETPOINTS PER ZONE. PNEUMATIC TEST PRESSURES OF 1.1 ‐ 1.33 TIMES THE DESIGN PRESSURE AS PER ASME B31.3 SEC 345.5.1, TEST PSV SETPOINTS AS PER ASME B31.3 SEC 345.5.2,
AND TESTING NOT REQUIRED FOR VENT ZONES OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE AS PER ASME B31.3 SEC 345.1(D).
COMPRESSOR (1**)
REF PART # DESCRIPTION MAWP (PSIG) MIN TEMP (°F) ZONE
CF‐110 202967‐00 FILTER COALESCING CF‐5500‐7‐CS 5500 5500 @150°F ‐20 4 A
FB‐103 625167 PARTICULANT PULSATION FILTER 10.0L/61‐32 650 @150°F ‐20 0 A
HV‐102A 327663 VALVE BALL SS 1.000FNPT 1000 @150°F ‐60 0 A

HV‐102B 324449 VALVE BALL SS 0.500FNPT 1000 @150°F ‐60 0 A
HV‐102C 332207 VALVE NEEDLE CS 0.250MNPT ‐ 0.250FNPT 6000 @150°F ‐148 0 A
HV‐103A 338551 VALVE BALL 2WAY 2.00FNPT 800PSI 857 @150°F ‐20 0 A
HV‐103B 329528 VALVE BALL SS 2WAY 0.250FNPT 6000PSI 5750 @150°F ‐65 0 A
HV‐104 327663 VALVE BALL SS 1.000FNPT 1000 @150°F ‐60 0 A
HV‐105 332207 VALVE NEEDLE CS 0.250MNPT ‐ 0.250FNPT 6000 @150°F ‐148 1 A
HV‐106 332207 VALVE NEEDLE CS 0.250MNPT ‐ 0.250FNPT 6000 @400°F ‐148 2 B
HV‐109 332207 VALVE NEEDLE CS 0.250MNPT ‐ 0.250FNPT 6000 @400°F ‐148 4 B
HV‐110A 607373 VALVE BALL SS 2WAY 0.750T CNG 5750 @150°F ‐65 4 A
HV‐110B 607373 VALVE BALL SS 2WAY 0.750T CNG 5750 @150°F ‐65 4 A
HV‐110C 332207 VALVE NEEDLE CS 0.250MNPT ‐ 0.250FNPT 6000 @150°F ‐148 4 A
HV‐110D 332207 VALVE NEEDLE CS 0.250MNPT ‐ 0.250FNPT 6000 @150°F ‐148 4 A
HV‐111 607373 VALVE BALL SS 2WAY 0.750T CNG 5750 @150°F ‐65 4 A
HX‐105 618873 COOLER SECTION 4P‐16T 24N 2500PSI 2500 @400°F ‐20 1 B

HX‐106 626865 COOLER SECTION 8P‐8T 24N 2500PSI 2500 @400°F ‐20 2 B
HX‐107 618875 COOLER SECTION 4/8P‐16/8T 16N 5000PSI 5000 @400°F ‐20 3 B
HX‐109 618874 COOLER SECTION 4/8P‐10/5T 16N 5000PSI 5000 @400°F ‐20 4 B
NRV‐101 614350 VALVE CHECK 822 2.000FNPT @1000PSI ‐20F‐250F 1000 @150°F ‐20 0 A

NRV‐104 307015 VALVE CHECK CS INTERN 0.750FNPT @6000PSI 6000 @150°F ‐300 101 A
NRV‐110A 307014 VALVE CHECK CS INTERN 0.500FNPT @6000PSI 6000 @150°F ‐300 4 A
NRV‐110B 307014 VALVE CHECK CS INTERN 0.500FNPT @6000PSI 6000 @150°F ‐300 4 A
NRV‐111 307014 VALVE CHECK CS INTERN 0.500FNPT @6000PSI 6000 @150°F ‐300 4 A
PB‐109 205105 BOTTLE PULS. 5500PSIG 0.75X0.75‐0.75BP 5500 @400°F ‐20 4 B
PCV‐104 329794 REGULATOR PRES 627 1.000FNPT 70‐150PSI 0.5 ORIFICE 938 @150°F ‐20 10 1

A
PG‐102 322457 GAUGE PRES 2.5IN DIAL 70 BAR/1000 PSIG 1000 @140°F ‐40 0 C

PG‐106 322603 GAUGE PRES 2.5IN DIAL 138 BAR/2000PSIG 2000 @140°F ‐40 2 C
PG‐107 322459 GAUGE PRES 2.5IN DIAL 345/5000 PSIG 5000 @140°F ‐40 3 C
PG‐109 322459 GAUGE PRES 2.5IN DIAL 345/5000 PSIG 5000 @140°F ‐40 4 C
PSV‐102 619099 VALVE RELIEF 1.00MNPT‐1.00FNPT 575PSIG 2999 @150°F ‐20 0 A

PSV‐105 619099 VALVE RELIEF 1.00MNPT‐1.00FNPT 575PSIG 2999 @400°F ‐20 1 B
PSV‐109 627424 VALVE RELIEF 0.75FNPT‐1.00FNPT 4000PSIG C ORIFICE 8700 @400°F ‐20 4 B
PT‐102 635143 TRANSMITTER PRES 0‐1000 PSIG 0.250MNPT 1000 @140°F ‐22 0 C

PT‐110 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IN IT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL. NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE DISCLOSED IN ANY MANNER TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORPORATION. Page 1 of 4
SB‐105 204097 BOTTLE SCRUBBER 1200PSIG 1.5X1.25‐0.75BP 1200 @150°F ‐20 1 A

TT‐103 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
TT‐105 607735 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K 240IN LEADS 0.250 1875 @140°F ‐65 1 C
TT‐106 607735 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K 240IN LEADS 0.250 N/A ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
TW‐103 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
TW‐105 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
TW‐106 631078 THERMOWELL 316SS 0.260ID 0.5MNPT 4.2IN LG 2.5IN INS 5500PSI 7019 @140°F ‐40 2 C
V‐102 624743 TANK REC HORIZ 90GAL 590PSIG 24IN DIA 53.5IN LONG WITH FEET 590 @150°F ‐20 0 A
YV‐101 327615 VALVE BALL CS 2.000FNPT W/ACT 857 @150°F ‐20 0 A

327615 ACT ACTUATOR INCLUDED WITH 327615 150 @140°F ‐5 7 C
YV‐103 327615 VALVE BALL CS 2.000FNPT W/ACT 857 @150°F ‐20 0 A
YV‐104 327614 VALVE BALL SS 1.000FNPT W/ACT 1000PSIG 846 @150°F ‐60 101 A
YV‐105 633184 VALVE BALL SS 1.000FNPT W/ACT 1383 @400°F ‐20 1 B
YV‐111 625551 VALVE BALL SS 2WAY 0.750T W/ACT NO 5000PSIG ‐40F TO 150F 5000 @150°F ‐65 4 A
CONTROL PANEL (2**)
HV‐203 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
HV‐204 332207 VALVE NEEDLE CS 0.250MNPT ‐ 0.250FNPT 6000 @140°F ‐148 7 C
HV‐205 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
NRV‐201 307219 VALVE CHECK SS C4L 0.250T 6000PSIG @0.3PSIG RUBBER 5867 @140°F ‐15 7 C

NRV‐202 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
NRV‐203 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
NRV‐204 307219 VALVE CHECK SS C4L 0.250T 6000PSIG @0.3PSIG RUBBER 5867 @140°F ‐15 8 C
PCV‐201 310533 REGULATOR PILOT 0.250FNPT 6000PSIG 6000 @150°F ‐20 4 A
PG‐201 322454 GAUGE PRES 2.5IN DIAL 14 BAR/200PSIG 200 @140°F ‐40 7 C
PSV‐201 619097 VALVE RELIEF 1.00MNPT‐1.00FNPT 115PSIG 2400 @140°F ‐20 7 C
PT‐201 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
SV‐201 338492 VALVE SOL 3WAY 120V‐50/60HZ 125 @140°F ‐20 7 C

VENT STACK (3**)
HV‐301 307515 VALVE BALL BRASS 5044A 0.250FNPT CLS600 541 @150°F 14 9 A
HV‐302 307515 VALVE BALL BRASS 5044A 0.250FNPT CLS600 541 @150°F 14 8 A
NRV‐301 625655 VALVE CHECK SWING BRASS 0.750 FNPT 600PSIG ‐ 20F TO 140F 600 @150°F ‐20 8 A

NRV‐302 625655 VALVE CHECK SWING BRASS 0.750 FNPT 600PSIG ‐ 20F TO 140F 600 @150°F ‐20 9 A
V‐301 619927 VENT HEADER WELDMENT CLEANCNG 500 @150°F ‐20 8 A

V‐302 620038 VENT MANIFOLD CBA DRAINS < 15 PSIG @150°F 9 A
VENTILATION AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL (4**)
ACT‐401 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
ACT‐402 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
ACT‐403 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
ACT‐404 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
ACT‐405 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
ACT‐406 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
F‐401 624507 FAN 30/9‐9/32.5/PAG/4ZL/SH 1.375 3T&3C/BR ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐

F‐402 624507 FAN 30/9‐9/32.5/PAG/4ZL/SH 1.375 3T&3C/BR ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
GD‐401 609737 GAS DETECTOR INFRARED 4‐20MA SENSEPOINT UL/CSA ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
HTR‐401 NOT USED ‐
M‐401 325995 MOTOR 7.5HP 1500/1800RPM 380/460‐3‐50/60 213TC XPFC ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐

M‐402 325995 MOTOR 7.5HP 1500/1800RPM 380/460‐3‐50/60 213TC XPFC ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
TT‐401 607735 THERMOCOUPLE TYPE K 240IN LEADS 0.250 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐

INLET KIT (5**)
FLX‐501 338523 HOSE BRAIDED 3.0IN 300# RF FLG X MNPT 36LG 316PSI AT 70F LT 316 @150°F ‐40 6 D
HV‐501 330267 VALVE BALL 2WAY 3.00FNPT 800PSI 677 @150°F ‐60 6 D
STR‐501 633338 STRAINER CONE SS 3.0" SCH80 300# 100 MESH 100PCT OPEN NOT PRESSURE RETAINING
MAIN MOTOR AND CBA (6**)
HTR‐601 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
HV‐601 307512 VALVE BALL BRASS 5044A 1.000FNPT CLS600 ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
LG‐601 311073 SIGHT GLASS IMW‐LVA‐20‐T‐A‐M12 ‐ IMW CUSTOM 9D0050 5" IND. ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
LSL‐601 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
M‐601 338209 MOTOR 250HP 1800RPM 460‐3‐60 447T TEFC F2 C1D2 2 X 2.500 ODE ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
PG‐601 322454 GAUGE PRES 2.5IN DIAL 14 BAR/200PSIG ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
PT‐601 635142 TRANSMITTER PRES 0‐500 PSIG 0.250MNPT ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
TT‐601 NOT USED ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
PIPING & TUBING
LINE PART # DESCRIPTION LOCATION
1000 210426 NIPPLE PIPE SA‐333 3.0NPTX12 SCH80 PAINT Inlet Kit
1001 350621 PIPE SA‐106 GR.B 3.000NPS X SCH80 PNO Inlet
1002 350621 PIPE SA‐106 GR.B 3.000NPS X SCH80 PNO Recovery Line
1003 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED Recovery PCV Line
1004 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED Unloader
1005a 350647 PIPE SA‐106 GR.B 2NPS X SCH80 PNO Stage 1 Discharge
1005b 350647 PIPE SA‐106 GR.B 2NPS X SCH80 PNO Stage 2 Suction
1006a 304192 TUBE CS SA‐179 1.250 X 0.120 Stage 2 Discharge
1006b 304192 TUBE CS SA‐179 1.250 X 0.120 Stage 3 Suction
1007a 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED Stage 3 Discharge
1007b 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED Stage 4 Suction
1008 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED Stage 4 Back Pressure
1010a 312898 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.750 X 0.109, BRIGHT ANNEALED Final Discharge
1010b 312898 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.750 X 0.109, BRIGHT ANNEALED Final Discharge
1011 304320 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.500 X 0.065, BRIGHT ANNEALED Auto Drain
1012 303747 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED Control Gas
1015 304320 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.500 X 0.065, BRIGHT ANNEALED Control Gas
1017 NOT USED
1019 312898 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.750 X 0.109, BRIGHT ANNEALED Compressor 2 Discharge
2000 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED Recovery Relief

2001 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED 1st stage Relief
2002 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED 2nd stage Relief
2003 312898 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.750 X 0.109, BRIGHT ANNEALED 3rd Stage Relief
2005 312898 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.750 X 0.109, BRIGHT ANNEALED Final Stage Relief
3000 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED Recovery Vent

3002 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED 1st stage Vent
3003 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED 2nd stage Vent
3004 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED 3rd Stage Vent
3006 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED Final Stage Vent
3007 304192 TUBE CS SA‐179 1.250 X 0.120 Control Gas Vent
4000 319332 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.125 X 0.028, BRIGHT ANNEALED Recovery Instrument

4001 319332 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.125 X 0.028, BRIGHT ANNEALED Inlet Instrument
4002 319332 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.125 X 0.028, BRIGHT ANNEALED 1st Stage Instrument
4003 319332 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.125 X 0.028, BRIGHT ANNEALED 2nd Stage Instrument
4004 319332 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.125 X 0.028, BRIGHT ANNEALED 3rd Stage Instrument
4006 319332 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 0.125 X 0.028, BRIGHT ANNEALED Final Stage Instrument
5000 303747 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED Inlet Control Gas

5001 303747 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED Recovery Control Gas
5002 303747 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED Recovery PCV Control Gas
5003 303747 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED Unloader Control Gas
5004 303747 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED Auto Drain Control Gas
Outlet Louver Actuator
5006 303747 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED
Control Gas
6000 319462 HOSE RUBBER SINGLE BRAID 0.250 Recovery Tank Drain

6001 319462 HOSE RUBBER SINGLE BRAID 0.250 Inlet Filter Drain
6002 319462 HOSE RUBBER SINGLE BRAID 0.250 2nd Bottle Drain
6004 319462 HOSE RUBBER SINGLE BRAID 0.250 3rd Bottle Drain
6005 319462 HOSE RUBBER SINGLE BRAID 0.250 4th Bottle Drain
6007 310734 HOSE RUBBER DOUBLE BRAID 0.250 Discharge Bottle Drain
6008 310734 HOSE RUBBER DOUBLE BRAID 0.250 Discharge Filter Drain
6009 310734 HOSE RUBBER DOUBLE BRAID 0.250 Discharge Drain
6010 310734 HOSE RUBBER DOUBLE BRAID 0.250 Discharge Combine Drain
6011 319462 HOSE RUBBER SINGLE BRAID 0.250 Solenoid Vent Drain
6012 319462 HOSE RUBBER SINGLE BRAID 0.250 Vent Header Drain
6013 319462 HOSE RUBBER SINGLE BRAID 0.250 Drain Bottle Drain

6014 312144 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316 1.000 X 0.095, BRIGHT ANNEALED Drain Bottle to Vent Header
6015 303747 TUBE SS SA‐213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED Drain Bottle to Vent Header
SETPOINTS
PCV‐104 100 PSIG
PCV‐201 100 PSIG
PRESSURE ZONE
DESIGN TEST PSV
ZONE TEST PRESSURE TEST PSV
PRESSURE SETPOINT
0 575 PSIG 690 PSIG 740 PSIG 628085
1 575 PSIG 690 PSIG 740 PSIG 628085
2 1550 PSIG 1860 PSIG 1910 PSIG 628090
3 3525 PSIG 4230 PSIG 4280 PSIG 628093
4 4000 PSIG 4800 PSIG 4850 PSIG 628094
6 200 PSIG SITE PIPING ZONE TESTED ON SITE
7 115 PSIG 138 PSIG 150 PSIG 628081
8 500 PSIG VENT ZONE TESTING NOT REQUIRED
9 < 15 PSIG VENT ZONE TESTING NOT REQUIRED
101 160 PSIG 209 PSIG 1 230 PSIG 1 602652 1
1
TEST PRESSURE CAN BE INCREASED TO THE SAME AS ZONE 0 IF THE REGULATOR DIAPHRAGM IS REMOVED
2
EXEMPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CSA B51‐14 PART 3 1.1.1 (b)
TEMPERATURE ZONE
DESIGN TEMPERATURE (°F)
ZONE
MIN MAX
A ‐4 150
B ‐4 400
C ‐4 140
D ‐40 150
REVISION HISTORY
REV. DATE BY CH. AP. REFERENCE
A 2017.08.03 DS PK TFJ ISSUED FOR MANUFACTURE
1606 mm
[63.24 in]
803 mm 803 mm 605 mm

[31.6 in] [31.6 in] [23.82 in]
699 mm 699 mm
[27.52 in] [27.52 in]
NOTE : 12" X 10" COVER

FOR TP700
*
NOTE: CB6, CB7 AND CB8 TYPE AND IMAGE MAY BE

DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN ON LAYOUT DRAWING.
* CIRCUIT BREAKER SELECTION WILL BE BASED ON
SUPPLY VOLTAGE, CURRENT RATING AND SCCR.
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
C C C C C C C C C C C
O O O O O O O O O O O
M M M M M M M M M M M
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
N N N N N N N N N N N
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1
436 mm
LIGHT MASTER MASTER MASTER
[17.18 in]
ACTION GREEN BLUE RED
COMPRESSORS FULL CAPACITY SITE MASTER
SOLID
IN OPERATION OPERATION ALARM
POWER ON REDUCED CAPACITY SITE FUNCTIONALITY
FLASHING
(READY TO RUN) OPERATION REDUCED
561 mm
[22.1 in]
MCC EMERGENCY STOP SITE MASTER
OFFLINE / ONLINE (PUSH TO STOP) RESET
[78.75 in]
2000 mm
1896 mm
[74.65 in]
LIGHT MCC MCC MCC
SOLID STANDBY COMPRESSION ALARM

[86.63 in]
2200 mm
FLASHING STARTUP RECIRCULATION MAINTENANCE
436 mm
[17.18 in]
561 mm
[22.1 in]
*
[7.87 in]
200 mm
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MCE-D1 CLEANCNG 480V & 600V
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORP. PANEL LAYOUT FOR 4 FAN MODELS
A WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. DS 2017.08.03 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. PK 2017.08.03 B DWG-800582 A
CORP. IS PROHIBITED.
AP. TFJ 2017.08.04 SCALE: N/A SHEET: 1 /15
1412 mm
[55.61 in]
800 mm 600 mm 605 mm

[31.48 in] [23.61 in] [23.82 in]
699 mm 499 mm
[27.52 in] [19.65 in]
NOTE : 12" X 10" COVER

FOR TP700
*
NOTE: CB7 AND CB8 TYPE AND IMAGE MAY BE

*
CIRCUIT BREAKER SELECTION WILL BE BASED ON
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
C C C C C C C C C
O O O O O O O O O
M M M M M M M M M
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
N N N N N N N N N
O O O O O O O O O
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
N N N N N N N N N
C C C C C C C C C
A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1
LIGHT MASTER MASTER MASTER

COMPRESSORS FULL CAPACITY SITE MASTER
SOLID
IN OPERATION OPERATION ALARM
POWER ON REDUCED CAPACITY SITE FUNCTIONALITY
FLASHING
(READY TO RUN) OPERATION REDUCED
436 mm
[17.18 in]
MCC EMERGENCY STOP SITE MASTER
OFFLINE / ONLINE (PUSH TO STOP) RESET
[78.75 in]
2000 mm
1896 mm
[74.65 in]
561 mm
[22.1 in]
LIGHT MCC MCC MCC

[86.63 in]
2200 mm
436 mm
[17.18 in]
[14.27 in]
363 mm
*
[7.87 in]
200 mm

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORP. PANEL LAYOUT FOR 2 FAN MODELS WITHOUT DRYER PROVISION
LEGEND: NOTES: NOTES:
1 THE NAMING CONVENTION IN THIS DOCUMENT APPLIES TO IS OUTLINED IN

ITEM DESCRIPTION DOCUMENT NUMBER 704334. EXAMPLE: DRYER BREAKER IS NOT INSTALLED ON THE NO DRYER BREAKER MODEL
18
MCE-D1-460-65-300-S-2X5-TYP-30-EXW-T5-U15-4S-G-T-0-1L-NA+XX (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-00-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) BUT WILL BE INSTALLED ON ALL THE OTHER MODELS.
INTERNAL TERMINAL
C10 EXAMPLE: (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-50-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) WILL HAVE A 50 AMP BREAKER
BLOCK AND NUMBER
2 THIS DOCUMENT FOLLOWS THE VOLTAGE NAMING SCHEME OUTLINED IN
K1 DOCUMENT 704334-C 19 HOSE PROOF HOODS WILL BE INSTALLED ON ALL OUTDOOR MODELS
CONTACTOR COIL
(MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXW-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) OR (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXT-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) OR
NORMALLY OPEN/CLOSED 3 THE WIRE NAMING SCHEME IS AS FOLLOWS: (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXC-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
<SOURCE>-<PIN>:<DESTINATION>-<PIN>
CONTACTOR
20 POLYCARBONATE HINGED HMI COVER WILL BE INSTALLED ON ALL OUTDOOR MODELS
BREAKER 4 OBJECTS SHOWN ARE EXTERNAL COMPONENTS THAT MAY BE INSTALLED ON SITE. (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXW-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) OR (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXT-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) OR
TERMINAL BLOCKS ARE PROVIDED AS MARKED FOR CONNECTIONS (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXC-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
PLUG EQUIPMENT IS OPTIONAL DEPENDING ON SITE CONFIGURATION WHICH IS FOR PANEL HEATER, INSULATION AND HEATING THERMOSTAT INCLUDED IN MODELS
5 21
REFERENCE ONLY. FOR DETAILED INFORMATION SEE EQUIPMENT DRAWING. (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXT-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) AND (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXC-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
RECEPTACLE
6 NOTE SYMBOL TO THE LEFT APPLIES TO ENTIRE PAGE OF THE DOCUMENT 22 OBJECTS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON OUTDOOR COLD PANEL MODELS ONLY
INDICATOR LIGHT, (G=GREEN, (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXC-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
G AUX 1 THROUGH AUX 3, SITE A THROUGH SITE B AND ESD LOOP EXPANSION E-STOP
R=RED, B=BLUE, W=WHITE) 7
CONNECTION WIRE JUMPERS TO BE INCLUDED IN FACTORY BUILD. THIS IS A 23 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 2 STAGE MONITORING MODELS
NORMALLY OPEN/CLOSED GENERIC NAMING SCHEME SUGGESTION, AND CAN BE CHANGED AS SUITABLE. (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-2S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
SWITCH RED JUMPERS MUST BE REMOVED TO INSTALL SITE WIRING TO E-STOP DEVICES.
24 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 3 STAGE MONITORING MODELS
PUSH BUTTON REMOVE WIRE JUMPERS TO INSTALL ADDITIONAL ONSITE E-STOP INPUT WHICH (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-3S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
8
DOUBLE POLE MUST BE RESET BEFORE E-STOP CIRCUIT CAN BE RESET
SWITCH CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 4 OR 2X2 STAGE MONITORING MODELS
25
9 METAL OXIDE VARISTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON PLC DIGITAL OUTPUT (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-4S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
TERMINALS THAT ARE 120VAC INDUCTIVE LOADS (SEE EXAMPLE) T1 K U-N
LEVEL SWITCH A1 A2 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 5 OR 2X2+1STAGE MONITORING MODELS
26
10 OVERLOAD RELAY SETTINGS FOR O/L2, O/L3, O/L4, O/L5 (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-5S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
TEMPERATURE SWITCH (SEE TABLE)
27 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 2X3 STAGE MONITORING MODELS
11 OBJECTS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED IN THE 4 FAN OPTION MODELS (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-6S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
PRESSURE SWITCH
(MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-4X5-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
28 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH 4-20mA CONNECTION FOR GAS DETECTOR
JUNCTION 12 OBJECTS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED IN THE TYP MODEL (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-G-*-*-*-*+XX)
(MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-TYP-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
+ CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR
-
TRANSMITTER 29
13 OBJECTS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED IN THE COLD WEATHER PACKAGE MODELS TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS FOR INLET GAS AND EXTERNAL AMBIENT
1 9
(MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-CWP-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-T-*-*-*+XX)
2 8
ISOLATED BARRIER
14 TRANSFORMER TAP IS CONNECTED AS PER MODEL SUPPLY VOLTAGE 600VAC 30 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR
SOLENOID MODEL (MCE-D1-600-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) IS WIRED TO THE H3 TAP VIA WIRE TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS FOR INLET GAS
CB8-T3:T1-H3. 460VAC MODEL (MCE-460-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) IS WIRED TO H2 (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-I-*-*+XX)
PROTECTIVE TAP VIA WIRE CB8-T3:T1-H2.
EARTH 31 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR PRESSURE
+
15 3000 VA TRANSFORMER IS TO BE INCLUDED IN MODEL MEASUREMENTS FOR CONTROL GAS
THERMOCOUPLE (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-T3-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-C-*-*+XX)
-
5000 VA TRANSFORMER IS TO BE INCLUDED IN MODEL
METAL OXIDE (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-T5-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) 33 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR PRESSURE
VARISTOR (MOV) FOR CE CERTIFIED MODEL EXAMPLE (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-T3-*-*-*-*-*-*CE+XX) AND SOLENOID CONNECTIONS FOR 1 LINE PRIORITY PANEL
TRANSFORMER USED IS TO MEET CE VA RATING INSTEAD OF UL / CSA VA RATING. (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-1L-*+XX)
PANEL FAN
16 NO TRANSFORMER WILL BE INSTALLED ON MODEL 34 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR PRESSURE
(MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-T0-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) CONTROL POWER TO BE SUPPLIED BY AND SOLENOID CONNECTIONS FOR 3 LINE PRIORITY PANEL
PANEL HEATER EXTERNAL TRANSFORMER. A CLASS CC THREE POLE INDICATING FUSE HOLDER (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-3L-*+XX)
WITH 10AMP FUSES WILL REPLACE CB8. CUSTOMER CONNECTION TO LAND AT BB1
HORN INFEED TERMINAL AND X2 POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK. 35 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR PRESSURE
AND SOLENOID CONNECTIONS FOR 3 LINE PRIORITY PANEL WITH TIME FILL
OVERLOAD 17 NO UPS WILL BE INSTALLED ON MODEL (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-U00-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) (MCE-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-3T-*+XX)
PROTECTION BACKUP POWER TO BE SUPPLIED FROM EXTERNAL SOURCE OR CUSTOMER
SUPPLIED UPS INTERNAL TO PANEL. CB11 AND 15A RECEPTACLE 1 FOR UPS WILL
TRANSFORMER BE INSTALLED.
FAN OVERLOAD RELAY SETTINGS ED63A025 CB2 - CB5 INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SETTING CB1 INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SETTING
MOTOR VOLTAGE HP FLA DIAL SETTING MOTOR VOLTAGE HP FLA DIAL SETTING PANEL VOLTAGE HP FLA DIAL SETTING
460 5 6.6A 6.6A 460 5 6.6A LOW 575/460 ALL ALL LOW
Chilliwack,
575 5 5.3A 5.3A 575 5 5.3A LOW
B.C., Canada
460 7.5 9.4A 9.4A 460 7.5 9.4A 2 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
TITLE
575 7.5 7.2A 7.2A 575 7.5 7.2A 2 DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MCE-D1 CLEANCNG 480V & 600V
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORP. LEGEND / NOTES
DOOR MOUNT
HANDLE
* SEE NOTE
L1
CB1
(CONTINUED ON PAGE 5)
L2
L3
CB1-T1:CB5-L1
CB1-T2:CB5-L2
CB1-T3:CB5-L3
CB1-T1:CB6-L1
CB1-T2:CB6-L2
CB1-T3:CB6-L3
CB1-T1:CB2-L1
CB1-T2:CB2-L2
CB1-T3:CB2-L3
CB1-T1:CB3-L1
CB1-T2:CB3-L2
CB1-T3:CB3-L3
CB1-T1:CB4-L1
CB1-T2:CB4-L2
CB1-T3:CB4-L3
CB1-T1:CB7-L1
CB1-T2:CB7-L2
CB1-T3:CB7-L3
CUSTOMER SUPPLY
600VAC/460VAC, 3 PH, 60 HZ
POWER
CB6 18 CB2 CB3 CB4 11 CB5 11 CB7 13
CB4-T1:K4F-1L1
CB4-T2:K4F-3L2
CB4-T3:K4F-5L3
CB2-T1:K2F-1L1
CB2-T2:K2F-3L2
CB2-T3:K2F-5L3
CB1-T1:SS1-1L1
CB1-T2:SS1-3L2
CB1-T3:SS1-5L3
CB3-T1:K3F-1L1
CB3-T2:K3F-3L2
CB3-T3:K3F-5L3
CB5-T1:K5F-1L1
CB5-T2:K5F-3L2
CB5-T3:K5F-5L3
CB7-T1:K7-1L1
CB7-T2:K7-3L2
CB7-T3:K7-5L3
13 13 13 13
11 11
L1 L2 L3 K3R K4R K5R
K2F K2R K3F K4F K5F K7 13
SS1
SOFT START C/W
INTEGRAL BYPASS & O/L
T1 T2 T3
T1 T2 T3
O/L2 10 O/L3 10 O/L4 10 O/L5 10
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 11 T1 T2 T3 11
MCE
SITE EQUIPMENT COMPRESSOR SKID
11 11
13
MAIN
VENT/COOLING VENT/COOLING COOLING FAN COOLING FAN SPACE HEATER
COMPRESSOR
FAN MOTOR M2 FAN MOTOR M3 MOTOR M4 MOTOR M5 SH1
MOTOR
GAS DRYER M1
THIS MOTOR MUST BE THIS MOTOR MUST BE THIS MOTOR MUST BE THIS MOTOR MUST BE THIS MOTOR MUST BE
WIRED AS EXPLOSION- WIRED AS EXPLOSION- WIRED AS EXPLOSION- WIRED AS EXPLOSION- WIRED AS EXPLOSION-
PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1 PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1 PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1 PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1 PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1
LOCATIONS LOCATIONS LOCATIONS LOCATIONS LOCATIONS

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORP. POWER SCHEMATIC
* NOTE: THIS DRAWING DOES NOT REPRESENT ACTUAL METHOD OF CABLES CONNECTION A WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. DS 2017.08.03 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
BUT ALL APPLICABLE CABLING AND TAPPING RULES HAVE BEEN MET
FROM T1-X1
OR EXTERNAL TRANSFORMER
TO BB1
120 VAC POWER X2
16 16
CB 10
10 AMP
CB10-2:C10 C10:SW10-13
13 14 SW10-14:FAN1-L
L N FAN1-N:N
C10 N PANEL COOLING/VENTILATION FAN
SW10 FAN 1
COOLING
THERMOSTAT
21 21
11 12 L N 21
BUS BAR 1
C10:SW11-11 SW11-12:PH1-L PH1-N:N
C10 N PANEL HEATER 1
* SEE NOTE
SW11 PH1
L1 HEATING
THERMOSTAT
(CONTINUED FROM PAGE 4) CB 11
L2 15AMP RECPT1
CB11-2:RECPT1-L RECPT1-N:N
RECPT1-GND:PE
N
L3
CB1-T1:CB8-L1
CB1-T2:CB8-L2
CB1-T3:CB8-L3
CB1-T1:F8-L1
CB1-T2:F8-L2
CB1-T3:F8-L3
600VAC/460VAC, 3 PH, 60 HZ
POWER 17 UPS1-N:U-N
U-N
UPS
120VAC UPS POWER
1500 VA UPS1-L:UPS1
UPS1
UPS1-GND:PE PE
CB8 F8 THREE POLE CLASS CC
14 15 16 INDICATING FUSE BLOCK
WARNING! ATM10 FUSES
CB 12
ENSURE APPROPRIATE TAP 600V RATED
CB8-T1:PR1-L1 10AMP
IS CONNECTED CB12-2:1-L3
F8-T1:PR1-L1
F8-T2:PR1-L2
F8-T3:PR1-L3
1-L3 AUX1 120VAC POWER 1N
PER THE SUPPLY VOLTAGE
CB8-T2:PR1-L2
CB8-T3:PR1-L3
CB8-T1:T1-H1
H1 H3
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
SIEMENS H2 SIEMENS
SIRIUS SIRIUS CB 13 K20
3AMP
CB13-2:K20-11 11 14 K20-14:LT2
LT2 COMPRESSOR LIGHTS 4N
1PH A1 A2 13
TRANSFORMER CB13-2:4-L1 SPACE HEATER 13
600/480 VAC 4-L1 SH1 K26 4N
T1 OVER TEMP
120/240 VAC
SPACE HEATER
12 11 14 12 11 14 OVER TEMP SWITCH
22 21 24 22 21 24
PROTECTION PROTECTION
RELAY
X1 X3 X2 X4
RELAY
CB 14 K16
12 13
PR1 PR1
6AMP
CB14-2:4-L2 4-L2:K16-11 11 14 K16-14:BH1
4-L2 BH1 COMPRESSOR BLOCK HEATERS 4N
T1-X1:BB1
T1-X2:X2
CB 15
15AMP
CB15-2:C-X1
120VAC POWER
C-X1 MCEC 120VAC POWER C-X2 (Note: EXC panels cannot supply
power to MCEC enclosures)
X2
120VAC POWER
BUS BAR 1
22 22
C-X1:SW12-11
11 12 SW12-12:PH2-L
L N PH2-N:C-X2 22
C-X1 C-X2 PANEL HEATER 2
SW12 PH2
HEATING
THERMOSTAT

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
UPS SUPPLIED POWER
UPS1 U-N
GFCI
UPS1:BB2
CB 20 RECPT2
3 AMP K15A
CB20-2:RECPT2-L RECPT2-N:U-N PANEL RECEPTACLE
U-N K15- K15-00:K15-5 5 9 K15-9:K15-01 K15-
200 VA ONLY RELAY OUTPUT FOR SYSTEM ESD STATUS
00 01
RECPT2-PE:PE
K15B
COMPRESSOR AUX1 AUX2 K15- K15-02:K15-6 6 10 K15-10:K15-03 K15-
E-STOP PANEL ESD0 E-STOP OR E-STOP OR E-STOP OR 02 03 RELAY OUTPUT FOR SYSTEM ESD STATUS
(DOOR) JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER
CB 21 SEE IS1 CHANNEL 1 WIRING
K15C
6 AMP IS1-1
K15- K15-04:K15-7 7 11 K15-11:K15-05 K15-
CB21-2:E-00 E-00:ESD0-11 ESD0-12:0E1 7 10 0E2:1E1 1E2:2E1 2E2:3E1
E-00 0E1 0E2 1E1 1E2 2E1 2E2 04 05 RELAY OUTPUT FOR SYSTEM ESD STATUS
11 12
K15D
7 K15- K15-06:K15-8 8 12 K15-12:K15-07 K15-
06 07 RELAY OUTPUT FOR SYSTEM ESD STATUS
AUX3
E-STOP OR SITE A E-STOP SITE B E-STOP ESD LOOP
JUMPER OR JUMPER OR JUMPER EXPANSION
A1 A2 EMERGENCY STOP
3E2:C-E1 JUMPER JUMPER A-E2:K11-A1 K11-A2:U-N LOOP RELAY
3E1 3E2 C-E1 C-E2 B-E1 B-E2 A-E1 A-E2 K11 U-N (E-STOP)
BUS BAR 2
K11B
RELAY OUTPUT TO INDICATE ESD TRIP
SW1 130:K11-6 6 10 K11-10:131
130 131 FOR CUSTOMER USE
RESET
OPTIONAL ONSITE (OPEN INDICATES PRESSED ALARM)
(SEE PAGE 6)
E-STOP DEVICE
OR JUMPER 8
13 14
K11A A1 A2
E-00:SW1-23 23 24 SW1-24:E-E1 E-E1:K11-5 5 9 K11-9:E-E2 E-E3:K12-A1 0U- 0U-LE:SS1-A1 A1 SOFT START A2 SS1-A2:U-N SOFT STARTER
E-00 E-E1 E-E2 E-E3 K12 U-N
LE SS1 120VAC UPS CONTROL POWER
ESD A1 A2
K12A U-L
K13
E-00:K12-5 5 9 K12-9:E-E1
A1 A2
K14 EMERGENCY STOP RELAY IS1-CHANNEL 1
MCE 12, 13, 14, 15
MCEC 12, 13 0E1:IS1-7 7 1
A1 A2 0E1 11 12
K15 COMPRESSOR
(SITE MASTER RESET) INTRINSICALLY SAFE ESD
IS1-10:0E2 10 4
0E2
IS1-CHANNEL 2
0U- 0U-L:IS1-8 8 2 13 14
L
CB 22 AREA LIGHTS
6AMP A1 A2 INTRINSICALLY SAFE SWITCH
CB22-2:PS1-L1 PS1-N:U-N K20-A2:U-N IS1-9:K20-A1 9 5
L PS1 N U-N DC POWER SUPPLY 1 U-N K20
PS1-(+):CB30-1
24 VDC + TO CB30
POWER
SUPPLY + 24VDC UPS POWER
(10 AMP)
PS1-(-):COM
- COM
24 VDC UPS POWER
PS1-(-):PE
- CB 30
10AMP
FROM PS1 PS1-(+):CB30-1 CB30-2:DC1
DC1 POWER FOR MCEC DEVICES COM
THE PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR OF THE LINE SUPPLY MUST BE CONNECTED AT THE " PE " TERMINAL.
IF PELV (PROTECTED EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE) IS REQUIRED, THEN " - " TERMINAL OF DC OUTPUT CAN
BE CONNECTED TO THE " PE " TERMINAL OF THE SUPPLY SIDE OR ANY OTHER POINT AS LONG AS THE
" PE " TERMINAL IS GROUNDED.
CB 23 DC1:NET1-L+ L+ M NET1-M:COM
DC1 NET1 COM UNMANAGED SWITCH NET1 POWER
10 AMP
CB23-2:0U-L 0U- MCE
U-N
BUS BAR 2
K13A L 120 VAC UPS POWER
5 9 DC1:IS1-11 11 12 IS1-12:COM
CB23-2:K13-5 K13-9:0U-LE 0U- MCE DC1 IS1 COM ISOLATING SWITCHING AMPLIFIER POWER
CB 24 LE 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER
6AMP
CB24-2:1U-L 1U- 1U-N:U-N
AUX1 120 VAC UPS POWER 1U-N
K13B L K14B DC1:HMI-L+ L+ M HMI-M:COM
DC1 HMI COM HMI POWER
CB24-2:K13-6 6 10 K13-10:1U-LE 1U- 1U- 1U-NE:K14-6 6 10 K14-10:U-N
AUX1 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER U-N
CB 25 LE NE
6AMP
CB25-2:2U-L 2U- 2U-N:U-N
K13C L K14C
CB 26 LE NE
6AMP
CB26-2:3U-L 3U- 3U-N:U-N
K13D L K14D
LE NE

Chilliwack,
CB 27
10AMP B.C., Canada
CB27-2:C-UPS C- U-N:U-N
MCEC UPS POWER U-N U-N THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
UPS TITLE
MASTER PLC
PLC 0
S7 1200 CPU 1215C
6ES7215-1HG40-0XB0
DC / DC / RELAY
DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL OUTPUTS
DC1:PLC0-1M 0U-L:PLC0-1L
DC1 1M 1L 0U-L 120 VAC UPS POWER
CB1
COM:COM WHITE BLACK PLC0-DIA.0:10-00 L1
MAIN DISCONNECT STATUS C1 A1 10- PLC0-DQA.0:00-00 00- 00-00:L1-X1 L1-X2:U-N
COM COM DI a.0 DQ a.0 R U-N RED MASTER LIGHT (DOOR)
(OPEN = TRIPPED) 00 00
PR1
PHASE ROTATION/PHASE PLC0-DIA.1:PR1-24 L2
21 24 PLC0-DQA.1:00-01 00- 00-01:L2-X1 L2-X2:L1-X2
FAILURE DI a.1 DQ a.1 B BLUE MASTER LIGHT (DOOR)
(OPEN = TRIPPED) 01
PR1
PR1-11:COM PLC0-DIA.2:PR1-14 L3
VOLTAGE OUT OF RANGE 11 14 PLC0-DQA.2:00-02 00- 00-02:L3-X1 L3-X2:L2-X2
COM DI a.2 DQ a.2 G GREEN MASTER LIGHT (DOOR)
(OPEN = TRIPPED) 02
K11D
K11-12:COM 12 PLC0-DIA.3:K11-8 L4
ESD STATUS 8 PLC0-DQA.3:00-03 00- 00-03:L4-X1 L4-X2:L3-X2
COM DI a.3 DQ a.3 R RED COMP LIGHT (DOOR)
(OPEN = TRIPPED) 03
TO K23-A2 OR K25-A2
K12B SEE SHEET 9
A1 A2
LOCAL AND SITE ESD K11-12:K12-10 10 6 PLC0-DIA.4:K12-6 00-03:K30-A1
DI a.4 K30 RED REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
(CLOSED = ESD CIRCUIT RESET)
SW1
SW1-13:COM 10-05:SW1-14 L5
RESET PUSHBUTTON 13 14 RESET 10- PLC0-DIA.5:10-05 PLC0-DQA.4:00-04 00- 00-04:L5-X1 L5-X2:L4-X2
COM DI a.5 DQ a.4 B BLUE COMP LIGHT (DOOR)
(CLOSED = RESET) 05 04
23 24 (SEE PAGE 6)
CB2
A1 A2
VENT/COOLING FAN M2 BREAKER CB2-7:COM 7 3 PLC0-DIA.6:CB2-3 00-04:K31-A1
(OPEN = TRIPPED) COM DI a.6 K31 BLUE REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
OL2
VENT/COOLING FAN M2 OVERLOAD OL2-98:COM 98 97 PLC0-DIA.7:OL2-97 0U-L:PLC0-2L
(CLOSED = TRIPPED) COM DI a.7 2L 0U-L 120 VAC UPS POWER
K2F
VENT/COOLING FAN M2 FORWARD K2F-14:COM PLC0-DIB.0:K2F-13
L6
14 13 PLC0-DQA.5:00-05 00- 00-05:L6-X1 L6-X2:L5-X2
(CLOSED = RUNNING) COM DI b.0 DQ a.5 G GREEN COMP LIGHT (DOOR)
05
K2R
13 A1 A2
VENT/COOLING FAN M2 REVERSE K2R-14:COM 14 13 PLC0-DIB.1:K2R-13 00-05:K32-A1
13 (CLOSED = RUNNING) COM DI b.1 K32 GREEN REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
CB3
VENT/COOLING FAN M3 BREAKER CB2-7:CB3-7 7 3 PLC0-DIB.2:CB3-3 PLC0-DQA.6:00-06 00- SITE LEVEL STACK LIGHT RED
(OPEN = TRIPPED) DI b.2 DQ a.6 R U-N
06 (EXTERNAL OPTIONAL LIGHT) 4
OL3
VENT/COOLING FAN M3 OVERLOAD OL2-98:OL3-98 98 97 PLC0-DIB.3:OL3-97 PLC0-DQA.7:00-07 00- SITE LEVEL STACK LIGHT BLUE
(CLOSED = TRIPPED) DI b.3 DQ a.7 B U-N 4
07 (EXTERNAL OPTIONAL LIGHT)
K3F
VENT/COOLING FAN M3 FORWARD K2F-14:K3F-14 PLC0-DIB.4:K3F-13 PLC0-DQB.0:00-08
14 13 00- SITE LEVEL STACK LIGHT GREEN
(CLOSED = RUNNING) DI b.4 DQ b.0 G U-N 4
08 MOV (EXTERNAL OPTIONAL LIGHT)
K3R
13
VENT/COOLING FAN M3 REVERSE K3R-14:COM 14 13 PLC0-DIB.5:K3R-13 PLC0-DQB.1:00-09 00-
13 COM DI b.5 DQ b.1 U-N HORN (EXTERNAL)
(CLOSED = RUNNING) 09 4
ANALOG OUTPUTS
2M
AQ.0
K30
IS10
DC1:K30-11 11 14 K30-14:IS10-1 1 3
DC1 R
AQ.1 RED REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
IS10-2:COM 2 4
COM
ANALOG INPUTS K31
IS11
3M 11 14 K31-14:IS11-1 1 3 B
BLUE REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
IS11-2:COM 2 4
COM
AI.0
K32
IS12
11 14 K32-14:IS12-1 1 3 G
AI.1
GREEN REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
IS12-2:COM 2 4
COM
DC1:PLC0-L+
24VDC UPS POWER DC1 L+
PLC0-M:COM
COM M
PLC0-GND:PE
PE GND

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORP. CONTROL SCHEMATIC
CARD 1
6ES7222-1HH32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200, DIGITAL OUTPUT
SM 1222, 16DO, RELAY 2A
DIGITAL OUTPUTS DIGITAL OUTPUTS

0U-LE:C1-1L 0U- 0U-LE:C1-3L 0U-
1L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER U-N 3L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER U-N
LE LE
MOV
K2R 13 A1 A2 OL2 VENT/COOLING FAN M2

C1-DQA.0:K2F-A1 (TYP) 22 21 K2F-A2:OL2-95 95 96 OL2-96:U-N C1-DQB.0:01-08 01- UNLOADER VALVE SOLENOID
DQ a.0 K2F U-N FORWARD DQ b.0 U-N
C1-DQA.0:K2R-22 (CWP) 08 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN)
(ENERGIZE TO RUN)
MOV
K2F 13 A1 A2
13 VENT/COOLING FAN M2
C1-DQA.1:K2F-22 22 21 C1-DQB.1:01-09 01- LOUVER OPEN CYLINDER SOLENOID
DQ a.1 K2R REVERSE 13 DQ b.1 U-N
09 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN)
(ENERGIZE TO RUN)
K3R 13 A1 A2 OL3
VENT/COOLING FAN M3
C1-DQA.2:K3F-A1 (TYP) 22 21 K3F-A2:OL3-95 95 96 OL3-96:OL2-96 0U-LE:C1-4L 0U-
DQ a.2 K3F FORWARD 4L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER
C1-DQA.2:K3R-22 (CWP) LE
(ENERGIZE TO RUN)
MOV
K3F 13 A1 A2
C1-DQA.3:K3F-22 22 21 C1-DQB.2:01-10 01- PRIORITY PANEL SOLENOID 1
(ENERGIZE TO RUN) 33 34 35
MOV
0U-LE:C1-2L 0U- C1-DQB.3:01-11 01- PRIORITY PANEL SOLENOID 2

2L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER DQ b.3 U-N
LE 11 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN)
33 34 35
MOV MOV
C1-DQA.4:01-04 01- SKID INLET VALVE SOLENOID C1-DQB.4:01-12 01- PRIORITY PANEL SOLENOID 3
DQ a.4 U-N DQ b.4 U-N
04 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN) 12 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN)
34 35
MOV MOV
C1-DQA.5:01-05 01- RECOVERY TANK OUTLET VALVE SOLENOID C1-DQB.5:01-13 01- PRIORITY PANEL SOLENOID 4
05 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN) 13 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN)
34 35
MOV MOV
C1-DQA.6:01-06 01- AUTODRAIN VALVE SOLENOID C1-DQB.6:01-14 01- TIME FILL SOLENOID
06 (ENERGIZE TO CLOSE) 14 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN)
35
13 12 13
A1 A2 A1 A2
C1-DQA.7:K7-A1 K7-A2:U-N SPACE HEATER C1-DQB.7:K16-A1 K16-A2:U-N CRANK CASE OIL HEATER CONTROL
DQ a.7 K7 U-N 13 DQ b.7 K16 U-N
(ENERGIZE TO HEAT)
(ENERGIZE TO RUN)
12 13
DC1:C1-L+
L+ DC1 24VDC UPS POWER
C1-M:COM
M COM
C1-GND:PE
GND PE

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CARD 2
6ES7221-1BH32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200, DIGITAL INPUT
SM 1221,
16DI, 24V DC, SINK/SOURCE INPUT
DIGITAL DIGITAL
INPUTS INPUTS
DC1:C2-1M DC1:C2-3M
DC1 1M DC1 3M
SW2 K21
UNIT
SW2-13:COM 13 14 12-00:SW2-14 12- C2-DIA.0:12-00 MAIN MOTOR K21-11:COM 11 14 C2-DIB.0:K21-14
OFFLINE/ONLINE (DOOR) COM DI a.0 COM DI b.0
00 THERMOSTAT
(CLOSED = ONLINE)
K22
UNIT IS20
3 1 C2-DIA.1:IS20-1 FAN M2 11 14 C2-DIB.1:K22-14
OFFLINE / ONLINE (ON SKID) DI a.1 THERMOSTAT DI b.1
(CLOSED = ONLINE)
4 2 IS20-2:COM
COM
K23
UNIT IS21
REMOTE / LOCAL (ON SKID) DI a.2 THERMOSTAT DI b.2
(CLOSED = LOCAL)
4 2 IS21-2:COM
COM
IS22
K24 11
CRANK CASE OIL LEVEL SWITCH 3 1 C2-DIA.3:IS22-1 FAN M4 11 14 C2-DIB.3:K24-14
(OPEN = LOW OIL) DI a.3 THERMOSTAT DI b.3
11
12 13 4 2 IS22-2:COM
COM
DC1:C2-2M DC1:C2-4M
DC1 2M DC1 4M
K25 11
DRYER ALARM 12- C2-DIA.4:12-04 FAN M5 11 14 C2-DIB.4:K25-14
(OPEN = ALARM) COM 04 DI a.4 THERMOSTAT DI b.4
11
18
DRYER HIGH DEWPOINT 12- C2-DIA.5:12-05

COM DI a.5 SPARE COM DI b.5
(OPEN = ALARM) 05
18
12- C2-DIA.6:12-06
SPARE COM DI a.6 SPARE COM DI b.6
06
K26 13
SPACE HEATER OVER
K26-11:COM 11 14 C2-DIA.7:K26-14
TEMPERATURE SWITCH COM DI a.7 SPARE COM DI b.7
(OPEN = OVER TEMP)
13
C2-GND:PE
PE GND
MAIN MOTOR 0U- K21:K21-A1 K21-A2:U-N

THERMOSTAT K21 A1 K21 A2 U-N
L
FAN M2 0U- K22:K22-A1

THERMOSTAT K22 A1 K22 A2
L
FAN M3 0U- K23:K23-A1

L
11 11
FAN M4 11 0U- K24:K24-A1
THERMOSTAT L
K24 A1 K24 A2

Chilliwack,
11 11 B.C., Canada
FAN M5 11 0U- K25:K25-A1
THERMOSTAT K25 A1 K25 A2 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
L TITLE
CARD 3
6ES7231-4HF32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200
SM 1231, 8 ANALOG INPUT
IS30 ANALOG
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1 INPUTS
+
1ST STAGE INLET GAS - 4 2 C3-AI.0+:IS30-2
AI 0+
PRESSURE
IS
GND
IS31 AI 0-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1
+
1ST OR 1A STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C3-AI.1+:IS31-2
AI 1+
PRESSURE
23 24 25 IS
GND
26 27 IS32 AI 1-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1
+
2ND OR 2A STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C3-AI.2+:IS32-2
AI 2+
PRESSURE
23 24 25 IS
GND
26 27 IS33 AI 2-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1
+
3RD OR 3A OR 1B STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C3-AI.3+:IS33-2
AI 3+
PRESSURE
24 25 26 IS
GND
27 IS34 AI 3-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1
+
4TH OR 2B STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C3-AI.4+:IS34-2
AI 4+
PRESSURE
25 26 27 IS
GND
C3-AI.4-:COM
IS35 COM AI 4-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1
+
CRANK CASE OIL - 4 2 C3-AI.5+:IS35-2
AI 5+
PRESSURE
IS
GND
IS36 AI 5-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1
+
RECOVERY TANK - 4 2 C3-AI.6+:IS36-2
AI 6+
PRESSURE
IS
GND
RED AI 6-
DC1
SKID GAS DETECTOR + WHITE 13-

AI 7+
LEL 28 - 07
BLACK
COM
AI 7-
PE
DC1:C3-L+
DC1 L+
C3-M:COM
COM M
C3-GND:PE
PE GND

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
AP. TFJ 2017.08.04 SCALE: N/A SHEET: 10/15
CARD 4 (4XAI)
CARD 4 (8XAI)
26 27 31 WITHOUT 33 34 35 6ES7231-4HD32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200
26 27 31 AND 33 34 35 6ES7231-4HF32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200
IS40 ANALOG
3 1 DC1:IS40-1
DC1 INPUTS
+
DISCHARGE GAS - 4 2 C4-AI.0+:IS40-2
AI 0+
PRESSURE IS40
IS DC1:IS40-1 ANALOG
3 1
GND DC1 INPUTS
+
AI 0- - 4 2 C4-AI.0+:IS40-2
IS41 PRIORITY PANEL AI 0+
3 1 DC1:IS41-1
+
DC1 PRESSURE 1 33 34 35 IS
GND
CONTROL GAS - 4 2 C4-AI.1+:IS41-2
AI 1+ AI 0-
PRESSURE IS41
IS 3 1 DC1:IS41-1
GND DC1
31 +
AI 1- PRIORITY PANEL - 4 2 C4-AI.1+:IS41-2
IS42 AI 1+
3 1 DC1:IS42-1 PRESSURE 2
+
DC1 33 34 35 IS
GND
5TH OR 1C OR 3B STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C4-AI.2+:IS42-2
AI 2+ AI 1-
PRESSURE IS42
26 27 IS 3 1 DC1:IS42-1
GND DC1
+
C4-AI.2-:COM
COM AI 2- PRIORITY PANEL - 4 2 C4-AI.2+:IS42-2
IS43 AI 2+
3 1 DC1:IS43-1 PRESSURE 3
+
DC1 34 35 IS
GND
2C STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C4-AI.3+:IS43-2
AI 3+ AI 2-
PRESSURE IS43
27 IS 3 1 DC1:IS43-1
GND DC1
+
AI 3- PRIORITY PANEL - 4 2 C4-AI.3+:IS43-2
AI 3+
PRESSURE 4
34 35 IS
GND
AI 3-
DC1:C4-L+
DC1 L+ DC1
AI 4+
C4-M:COM SPARE
COM M IS
GND
C4-AI.4-:COM
IS45 COM AI 4-
C4-GND:PE 3 1 DC1:IS45-1
PE GND DC1
+
CONTROL GAS - 4 2 C4-AI.5+:IS47-2
AI 5+
PRESSURE
31 IS
GND
CARD 4 (4XAI)
IS46 AI 5-
3 1 DC1:IS46-1
DC1
33 34 35 WITHOUT 26 27 31 6ES7231-4HD32-0XB0 +
SIMATIC S7-1200 5TH OR 1C OR 3B STAGE DISCHARGE - C4-AI.6+:IS47-2
4 2
SM 1231, 4 ANALOG INPUT AI 6+
PRESSURE
26 27 IS
GND
IS40 ANALOG
3 1 DC1:IS40-1
DC1 INPUTS IS47 AI 6-
+ 3 1 DC1:IS47-1
C4-AI.0+:IS40-2 DC1
- 4 2 +
PRIORITY PANEL AI 0+
2C STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C4-AI.7+:IS47-2
PRESSURE 1 33 34 35 IS AI 7+
GND PRESSURE
27 IS
AI 0- GND
IS41
3 1 DC1:IS41-1
DC1 AI 7-
+
PRIORITY PANEL - 4 2 C4-AI.1+:IS41-2
AI 1+
PRESSURE 2
33 34 35 IS
GND DC1:C4-L+
DC1 L+
IS42 AI 1-
3 1 DC1:IS42-1
DC1
+ C4-M:COM
PRIORITY PANEL - 4 2 C4-AI.2+:IS42-2 COM M
AI 2+
PRESSURE 3
34 35 IS
GND C4-GND:PE
C4-AI.2-:COM PE GND
IS43 COM AI 2- NOTE: CARD 4 (8 X AI) TO BE USED FOR OPTIONS
3 1 DC1:IS43-1
DC1 26, 27, 31, 33, 34 & 35
+
PRIORITY PANEL - 4 2 C4-AI.3+:IS43-2
AI 3+
PRESSURE 4
34 35 IS
GND
AI 3-
DC1:C4-L+
Chilliwack,
DC1 L+
B.C., Canada
C4-M:COM TITLE
COM M DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MCE-D1 CLEANCNG 480V & 600V
C4-GND:PE
PE GND A WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. DS 2017.08.03 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
CARD 5
6ES7231-5QF32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200
SM 1231, 8 THERMOCOUPLE INPUT
ANALOG
INPUTS
IS50
1ST OR 1A STAGE DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.0+:IS50-1
AI 0+
TEMPERATURE
23 24 25 4 2
- RED C5-AI.0-:IS50-2
26 27 IS AI 0-
GND
IS51
2ND OR 2A STAGE DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.1+:IS51-1
AI 1+
TEMPERATURE
23 24 25 4 2
- RED C5-AI.1-:IS51-2
26 27 IS AI 1-
GND
IS52
3RD OR 3A OR 1B STAGE DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.2+:IS52-1
AI 2+
TEMPERATURE
24 25 26 4 2
- RED C5-AI.2-:IS52-2
27 IS AI 2-
GND
IS53
4TH OR 2B STAGE DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.3+:IS53-1
AI 3+
TEMPERATURE
25 26 27 4 2
- RED C5-AI.3-:IS53-2
IS AI 3-
GND
IS54
CRANKCASE OIL + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.4+:IS54-1
AI 4+
TEMPERATURE
4 2
- RED C5-AI.4-:IS54-2
IS AI 4-
GND
IS55
SKID DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.5+:IS55-1
AI 5+
TEMPERATURE
4 2
- RED C5-AI.5-:IS55-2
IS AI 5-
GND
IS56
ENCLOSURE INSIDE + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.6+:IS56-1
AI 6+
TEMPERATURE
4 2
- RED C5-AI.6-:IS56-2
IS AI 6-
GND
IS57
INLET GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.7+:IS57-1
AI 7+
TEMPERATURE 29 30
4 2
- RED C5-AI.7-:IS57-2
IS AI 7-
GND
DC1:C5-L+
DC1 L+
C5-M:COM
COM M
C5-GND:PE
PE GND

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
26 27 29 6 CARD 6
6ES7231-5QF32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200
ANALOG
INPUTS
IS60
+ YELLOW 3 1 C6-AI.0+:IS60-1
AI 0+
EXTERIOR AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE 4 2
29 - RED C6-AI.0-:IS60-2
IS AI 0-
GND
IS61
+ YELLOW 3 1 C6-AI.1+:IS61-1
AI 1+
5TH OR 1C OR 3B STAGE
DISCHARGE GAS TEMPERATURE 4 2
26 27 - RED C6-AI.1-:IS61-2
IS AI 1-
GND
IS62
+ YELLOW 3 1 C6-AI.2+:IS62-1
AI 2+
2C STAGE DISCHARGE
GAS TEMPERATURE 4 2
27 - RED C6-AI.2-:IS62-2
IS AI 2-
GND
AI 3+
SPARE
AI 3-
AI 4+
SPARE
AI 4-
AI 5+
SPARE
AI 5-
AI 6+
SPARE
AI 6-
AI 7+
SPARE
AI 7-
DC1:C6-L+
DC1 L+
C6-M:COM
COM M
C6-GND:PE
PE GND

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
11 6 CARD 7
6ES7223-1PH32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200
DIGITAL I/O SM 1223,
8DO, RELAY 2A
DIGITAL DIGITAL OUTPUTS

INPUTS 0U-LE:C7-1L 0U-
1L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER U-N
DC1:C7-1M LE
COM DC1 1M

CB4 C7-DQA.0:K4F-A1 (TYP) 22 21 K4F-A2:OL4-95 95 96 OL4-96:U-N
DQ a.0 K4F U-N FORWARD
VENT/COOLING FAN M4 BREAKER CB4-7:COM C7-DQA.0:K4R-22 (CWP)
7 3 C7-DIA.0:CB4-3 (ENERGIZE TO RUN)
(OPEN = TRIPPED) COM DI a.0
K4F 13 A1 A2
OL4 C7-DQA.1:K4F-22 22 21
DQ a.1 K4R REVERSE 13
VENT/COOLING FAN M4 OVERLOAD OL4-98:COM 98 97 C7-DIA.1:OL4-97 (ENERGIZE TO RUN)
(CLOSED = TRIPPED) COM DI a.1
K5R 13 A1 A2 OL5
VENT/COOLING FAN M5
K4F C7-DQA.2:K5F-A1 (TYP) 22 21 K5F-A2:OL5-95 95 96 OL5-96:OL4-96
DQ a.2 K5F FORWARD
VENT/COOLING FAN M4 FORWARD C7-DQA.2:K5R-22 (CWP)
K4F-14:COM 14 13 C7-DIA.2:K4F-13 (ENERGIZE TO RUN)
(CLOSED = RUNNING) COM DI a.2
K5F 13 A1 A2
K4R C7-DQA.3:K5F-22
13 DQ a.3
22 21
K5R REVERSE 13
VENT/COOLING FAN M4 REVERSE K4R-14:COM 14 13 C7-DIA.3:K4R-13 (ENERGIZE TO RUN)
13
0U-LE:C7-2L 0U-
2L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER
DC1:C7-2M LE
DC1 2M
CB5
DQ a.4 SPARE
VENT/COOLING FAN M5 BREAKER CB4-7:CB5-7 7 3 C7-DIA.4:CB5-3
(OPEN = TRIPPED) DI a.4
OL5
DQ a.5 SPARE
VENT/COOLING FAN M5 OVERLOAD OL4-98:OL5-98 98 97 C7-DIA.5:OL5-97
(CLOSED = TRIPPED) DI a.5
K5F
DQ a.6 SPARE
VENT/COOLING FAN M5 FORWARD K4F-14:K5F-14 C7-DIA.6:K5F13
14 13
(CLOSED = RUNNING) DI a.6
K5R 13 DQ a.7 SPARE

VENT/COOLING FAN M5 REVERSE K5R-14:COM 14 13 C7-DIA.7-K5R-13
13
DC1:C7-L+
C7-M:COM
M COM
C7-GND:PE
GND PE

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CONFIGURATION WITH MCEC
5
MCE PANEL
MCEC PANEL
120VAC POWER C-X1 C-X1

120VAC POWER
120 VAC POWER NEUTRAL C-X2 C-X2 NOTE: EXC PANELS CANNOT SUPPLY
C- C- POWER TO MCEC ENCLOSURES.
120 VAC UPS POWER CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE 120VAC
UPS UPS POWER TO C-X1 & C-X2 TERMINALS
120 VAC UPS POWER NEUTRAL U-N U-N FOR EXC OPTION.
ES-
ESD LOOP A-E1
IN
ES-
ESD LOOP A-E2
OUT
ESD
ESD RELAY E-E3
U-L
SOFT-START
SS1
IP ADDRESS
AS PER SITE DESIGN
PORT 1 PORT 2
MASTER PLC
CPU 1215
PLC 0
IP ADDRESS
AS PER SITE DESIGN
PORT 1 PORT 2
UNMANAGED
SWITCH
NET1
P1 P5
MASTER HMI P2 P6
IP ADDRESS P3 P7
AS PER SITE DESIGN
PORT 1 PORT 2
P4 P8

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORP. PANEL INTERCONNECTIONS
REVISION HISTORY
REV. DATE BY CH. AP. REFERENCE
A 2017.08.03 DS PK TFJ ISSUED FOR MANUFACTURE
1606 mm
[63.24 in]
803 mm 803 mm 605 mm

[31.6 in] [31.6 in] [23.82 in]
699 mm 699 mm
[27.52 in] [27.52 in]
NOTE: CB6, CB7 AND CB8 TYPE AND IMAGE MAY BE

13 CIRCUIT BREAKER SELECTION WILL BE BASED ON
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
M M M M M M M M M M M
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1
436 mm
[17.18 in]
561 mm
[22.1 in]
4 5 4 5 4 5
3 6 3 6 3 6
2 7 2 7 2 7
LOW HI LOW HI LOW HI
MCC EMERGENCY STOP

OFFLINE / ONLINE (PUSH TO STOP)
[78.75 in]
2000 mm
1896 mm
[74.65 in]
LIGHT MCC MCC MCC

[86.63 in]
2200 mm
436 mm
[17.18 in]
561 mm
[22.1 in]
13
[7.87 in]
200 mm

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MCEC-D1 CLEANCNG 480V & 600V
1412 mm
[55.61 in]
800 mm 600 mm 605 mm

[31.48 in] [23.61 in] [23.82 in]
699 mm 499 mm
[27.52 in] [19.65 in]
NOTE: CB7 AND CB8 TYPE AND IMAGE MAY BE

13
CIRCUIT BREAKER SELECTION WILL BE BASED ON
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
C C C C C C C C C
O O O O O O O O O
M M M M M M M M M
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
N N N N N N N N N
O O O O O O O O O
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
N N N N N N N N N
C C C C C C C C C
A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1 A2 COIL A1
436 mm
[17.18 in]
4 5 4 5 4 5
3 6 3 6 3 6
2 7 2 7 2 7
LOW HI LOW HI LOW HI
MCC EMERGENCY STOP

OFFLINE / ONLINE (PUSH TO STOP)
[78.75 in]
2000 mm
1896 mm
[74.65 in]
561 mm
[22.1 in]
LIGHT MCC MCC MCC

[86.63 in]
2200 mm
436 mm
[17.18 in]
[14.27 in]
363 mm
13
[7.87 in]
200 mm

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
LEGEND:
NOTES:
ITEM DESCRIPTION
INTERNAL TERMINAL 1 THE NAMING CONVENTION IN THIS DOCUMENT APPLIES TO IS OUTLINED IN
C10
BLOCK AND NUMBER DOCUMENT NUMBER 704334-C. EXAMPLE: 15 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 2 STAGE MONITORING MODELS
MCEC-D1-460-65-300-S-2X5-TYP-EXW-4S-G-T-0-0L-NA+XX (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-2S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
K1
CONTACTOR COIL
2 THIS DOCUMENT FOLLOWS THE VOLTAGE NAMING SCHEME OUTLINED IN 16 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 3 STAGE MONITORING MODELS
NORMALLY OPEN/CLOSED DOCUMENT 704334-C (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-3S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
CONTACTOR
3 THE WIRE NAMING SCHEME IS AS FOLLOWS: 17 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 4 OR 2X2 STAGE MONITORING MODELS
BREAKER <SOURCE>-<PIN>:<DESTINATION>-<PIN> (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-4S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
4 OBJECTS SHOWN ARE EXTERNAL COMPONENTS THAT MAY BE INSTALLED ON SITE. 18 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 5 OR 2X2+1STAGE MONITORING MODELS
PLUG
TERMINAL BLOCKS ARE PROVIDED AS MARKED FOR CONNECTIONS (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-5S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
RECEPTACLE 5 EQUIPMENT IS OPTIONAL DEPENDING ON SITE CONFIGURATION WHICH IS FOR 19 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON 2X3 STAGE MONITORING MODELS
REFERENCE ONLY. FOR DETAILED INFORMATION SEE EQUIPMENT DRAWING. (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-6S-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
INDICATOR LIGHT, (G=GREEN,
G
R=RED, B=BLUE, W=WHITE) NOTE SYMBOL TO THE LEFT APPLIES TO ENTIRE PAGE OF THE DOCUMENT CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH 4-20mA CONNECTION FOR GAS
6 20
DETECTOR
NORMALLY OPEN/CLOSED
7 AUX 1 THROUGH AUX 3 AND SITE A E-STOP CONNECTION WIRE JUMPERS TO BE (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-G-*-*-*-*+XX)
SWITCH
INCLUDED IN FACTORY BUILD. THIS IS A GENERIC NAMING SCHEME SUGGESTION,
AND CAN BE CHANGED AS SUITABLE. 21 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR
PUSH BUTTON RED JUMPERS MUST BE REMOVED TO INSTALL SITE WIRING TO E-STOP DEVICES. TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS FOR INLET GAS AND EXTERNAL AMBIENT
DOUBLE POLE (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-T-*-*-*+XX)
SWITCH METAL OXIDE VARISTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON PLC DIGITAL OUTPUT
8
TERMINALS THAT ARE 120VAC INDUCTIVE LOADS (SEE EXAMPLE) T1 K U-N 22 CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR
LEVEL SWITCH A1 A2 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS FOR INLET GAS
9 OVERLOAD RELAY SETTINGS FOR O/L2, O/L3, O/L4, O/L5 (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-I-*-*+XX)
(SEE TABLE)
TEMPERATURE SWITCH CIRCUITS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED ON MODELS WITH ADDITIONAL PROVISION FOR
23
10 OBJECTS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED IN THE 4 FAN OPTION MODELS PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS FOR CONTROL GAS
PRESSURE SWITCH (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-4X5-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-C-*-*+XX)
11 OBJECTS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED IN THE TYP MODEL 24 2ND PANEL HEATER AND HEATING THERMOSTAT INCLUDED IN MODELS
JUNCTION (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-TYP-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXC-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE 120VAC CONTROL POWER AND CONNECT TO C-X1 AND
+
TRANSMITTER 12 OBJECTS SHOWN ARE INCLUDED IN THE COLD WEATHER PACKAGE MODELS C-X2 TERMINALS
-
(MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-CWP-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
1 9
2 8
ISOLATED BARRIER HOSE PROOF HOODS WILL BE INSTALLED ON ALL OUTDOOR MODELS
13
(MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXW-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX) OR (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXT-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
SOLENOID
14 PANEL HEATER, INSULATION AND HEATING THERMOSTAT INCLUDED IN MODELS
PROTECTIVE (MCEC-D1-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-EXT-*-*-*-*-*-*+XX)
EARTH
+
-
THERMOCOUPLE
METAL OXIDE
VARISTOR (MOV)
PANEL FAN
PANEL HEATER
HORN
OVERLOAD
PROTECTION
TRANSFORMER
FAN OVERLOAD RELAY SETTINGS ED63A025 CB2 - CB5 INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SETTING CB1 INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SETTING
MOTOR VOLTAGE HP FLA DIAL SETTING MOTOR VOLTAGE HP FLA DIAL SETTING PANEL VOLTAGE HP FLA DIAL SETTING
460 5 6.6A 6.6A 460 5 6.6A LOW 575/460 ALL ALL LOW
Chilliwack,
575 5 5.3A 5.3A 575 5 5.3A LOW
B.C., Canada
460 7.5 9.4A 9.4A 460 7.5 9.4A 2 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
TITLE
575 7.5 7.2A 7.2A 575 7.5 7.2A 2 DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF MCEC-D1 CLEANCNG 480V & 600V
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORP. LEGEND / NOTES
DOOR MOUNT
HANDLE
* SEE NOTE
L1
CB1
L2
L3
CB1-T1:CB5-L1
CB1-T2:CB5-L2
CB1-T3:CB5-L3
CB1-T1:CB2-L1
CB1-T2:CB2-L2
CB1-T3:CB2-L3
CB1-T1:CB3-L1
CB1-T2:CB3-L2
CB1-T3:CB3-L3
CB1-T1:CB4-L1
CB1-T2:CB4-L2
CB1-T3:CB4-L3
CB1-T1:CB7-L1
CB1-T2:CB7-L2
CB1-T3:CB7-L3
CUSTOMER SUPPLY
600VAC/480VAC, 3 PH, 60 HZ
POWER
CB2 CB3 CB4 10 CB5 10 CB7 12
CB4-T1:K4F-1L1
CB4-T2:K4F-3L2
CB4-T3:K4F-5L3
CB2-T1:K2F-1L1
CB2-T2:K2F-3L2
CB2-T3:K2F-5L3
CB1-T1:SS1-1L1
CB1-T2:SS1-3L2
CB1-T3:SS1-5L3
CB3-T1:K3F-1L1
CB3-T2:K3F-3L2
CB3-T3:K3F-5L3
CB5-T1:K5F-1L1
CB5-T2:K5F-3L2
CB5-T3:K5F-5L3
CB7-T1:K7-1L1
CB7-T2:K7-3L2
CB7-T3:K7-5L3
12 12 12 12
10 10
L1 L2 L3 K3R K4R K5R
K2F K2R K3F K4F K5F K7 12
SS1
SOFT START C/W
INTEGRAL BYPASS & O/L
T1 T2 T3
T1 T2 T3
O/L2 9 O/L3 9 O/L4 9 O/L5 9
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 10 T1 T2 T3 10
MCEC
COMPRESSOR SKID
10 10
12
MAIN
VENT/COOLING VENT/COOLING COOLING FAN COOLING FAN SPACE HEATER
COMPRESSOR
FAN MOTOR M2 FAN MOTOR M3 MOTOR M4 MOTOR M5 SH1
MOTOR
M1
THIS MOTOR MUST BE THIS MOTOR MUST BE THIS MOTOR MUST BE THIS MOTOR MUST BE THIS MOTOR MUST BE
WIRED AS EXPLOSION- WIRED AS EXPLOSION- WIRED AS EXPLOSION- WIRED AS EXPLOSION- WIRED AS EXPLOSION-
PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1 PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1 PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1 PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1 PROOF FOR CLASS I DIV 1
LOCATIONS LOCATIONS LOCATIONS LOCATIONS LOCATIONS

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
120 VAC POWER (SUPPLIED FROM MCE PANEL) 120 VAC UPS SUPPLIED POWER
C- (SUPPLIED FROM MCE PANEL)
C-X1 120 VAC POWER (SUPPLIED BY CUSTOMER) C-X2
UPS
U-N
24
CB 10 CB 22
10 AMP 6AMP
CB10-2:C10 C10:SW10-13
13 14 SW10-14:FAN1-L
L N FAN1-N:N CB22-2:PS1-L1 PS1-N:U-N
C10 N PANEL COOLING/VENTILATION FAN L PS1 N U-N DC POWER SUPPLY 1
PS1-(+):CB30-1
SW10 FAN 1 24 VDC + TO CB30
COOLING POWER
THERMOSTAT SUPPLY + 24VDC UPS POWER
(10 AMP)
PS1-(-):COM
14 - COM
14
11 12 L N 14 PS1-(-):PE
BUS BAR 1
C10:SW11-11 SW11-12:PH1-L PH1-N:N -

C10 N PANEL HEATER 1
SW11 PH1
HEATING
THERMOSTAT THE PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR OF THE LINE SUPPLY MUST BE CONNECTED AT THE " PE " TERMINAL.
IF PELV (PROTECTED EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE) IS REQUIRED, THEN " - " TERMINAL OF DC OUTPUT CAN
BE CONNECTED TO THE " PE " TERMINAL OF THE SUPPLY SIDE OR ANY OTHER POINT AS LONG AS THE
CB 11 24 " PE " TERMINAL IS GROUNDED.
10 AMP 24
CB11-2:C11 C11:SW12-11
11 12 SW12-12:PH2-L
L N PH2-N:N
24 CB 23
C11 N PANEL HEATER 2 10 AMP
CB23-2:0U-L 0U- MCEC
U-N
BUS BAR 2
SW12 PH2 K13A L 120 VAC UPS POWER
HEATING
THERMOSTAT CB23-2:K13-5 5 9 K13-9:0U-LE 0U- MCEC
CB 24 LE 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER
CB 12 6AMP
10AMP CB24-2:1U-L 1U- 1U-N:U-N
CB12-2:1-L3 AUX1 120 VAC UPS POWER 1U-N
1-L3 AUX1 120VAC POWER 1N K13B L K14B
2-L3 AUX2 120VAC POWER 2N CB 25 LE NE
6AMP
CB25-2:2U-L 2U- 2U-N:U-N
3-L3 AUX3 120VAC POWER 3N K13C L K14C
CB 26 LE NE
6AMP
CB26-2:3U-L 3U- 3U-N:U-N
CB 13 K20 K13D L K14D
3AMP
CB13-2:4-L1 11 14 K20-14:LT2 8 12 8 12
LT2 COMPRESSOR LIGHTS 4N CB26-2:K13-8 K13-12:3U-LE 3U- 3U- 3U-NE:K14-8 K14-12:U-N
LE NE
A1 A2 12
CB13-2:4-L1
4-L1 SH1 K26 4N
SPACE HEATER 12
OVER TEMP
SPACE HEATER
OVER TEMP SWITCH A1 A2
E-E3:K13-A1 K13-A2:ESDU-N
ESD
E-E3 K13
U-N
CB 14 K16
11 12 A1 A2
6AMP K14
CB14-2:4-L2 4-L2:K16-11 11 14 K16-14:BH1
4-L2 BH1 COMPRESSOR BLOCK HEATERS 4N
COMPRESSOR AUX1 AUX2 AUX3

E-STOP PANEL ESD0 E-STOP OR E-STOP OR E-STOP OR E-STOP OR ESD LOOP
(DOOR) JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER JUMPER EXPANSION
7
IS1-1 EMERGENCY
ES- ES-IN:ESD0-11 ESD0-12:0E1 7 10 0E2:1E1 1E2:2E1 2E2:3E1 2E2:A-E1 A-E2:ES-OUT ES- STOP LOOP
11 12
0E1 0E2 1E1 1E2 2E1 2E2 3E1 3E2 A-E1 A-E2
IN OUT (E-STOP)
24 VDC UPS POWER

CB 30
0U- 0U-LE:SS1-A1 A1 SOFT START A2 SS1-A2:U-N SOFT STARTER
U-N 10AMP
LE SS1 120VAC UPS CONTROL POWER PS1-(+):CB30-1 CB30-2:DC1
FROM PS1 DC1 POWER FOR MCEC DEVICES COM POWER FOR MCEC DEVICES
DC1:IS1-11 11 12 IS1-12:COM
DC1 IS1 COM ISOLATING SWITCHING AMPLIFIER POWER
IS1-CHANNEL 1
0E1:IS1-7 7 1
0E1 11 12
COMPRESSOR
INTRINSICALLY SAFE ESD
IS1-10:0E2 10 4
0E2
IS1-CHANNEL 2
0U- 0U-L:IS1-8 8 2 13 14
L
AREA LIGHTS
A1 A2 INTRINSICALLY SAFE SWITCH PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Chilliwack,
K20-A2:U-N IS1-9:K20-A1 9 5
U-N K20 B.C., Canada
TITLE
MASTER PLC
PLC 0
S7 1200 CPU 1215C
6ES7215-1HG40-0XB0
DC / DC / RELAY
DIGITAL INPUTS DIGITAL OUTPUTS
DC1:PLC0-1M 0U-L:PLC0-1L
DC1 1M 1L 0U-L 120 VAC UPS POWER
CB1
MAIN DISCONNECT STATUS COM:COM WHITE C1 A1 BLACK 10- PLC0-DIA.0:10-00 PLC0-DQA.0:00-00
COM COM DI a.0 00-
(OPEN = TRIPPED) 00 DQ a.0 U-N SPARE
00
SPARE PLC0-DQA.1:00-01 00-

DI a.1 DQ a.1 U-N SPARE
01
SPARE PLC0-DQA.2:00-02 00-

DI a.2 DQ a.2 U-N SPARE
02
L1
SPARE PLC0-DQA.3:00-03 00- 00-03:L1-X1 L1-X2:U-N
DI a.3 DQ a.3 R U-N RED COMP LIGHT (DOOR)
03
TO K23-A2 OR K25-A2
SEE SHEET 8
A1 A2
SPARE 00-03:K30-A1
DI a.4 K30 RED REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
L2
SPARE PLC0-DQA.4:00-04 00- 00-04:L2-X1 L2-X2:L1-X2
DI a.5 DQ a.4 B BLUE COMP LIGHT (DOOR)
04
CB2
A1 A2
VENT/COOLING FAN M2 BREAKER CB2-7:COM 7 3 PLC0-DIA.6:CB2-3 00-04:K31-A1
(OPEN = TRIPPED) COM DI a.6 K31 BLUE REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
OL2
VENT/COOLING FAN M2 OVERLOAD OL2-98:COM 98 97 PLC0-DIA.7:OL2-97 0U-L:PLC0-2L
(CLOSED = TRIPPED) COM DI a.7 2L 0U-L 120 VAC UPS POWER
K2F
VENT/COOLING FAN M2 FORWARD K2F-14:COM PLC0-DIB.0:K2F-13
L3
14 13 PLC0-DQA.5:00-05 00- 00-05:L3-X1 L3-X2:L2-X2
(CLOSED = RUNNING) COM DI b.0 DQ a.5 G GREEN COMP LIGHT (DOOR)
05
K2R 12 A1 A2
VENT/COOLING FAN M2 REVERSE K2R-14:COM 14 13 PLC0-DIB.1:K2R-13 00-05:K32-A1
12 (CLOSED = RUNNING) COM DI b.1 K32 GREEN REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
CB3
VENT/COOLING FAN M3 BREAKER CB2-7:CB3-7 7 3 PLC0-DIB.2:CB3-3 PLC0-DQA.6:00-06 00- SITE LEVEL STACK LIGHT RED
(OPEN = TRIPPED) DI b.2 DQ a.6 R U-N
06 (EXTERNAL OPTIONAL LIGHT) 4
OL3
VENT/COOLING FAN M3 OVERLOAD OL2-98:OL3-98 98 97 PLC0-DIB.3:OL3-97 PLC0-DQA.7:00-07 00- SITE LEVEL STACK LIGHT BLUE
(CLOSED = TRIPPED) DI b.3 DQ a.7 B U-N 4
07 (EXTERNAL OPTIONAL LIGHT)
K3F
VENT/COOLING FAN M3 FORWARD K2F-14:K3F-14 PLC0-DIB.4:K3F-13 PLC0-DQB.0:00-08
14 13 00- SITE LEVEL STACK LIGHT GREEN
(CLOSED = RUNNING) DI b.4 DQ b.0 G U-N 4
08 MOV (EXTERNAL OPTIONAL LIGHT)
K3R 12
VENT/COOLING FAN M3 REVERSE K3R-14:COM 14 13 PLC0-DIB.5:K3R-13 PLC0-DQB.1:00-09 00-
12 COM DI b.5 DQ b.1 U-N HORN (EXTERNAL)
(CLOSED = RUNNING) 09 4
ANALOG OUTPUTS
2M
AQ.0
K30
IS10
DC1:K30-11 11 14 K30-14:IS10-1 1 3
DC1 R
AQ.1 RED REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
IS10-2:COM 2 4
COM
ANALOG INPUTS K31
IS11
3M 11 14 K31-14:IS11-1 1 3 B
BLUE REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
IS11-2:COM 2 4
COM
AI.0
K32
IS12
11 14 K32-14:IS12-1 1 3 G
AI.1
GREEN REMOTE LIGHT (SKID)
IS12-2:COM 2 4
COM
DC1:PLC0-L+
24VDC UPS POWER DC1 L+
PLC0-M:COM
COM M
PLC0-GND:PE
PE GND

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CARD 1
6ES7222-1HH32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200, DIGITAL OUTPUT
SM 1222, 16DO, RELAY 2A
DIGITAL OUTPUTS DIGITAL OUTPUTS

0U-LE:C1-1L 0U- 0U-LE:C1-3L 0U-
1L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER U-N 3L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER U-N
LE LE
MOV

C1-DQA.0:K2F-A1 (TYP) 22 21 K2F-A2:OL2-95 95 96 OL2-96:U-N C1-DQB.0:01-08 01- UNLOADER VALVE SOLENOID
DQ a.0 K2F U-N FORWARD DQ b.0 U-N
C1-DQA.0:K2R-22 (CWP) 08 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN)
(ENERGIZE TO RUN)
MOV
K2F 12 A1 A2
C1-DQA.1:K2F-22 22 21 C1-DQB.1:01-09 01- LOUVER OPEN CYLINDER SOLENOID
(ENERGIZE TO RUN)
K3R 12 A1 A2 OL3
VENT/COOLING FAN M3
C1-DQA.2:K3F-A1 (TYP) 22 21 K3F-A2:OL3-95 95 96 OL3-96:OL2-96 0U-LE:C1-4L 0U-
DQ a.2 K3F FORWARD 4L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER
C1-DQA.2:K3R-22 (CWP) LE
(ENERGIZE TO RUN)
K3F 12 A1 A2
C1-DQA.3:K3F-22 22 21 C1-DQB.2:01-10 01-
DQ a.3 K3R REVERSE 12 DQ b.2 U-N SPARE
(ENERGIZE TO RUN) 10
0U-LE:C1-2L 0U- C1-DQB.3:01-11 01-

2L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER DQ b.3 U-N SPARE
LE 11
MOV
C1-DQA.4:01-04 01- SKID INLET VALVE SOLENOID C1-DQB.4:01-11 01-

DQ a.4 U-N DQ b.4 U-N SPARE
04 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN) 12
MOV
C1-DQA.5:01-05 01- RECOVERY TANK OUTLET VALVE SOLENOID C1-DQB.5:01-13 01-

05 (ENERGIZE TO OPEN) 13
MOV
C1-DQA.6:01-06 01- AUTODRAIN VALVE SOLENOID C1-DQB.6:01-14 01-

06 (ENERGIZE TO CLOSE) 14
12 11 12
A1 A2 A1 A2
C1-DQA.7:K7-A1 K7-A2:U-N SPACE HEATER C1-DQB.7:K16-A1 K16-A2:U-N CRANK CASE OIL HEATER CONTROL
DQ a.7 K7 U-N 12 DQ b.7 K16 U-N
(ENERGIZE TO HEAT)
(ENERGIZE TO RUN)
11 12
DC1:C1-L+
C1-M:COM
M COM
C1-GND:PE
GND PE

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CARD 2
6ES7221-1BH32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200, DIGITAL INPUT
SM 1221,
DIGITAL DIGITAL
INPUTS INPUTS
DC1:C2-1M DC1:C2-3M
DC1 1M DC1 3M
SW2 K21
UNIT
SW2-13:COM 13 14 12-00:SW2-14 12- C2-DIA.0:12-00 MAIN MOTOR K21-11:COM 11 14 C2-DIB.0:K21-14
OFFLINE/ONLINE (DOOR) COM DI a.0 COM DI b.0
00 THERMOSTAT
(CLOSED = ONLINE)
K22
UNIT IS20
OFFLINE / ONLINE (ON SKID) DI a.1 THERMOSTAT DI b.1
(CLOSED = ONLINE)
4 2 IS20-2:COM
COM
K23
UNIT IS21
REMOTE / LOCAL (ON SKID) DI a.2 THERMOSTAT DI b.2
(CLOSED = LOCAL)
4 2 IS21-2:COM
COM
IS22
K24 10
CRANK CASE OIL LEVEL SWITCH 3 1 C2-DIA.3:IS22-1 FAN M4 11 14 C2-DIB.3:K24-14
(OPEN = LOW OIL) DI a.3 THERMOSTAT DI b.3
10
11 12 4 2 IS22-2:COM
COM
DC1:C2-2M DC1:C2-4M
DC1 2M DC1 4M
K25 10
12- C2-DIA.4:12-04 FAN M5 11 14 C2-DIB.4:K25-14
SPARE COM DI a.4 DI b.4
04 THERMOSTAT
10
12- C2-DIA.5:12-05
05
12- C2-DIA.6:12-06
06
K26 12
SPACE HEATER OVER
K26-11:COM 11 14 C2-DIA.7:K26-14
TEMPERATURE SWITCH COM DI a.7 SPARE COM DI b.7
(OPEN = OVER TEMP)
12
C2-GND:PE
PE GND
MAIN MOTOR 0U- K21:K21-A1 K21-A2:U-N

THERMOSTAT K21 A1 K21 A2 U-N
L
FAN M2 0U- K22:K22-A1

L
FAN M3 0U- K23:K23-A1

L
10 10
FAN M4 10 0U- K24:K24-A1
L

Chilliwack,
10 10 B.C., Canada
FAN M5 10 0U- K25:K25-A1
L TITLE
CARD 3 CARD 4
6ES7231-4HF32-0XB0 6ES7231-4HD32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200 SIMATIC S7-1200
SM 1231, 8 ANALOG INPUT SM 1231, 4 ANALOG INPUT
IS30 ANALOG IS40 ANALOG

3 1 DC1:IS30-1 3 1 DC1:IS40-1
DC1 INPUTS DC1 INPUTS
+ +
1ST STAGE INLET GAS - 4 2 C3-AI.0+:IS30-2 DISCHARGE GAS - 4 2 C4-AI.0+:IS40-2
AI 0+ AI 0+
PRESSURE PRESSURE
IS IS
GND GND
IS31 AI 0- IS41 AI 0-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1 3 1 DC1:IS41-1
DC1 DC1
+ +
1ST OR 1A STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C3-AI.1+:IS31-2 CONTROL GAS - 4 2 C4-AI.1+:IS41-2
AI 1+ AI 1+
PRESSURE PRESSURE
15 16 17 IS IS
GND 23 GND
18 19 IS32 AI 1- IS42 AI 1-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1 3 1 DC1:IS42-1
DC1 DC1
+ +
2ND OR 2A STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C3-AI.2+:IS32-2 5TH OR 1C OR 3B STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C4-AI.2+:IS42-2
AI 2+ AI 2+
PRESSURE PRESSURE
15 16 17 IS 18 19 IS
GND GND
C4-AI.2-:COM
18 19 IS33 AI 2- IS43 COM AI 2-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1 3 1 DC1:IS43-1
DC1 DC1
+ +
3RD OR 3A OR 1B STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C3-AI.3+:IS33-2 2C STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C4-AI.3+:IS43-2
AI 3+ AI 3+
PRESSURE PRESSURE
16 17 18 IS 19 IS
GND GND
19 IS34 AI 3- AI 3-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1
+
4TH OR 2B STAGE DISCHARGE - 4 2 C3-AI.4+:IS34-2
AI 4+
PRESSURE
17 18 19 IS DC1:C4-L+
GND DC1 L+
C3-AI.4-:COM
IS35 COM AI 4-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1 C4-M:COM
+ COM M
CRANK CASE OIL - 4 2 C3-AI.5+:IS35-2
AI 5+
PRESSURE
IS C4-GND:PE
GND PE GND
IS36 AI 5-
3 1 DC1:IS30-1
DC1
+
RECOVERY TANK - 4 2 C3-AI.6+:IS36-2
AI 6+
PRESSURE
IS
GND
RED AI 6-
DC1
SKID GAS DETECTOR + WHITE 13-

AI 7+
LEL 20 - 07
BLACK
COM
AI 7-
PE
DC1:C3-L+
DC1 L+
C3-M:COM
COM M
C3-GND:PE
PE GND

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CARD 5
6ES7231-5QF32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200
ANALOG
INPUTS
IS50
1ST OR 1A STAGE DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.0+:IS50-1
AI 0+
TEMPERATURE
15 16 17 4 2
- RED C5-AI.0-:IS50-2
18 19 IS AI 0-
GND
IS51
2ND OR 2A STAGE DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.1+:IS51-1
AI 1+
TEMPERATURE
15 16 17 4 2
- RED C5-AI.1-:IS51-2
18 19 IS AI 1-
GND
IS52
3RD OR 3A OR 1B STAGE DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.2+:IS52-1
AI 2+
TEMPERATURE
17 18 19 4 2
- RED C5-AI.2-:IS52-2
IS AI 2-
GND
IS53
4TH OR 2B STAGE DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.3+:IS53-1
AI 3+
TEMPERATURE
4 2
- RED C5-AI.3-:IS53-2
IS AI 3-
GND
IS54
CRANKCASE OIL + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.4+:IS54-1
AI 4+
TEMPERATURE
4 2
- RED C5-AI.4-:IS54-2
IS AI 4-
GND
IS55
SKID DISCHARGE GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.5+:IS55-1
AI 5+
TEMPERATURE
4 2
- RED C5-AI.5-:IS55-2
IS AI 5-
GND
IS56
ENCLOSURE INSIDE + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.6+:IS56-1
AI 6+
TEMPERATURE
4 2
- RED C5-AI.6-:IS56-2
IS AI 6-
GND
IS57
INLET GAS + YELLOW 3 1 C5-AI.7+:IS57-1
AI 7+
TEMPERATURE 21 22
4 2
- RED C5-AI.7-:IS57-2
IS AI 7-
GND
DC1:C5-L+
DC1 L+
C5-M:COM
COM M
C5-GND:PE
PE GND

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
18 19 21 6 CARD 6
6ES7231-5QF32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200
ANALOG
INPUTS
IS60
+ YELLOW 3 1 C6-AI.0+:IS60-1
AI 0+
EXTERIOR AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE 4 2
21 - RED C6-AI.0-:IS60-2
IS AI 0-
GND
IS61
+ YELLOW 3 1 C6-AI.1+:IS61-1
AI 1+
5TH OR 1C OR 3B STAGE
DISCHARGE GAS TEMPERATURE 4 2
18 19 - RED C6-AI.1-:IS61-2
IS AI 1-
GND
IS62
+ YELLOW 3 1 C6-AI.2+:IS62-1
AI 2+
2C STAGE DISCHARGE
GAS TEMPERATURE 4 2
19 - RED C6-AI.2-:IS62-2
IS AI 2-
GND
AI 3+
SPARE
AI 3-
AI 4+
SPARE
AI 4-
AI 5+
SPARE
AI 5-
AI 6+
SPARE
AI 6-
AI 7+
SPARE
AI 7-
DC1:C6-L+
DC1 L+
C6-M:COM
COM M
C6-GND:PE
PE GND

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
10 6 CARD 7
6ES7223-1PH32-0XB0
SIMATIC S7-1200
DIGITAL I/O SM 1223,
8DO, RELAY 2A
DIGITAL DIGITAL OUTPUTS

INPUTS 0U-LE:C7-1L 0U-
1L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER U-N
DC1:C7-1M LE
COM DC1 1M

CB4 C7-DQA.0:K4F-A1 (TYP) 22 21 K4F-A2:OL4-95 95 96 OL4-96:U-N
DQ a.0 K4F U-N FORWARD
VENT/COOLING FAN M4 BREAKER CB4-7:COM C7-DQA.0:K4R-22 (CWP)
7 3 C7-DIA.0:CB4-3 (ENERGIZE TO RUN)
(OPEN = TRIPPED) COM DI a.0
K4F 12 A1 A2
OL4 C7-DQA.1:K4F-22 22 21
DQ a.1 K4R REVERSE 12
VENT/COOLING FAN M4 OVERLOAD OL4-98:COM 98 97 C7-DIA.1:OL4-97 (ENERGIZE TO RUN)
(CLOSED = TRIPPED) COM DI a.1
K5R 12 A1 A2 OL5
VENT/COOLING FAN M5
K4F C7-DQA.2:K5F-A1 (TYP) 22 21 K5F-A2:OL5-95 95 96 OL5-96:OL4-96
DQ a.2 K5F FORWARD
VENT/COOLING FAN M4 FORWARD C7-DQA.2:K5R-22 (CWP)
K4F-14:COM 14 13 C7-DIA.2:K4F-13 (ENERGIZE TO RUN)
K5F 12 A1 A2
K4R C7-DQA.3:K5F-22
12 DQ a.3
22 21
K5R REVERSE 12
VENT/COOLING FAN M4 REVERSE K4R-14:COM 14 13 C7-DIA.3:K4R-13 (ENERGIZE TO RUN)
12
0U-LE:C7-2L 0U-
2L 120 VAC UPS ESD POWER
DC1:C7-2M LE
DC1 2M
CB5
DQ a.4 SPARE
VENT/COOLING FAN M5 BREAKER CB4-7:CB5-7 7 3 C7-DIA.4:CB5-3
(OPEN = TRIPPED) DI a.4
OL5
DQ a.5 SPARE
VENT/COOLING FAN M5 OVERLOAD OL4-98:OL5-98 98 97 C7-DIA.5:OL5-97
(CLOSED = TRIPPED) DI a.5
K5F
DQ a.6 SPARE
VENT/COOLING FAN M5 FORWARD K4F-14:K5F-14 C7-DIA.6:K5F13
14 13
(CLOSED = RUNNING) DI a.6
K5R 12 DQ a.7 SPARE

VENT/COOLING FAN M5 REVERSE K5R-14:COM 14 13 C7-DIA.7-K5R-13
12
DC1:C7-L+
C7-M:COM
M COM
C7-GND:PE
GND PE

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CONFIGURATION WITH MCEC
MCE PANEL MCEC PANEL
120VAC POWER C-X1 C-X1
120 VAC POWER NEUTRAL C-X2 C-X2

C- C-
120 VAC UPS POWER
UPS UPS
120 VAC UPS POWER NEUTRAL U-N U-N
MASTER PLC SOFT-START
ES- CPU 1215 SS1
ESD LOOP A-E1
IN PLC 0
ES-
ESD LOOP A-E2 IP ADDRESS IP ADDRESS
OUT
AS PER SITE DESIGN AS PER SITE DESIGN
ESD
ESD RELAY E-E3
U-L PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 1 PORT 2

Chilliwack,
B.C., Canada
TITLE
CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORP. PANEL INTERCONNECTIONS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
A 2016/05/12 AC MAG TFJ N/A INITIAL RELEASE
B 2017/08/16 AC ME RJT 00506 ADDED WIRING I/O TABLE
B B
C C
D D
PG PT PT PT PT PG
PSV 110 110 110 160A 160A 160A
V
HV YV NRV NRV HV
110 110 110 160A 160A
1 1 1 1
E E
PCV
1 110 1
3 3
HV HV
111 161A
YV
111
SV SV
208 207
F F
SV SV
208 207
1
S S
14 14 14 14
NRV
201
1
14 15
14 14
G G
H H
J J
K K
//
S
o
X
B.C., Canada
L L
PRIORITY PANEL 1 LINE ON-BOARD
REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A REV
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. AC 2016/05/12 SIZE DOC. NO.
M
OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. MAG 2016/05/12 D 704087 B M
CORP IS PROHIBITED. AP. TFJ 2016/05/12 SCALE 1:1 SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
DOCUMENT NO: 704296
DOCUMENT REV: B
TITLE: PP-1LINE-5000-2500-1C1D0F-OB
TYPE: P&ID BILL OF MATERIALS
REFERENCE P&ID DRW NO: 704087 REV A
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE REFERENCE ECO# BY / CK / APR
A 2016/06/09 INITIAL RELEASE N/A AC / MAG / TFJ
B 2016/06/16 CORRECTED REF HV-161A AND HV-160A TO MATCH P&ID 5770 AD/MAG/TFJ
ENGINEERING RELEASE STAMP 2"X 3" - DO NOT DELETE PRODUCTION CONTROL STAMP 2"X 3" - DO NOT DELETE
GENERAL NOTES
APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES: ASME B31.3, NFPA 52
SERVICE: NORMAL FLUID SERVICE
FLUID: SWEET DRY NATURAL GAS
FINAL ASSEMBLY TEST PRESSURE SETPOINTS PER ZONE. PNEUMATIC TEST PRESSURES OF 1.1 - 1.33 TIMES THE DESIGN PRESSURE AS PER ASME B31.3 SEC 345.5.1, TEST PSV SETPOINTS AS PER ASME
B31.3 SEC 345.5.2, AND TESTING NOT REQUIRED FOR VENT ZONES OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE AS PER ASME B31.3 SEC 345.1(D)
PRIORITY PANEL (1**)

REF PART # DESCRIPTION MAWP MIN TEMP MFG NAME
STORAGE MODULE
NRV-110 307015 VALVE CHECK CS INTERN 0.750FNPT @6000PSI 6000PSIG @ 400F -100F KEPNER
PCV-110 201825-01 REGULATOR BACK PRESSURE HIGH FLOW 6000 PSIG @ 200F -40F CEC
YV-111 603161 VALVE BALL SS 2WAY 0.750T W/ACT NC 6000PSIG -67F TO 213F 5000PSIG @ 150F -40F PARKER
603161 ACT ACTUATOR INCLUDED WITH 603161 120PSIG @ 213F -67F PARKER
YV-110 603161 VALVE BALL SS 2WAY 0.750T W/ACT NC 6000PSIG -67F TO 213F 5000PSIG @ 150F -40F PARKER
603161 ACT ACTUATOR INCLUDED WITH 603161 120PSIG @ 213F -67F PARKER
PG-110 326397 GAUGE PRES SS CASE 2.5DIAL 414BAR/6000PSIG LT 6000PSIG @ 140F -40F WIKA
HV-111 332207 VALVE NEEDLE CS 0.250MNPT - 0.250FNPT 6000PSIG @ 446F -40F ALCO
PT-110 632776 TRANSMITTER PRE 0-6000 PSIG 0.25MNPT 12000PSIG @ 176F -40F GEMS
HV-110 607373 VALVE BALL SS 2WAY 0.750T CNG 5000 PSIG @260F -40F DK LOK
DISPENSER MODULE
NRV-160A 307015 VALVE CHECK CS INTERN 0.750FNPT @6000PSI 6000PSIG @ 400F -100F KEPNER
HV-161A 332207 VALVE NEEDLE CS 0.250MNPT - 0.250FNPT 6000PSIG @ 446F -40F ALCO
HV-160A 607373 VALVE BALL SS 2WAY 0.750T CNG 5000 PSIG @260F -40F DK LOK
PG-160A 326397 GAUGE PRES SS CASE 2.5DIAL 414BAR/6000PSIG LT 6000PSIG @ 140F -40F WIKA
PT-160A 632776 TRANSMITTER PRE 0-6000 PSIG 0.25MNPT 12000PSIG @ 176F -40F GEMS
CONTROL MODULE
SV-207 338492 VALVE SOL 3WAY 120V-50/60HZ 125PSIG @ 200F -18F ASCO
SV-208 338492 VALVE SOL 3WAY 120V-50/60HZ 125PSIG @ 200F -18F ASCO
NRV-201 626105 VALVE CHECK SS 0.250T 6000PSIG @ 1/3 PSIG -45F TO 250F 6000PSIG @ 250F -45F PARKER
REF SETPOINTS
PCV-110 3650 PSIG
PIPING & TUBING

LINE PART # DESCRIPTION LOCATION
1000 312898 TUBE SS SA-213 T316 0.750 X 0.109, BRIGHT ANNEALED MODULE TUBING
1014 303747 TUBE SS SA-213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED CONTROL GAS
4000 303747 TUBE SS SA-213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED INSTRUMENT
5000 303747 TUBE SS SA-213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED CONTROL GAS
6000 303747 TUBE SS SA-213 T316/316L 0.250 X 0.035, BRIGHT ANNEALED DRAIN
ZONE DESIGN DESIGN TEST TEST PSV TEST PSV

1 5000 PSIG -20F TO 150F 6000 PSIG 6050 PSIG 333814
3 < 15 PSIG -20F TO 150F VENT ZONE OPEN TO ATM TESTING NOT REQUIRED
14 115 PSIG -20F TO 150F 138 PSIG 150 PSIG 628081
THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IN IT ARE PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL. NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE DISCLOSED IN ANY MANNER TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT THE PRIOR
WRITTEN CONSENT OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CORPORATION. Page 1 of 1
15 APPENDIX C: ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS AND SERIAL NUMBER LIST

CEC COMPRESSOR MANUAL ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS AND SERIAL NUMBER LIST
COMPRESSOR MODEL NUMBER COMP. SERIAL NO. CBA SERIAL NO. Data Input Recorded by:

O. SHEWCHUK
CLEANCNG 5125DA‐250‐3626‐4AC WC1050378 WC1050648‐1 / 633376
Drawing/Doc. No. Additional Information # of Pgs.
MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE
1A OF QUALITY 1
AS REQUIRED
1B TK COMPRESSOR SPECIFICATION
Prime Mover Make Part Number Serial No.
2
Gas Engine or N/A
Electric Motor WEG or N/A 1037318985 N/A
3 Recovery Tank EURE or N/A 185344 2
4 Particulate Pulsation Filter or N/A 4
Inlet CEC or N/A WC1050395‐2 625167
Exhaust CEC or N/A WC1050861‐3 202967‐00
Exhaust or N/A
Exhaust or N/A
Exhaust or N/A
5 Scrubber/Pulsation Bottles 8
CEC or N/A WC1049065‐2 204097
CEC or N/A WC1050450‐1 204110
CEC or N/A WC1050286‐4 204295
or N/A
or N/A
or N/A
Discharge CEC or N/A WC1049067‐4 205105
Discharge or N/A
6 Heat Exchanger 8
Stg 1 CEC WC1050653‐1 618873
CEC WC1050651‐2 626865
CEC WC1050650‐2 618875
CEC WC1050652‐2 618874

7 Pressure Relief Valve Make Set Pressure (PSIG or BARG) 6
Control Panel MERCER 1321830 115 PSIG
Stg 1 MERCER 1305914 575 PSIG
MERCER 1322777 1550 PSIG

Recovery Tank MERCER or N/A 1322775 575 PSIG
Inlet or N/A
8 OTHER
Gas Detector 1 HONEYWELL K0360315460627 1
Gas Detector 2
Hose Certificate
BV (Bureau Veritas) Certificates
Nameplate 1
Recorded By: Date:
Employee
Checked By: Date:
Production Foreman
FRM‐000039 Rev.A Page 1 of 1

MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY
COMPRESSORS
Clean Energy Compression Corp. (CEC) ( formerly IMW, IMW Industries Inc.) hereby certifies thatCEC is the
manufacturer of the following compressed natural gas (CNG) fueling equipment:
Type: CNG Compressor
Model: CLEANCNG 5125DA-250-3626-4AC Date Of Manufacture: September 2017
Serial #: WC1050738
CEC certifies that this equipment is manufactured with new materials and components only and is designed and certified in accordance
with the applicable codes and standards set forth for the manufacture of CNG equipment in North America (table below).
CEC certifies that all electrical components incorporated into this equipment are approved by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
or Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL) and are suitable for the environment in which they are used.
CEC certifies that this equipment is suitable for the purpose for which it was designed and can be operated safely when used in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations.
The equipment referenced on the certificate has been manufactured / assembled in Canada.
COMPONENT / ASSEMBLY CODE / STANDARD CERTIFICATION

Compressor Unit ANSI NGV 4.8/CSA 12.8, NFPA 52, B108 Comply in Design/Purchase/Manufacture
Electrical Components CSA, UL Third Party (as required)
Electrical Panels / Wiring CSA C22.1, NFPA 52, NFPA 70 Third Party (as required)
Pressure Piping & Fittings ASME B31.3, CSA B51 BC Safety Authority "MA" Licence
ASME "U" Certificate Of Authorization,
National Board Certificate of
Pressure Vessels ASME Section VIII, Div.1, CSA B51
Authorization to Register & BC Safety
Authority "MA" Licence
Quality Management System ISO 9001 SAI Global Certificate of Registration
Relief Valves ASME Section VIII, Div.1 "UV" Stamped By Other
CODE / STANDARD DESCRIPTION

ANSI NGV 4.8/CSA 12.8 Natural Gas Fueling Station Reciprocating Compressor Guidelines
ASME B31.3 Process Piping Code
ASME Section VIII, Div.1 American Society Of Mechanical Engineers Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code
CSA Canadian Standards Association
CSA B51 Boiler, Pressure Vessel and Pressure Piping Code
CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, Safety Standard for Electrical Installations
ISO 9001 Quality Management System Requirements
NFPA 52 Vehicular Gaseous Fuel Systems Code
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
UL Underwriters Laboratories
Certified true and correct,
Brian Nguyen
President
Clean Energy Compression 43676 Progress Way, Chilliwack, BC, Canada V2R 0C3 Tel: 604-795-9491 Fax: 604-792-3806
PRESSURE TEST REPORT
Test Standard ASME B31.3
UNIT UNDER TEST (UUT) DATA TEST REQUIREMENTS
Work Order ID WC1050395 Type (media) Hydrostatic

Part ID 625167 Design Pressure (PSIG) 650
Part Description Particulant Pulsation Filter 10.0L/61-32 1/2" Sensor Port Test Pressure (PSIG) 845
Sequence ID 20 (Approx. 58.26 BAR, 5826.07 kPa)
Serial # WC1050395-2 Duration (minutes) 10
Drawing ID (incl Rev.) 625167 Rev D
Min Gauge (1.5 * Test Pressure) Max Gauge (4 * Test Pressure)
1267.5 3380
PRESSURE GAUGE(S) USED

Serial # Description Range Accuracy +/- Cal. Due
PRIMARY
IMW-916 Gauge, Pressure 0 to 3000 PSIG 60 PSIG 2018/02/17
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
MDMT (see drawing) Test Commenced On (YYYY/MM/DD) 2017/07/20
-20
PART DESCRIPTION HEAT NUMBER PART DESCRIPTION HEAT NUMBER HT# VERIFICATION
Shell 1436846V
All Heat Numbers Verified
Top Cap A105958
(Certs on File).
Bottom Cap J3999
Channel 361353 Checked By:
Warehouse
Metal Temp WATER TEMP >70F (ASME SECT I)
65 F N/A
( > MDMT +30 F)
Test Commenced By Timothy Goody Witnessed By Dave Kuhn
Employee # 695 Employee # 010
Actual Readings (PSIG)

Test Steps Target (PSIG) Primary Gauge Secondary Gauge Time
(1) Pressure On 845 845 9:40 AM
(2) Pressure Off 845 845 9:50 AM
Test Completed By Timothy Goody Witnessed By Dave Kuhn

Witnessed by AI (when req'd): Date:
NOTES
Welded by 377.
RESULTS
Pressure gauge(s) used were calibrated and traceable to National and/or International Standards.
CEC hereby certifies the UUT stated above was tested with the following results:
P Valid Pressure Gauge(s) Used
P Heat Numbers Verified
P Test Pressure Attained
P Test Pressure Maintained
P Test Duration Attained
P Hydrostatic Test Type Confirmed Report Completed By: Timothy Goody
Report Date: 2017/07/20
PASS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS 29 7/8" A
___________________________________________ REV. DATE BY CK. AP. ECO# REFERENCE
27 9/16" B 2015/07/20 AC GS TFJ 3959 CORRECTED CONNECTION PORT NOTE FROM 1/4"
MAWP: 650 PSIG @ 400 F TO 1/2" NPT
MDMT: -20 F @ 650PSIG
INTERNAL VOLUME: 630 CUBIC IN C 2015/08/24 AC SB TFJ 4159 UPDATED NOTES AND NDE REQUIREMENTS
USED FOR: SWEET DRY NATURAL GAS
B HIGHEST DEW POINT OF NATURAL GAS: -37 F 6" 2 7/16" B
IMPACT TESTING: NOT REQUIRED AS PER ASME D 2015/09/21 AC SVW TFJ 4351 UPDATED IMPACT TESTING NOTES
5
SECTION VIII, DIV 1, UCS-66 D
E
INSPECTION PORTS: NOT APPLICABLE AS PER ASME SECTION
VIII, DIV 1, UG-46, NON-CORROSIVE MEDIA
CORROSION ALLOWANCE: NONE
CAP / SHELL JOINT EFFICIENCY, E: 1.00
PWHT: NONE
APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES OUTLET PORT

_________________________________________ 2" SPLIT FLANGE 1/2"
C C
CSA B51-09, BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL AND USE 1/2-13UNC X 1 1/2
BOLTS, GRADE 8 MINIMUM
PRESSURE AND 2-219 V90 O-RING 3/16"
PIPING CODE 6 5/8"
ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1

BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE
2013 EDITION
NDE REQUIREMENTS TYPICAL

D _________________________________ WELD SETUP D
DETAIL
HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST AT
845 PSIG (1.3X DESIGN PRESSURE) BACK PRESSURE PORTS
TO ASME SECTION VIII PARAGRAPH 2X 1.5" NPT DETAIL B
UG-99 SCALE 2 : 1
_________________________________
NO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION
REQUIRED
E E
IMW-030 CJP
WELD #2
3/32
60°
IMW-030 CJP
IMW 002A WELD #3 USE UNLUBRICATED DE-GREASED BOLTS
1/8 WELD #1 3/32 TORQUE TO 43FT-LBS IMW-002A
60° B A 3/16 1/2 - 5.5 WELD #4
F RIVET NAMEPLATE F
ON THIS CHANNEL
INLET PORT
2" SPLIT FLANGE
USE 1/2-13UNC X 1 1/2 CONNECTION PORT

BOLTS, GRADE 8 MINIMUM 1/2" NPT
STAMP NOTE 1 INFORMATION
AND 2-219 V90 O-RING
PART# 625167
SERIAL# WCXXXXXXX-XX
G G
4X 12
4X 6
IMW-002A
DRAIN PORT 3/16 1/2 - 5.5 WELD #5
1/4 IN
2 3
4 11 10 8 1 9
C D
7 13 A
H A B H
1 7/8" 1 3/8"
SECTION A-A
LABEL MINIMUM FONT SIZE 5/32"
MFG SERIAL # AS PER NOTES
J J
NOTES:
1. REFER TO WELDED COMPONENT MARKING INSTRUCTION WI-MF-2015-004
2. RECORD WELDING AND COMPONENT DETAILS ON FORM FO-MF-2015-003
3. BOTTLE INTERIOR TO BE FREE OF LOOSE RUST, MILL SCALE, AND OTHER DETRIMENTAL FOREIGN MATTER AS
WELL AS OIL, GREASE, DRAWING AND CUTTING COMPOUNDS AND OTHER SOLUBLE CONTAMINANTS
K FROM STEEL SURFACES. K
4. RIVET NAMEPLATE ON LOCATION SPECIFIED IN DRAWING.
ITEM
QTY
PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPEC. MATERIAL DIMENSION 5. THIS PRESSURE VESSEL DESIGN HAS BEEN REGISTERED AND GIVEN A CRN NUMBER: TBD
NO. NUMBER 6. THIS CRN REGISTRATION EXPIRES IN: TBD
1 1 203607 BOTTLE PARTICULANT PULSATION ELEMENT COVER ASTM SB-221 6061-T6511 3.125OD X 1.0LG 7. DRAWING REVISIONS ALTERING PRESSURE VESSEL DESIGN, MAWP OR MDMT MUST BE RESUBMITTED TO THE
2 1 205456 BOTTLE PARTICULANT PULSATION SHELL 22IN ASME SA-106 GR.B P&O 6NPS SCH40 X 22.0LG CRN ISSUING ENTITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO MANUFACTURE.
8. NAMEPLATE FILE "625167 - NAMEPLATE" CAN BE FOUND IN SHAREPOINT
3 1 205463 BOTTLE PARTICULANT PULSATION TOP CAP ASME SA-105 7.000OD X 2.0LG
9. ALL MATERIALS ARE SUITED TO -20F (-29C) MDMT WITHOUT CHARPY IMPACT TESTING PER ASME SECTION
4 1 205801 BOTTLE PARTICULANT PULSATION BOTTOM CAP ASME SA-105 7.000OD X 2.5LG VIII, DIV 1, UCS-66(a)
5 1 301574 LABEL CHANNEL CS A36 C4 X 5.4LB/FT 6.0LG 10. INSPECT SHELL AND CAP EDGES PRIOR TO WELDING PER ASME VIII DIV.1 PARA UG-93(D04).
6 4 302359 WASHER LOCK GR.8 0.500 ZN SAE CS GR.8 ZN 0.500 11. WELDING SPECIFICATION: CJP (COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION) PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Chilliwack,
DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER B.C., Canada
L 12. SURFACE PROTECTION: ASME Y14.5M-2009. U.S.O.: L
7 1 305579 ORING 2-242 V90D VITON 90DU 2-242 1. ALL THREADED HOLES, PORTS AND SEALING FACES TO BE PLUGGED/PROTECTED PRIOR TO SURFACE THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
8 1 307233 NUT HEX CS GR.5 0.313UNC ZN SAE CS GR. 5 ZN 0.313UNC PREP AND PAINTING
2. EXTERIOR SURFACE PREPPED TO SSPC-SP11 FOLLOWED BY SSPC-SP1 OR BETTER (REFER TO: WI-MF- UNITS: INCHES X/X ±1/16
PARTICULANT PULSATION FILTER
9 1 318256 FILTER ELEM PARTICULANT 25 MICRON
2013-026). FINISH: 250 µIN. .X ±.1 COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 10.0L/61-32-1/2" SENSOR PORT
10 1 319423 THREADED ROD A307 GR. 2 0.313-18UNC X 18.5LG 3. PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION ACCORDING TO: WI-MF-2014-001. REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
11 1 350605 LIQUID RETAINER ASME SA-106 GR. B 2NPS SCH40 X 2.0LG 4. COLOR: IMW STANDARD GREY INNER RADII: .03 MAX. .XX ±.01 WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. MAG 2015/06/11 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
12 4 617417 BOLT HH CS SA-193 0.500-13UNC X 5.75 CS SA-193 B7 Gr. 5 OUTER .03 MIN. .XXX ±.005 OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. GS 2015/06/11 D 625167 D
M M
EDGE: X 45° CORP IS PROHIBITED.
13 1 625168 TOP FLANGE COVER ASME SA-105 7.000OD X 7.0LG ANGLES ±1.0° AP. TFJ 2015/06/11 SCALE 1:4 WEIGHT 108.1 LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part ID 202967-00 Design Pressure (PSIG) 5500
Part Description FILTER COALESCING CF-5500-7-CS 5500 Test Pressure (PSIG) 7150
Drawing ID (incl Rev.) 202967-00 REV H
10725 28600

PRIMARY
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
-20
Filter Head A145739
Filter Housing H2254
(Certs on File).
Checked By:
Warehouse
65 F N/A
( > MDMT +30 F)
Test Commenced By Jordan Parkes Witnessed By Timothy Goody

(1) Pressure On 7,150 7150 9:50 AM
(2) Pressure Off 7,150 7150 10:00 AM
Test Completed By Jordan Parkes Witnessed By Timothy Goody

NOTES
RESULTS
P Hydrostatic Test Type Confirmed Report Completed By: Jordan Parkes
PASS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
REV. DATE BY CK. AP. DCR# REFERENCE
9 4X 8 F 2012/10/10 BJN DJS N/A N/A REDUCED MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE FROM 400F TO 200F, IMPACT
EXEMPTION NOTE
G 2014/04/04 RSP TC N/A 5039 UPDATED ASME CODE REFERENCE
REPLACED LABELS WITH NAMEPLATE, ADDED DRIVE SCREWS FOR
B B
SEE NOTE 4 H 2016/10/25 HS TC TFJ 00256 NAME PLATE, CORRECTED FILTER SEAT ORIENTATION, UPDATED
ASME CODE REFERENCES
C C
IF QUALIFIED MARK CRN
ELSE MARK "N/A"
ALIGN NAME PLATE TO

DRIVE SCREW HOLES
D D
4.750 NOTES :
3 3/4" DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS:
2X .344
A 2"
SEE NOTE 2 H
•
•
MAWP: 5500 PSIG @ 200 F
MDMT: -20 F @ 5500 PSIG
• SERVICE: SWEET DRY NATURAL GAS
• HIGHEST DEW POINT OF NATURAL GAS: -37 F
E 2X 3/8" • CORROSION ALLOWANCE: NONE E
• PWHT: NONE
1 1/8" 3 • VOLUME: 0.0181 FT^3
1 1/2"
PERFORMANCE DATA OF THE FILTER:
MAXIMUM FLOW RATE (@ 4PSI)
(3/4" NPT OUTLET) • 880 SCFM @ 3000 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE
• 1000 SCFM @ 3600 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE
(3/4" NPT INLET) 6 • 1220 SCFM @ 5000 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE
F MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP: 10 PSI F
SEE NOTE 3 H APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES:

• ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1, BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL
CODE 2015
H
• CSA B51-14, BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL, AND PRESSURE PIPING CODE.
2
NDE REQUIREMENT: PRESSURE TEST TO ASME SECTION VIII
• HYDROSTATICALLY TEST AT 7150 PSIG
G • (1.3 TIMES DESIGN PRESSURE) G
H • IMPACT TESTING EXEMPT PER ASME Sec VIII, Div. 1, UG-20(f)(1)(b),
CURVE B
• NO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION REQUIRED
4
CANADIAN REGISTRATION NUMBER:
• THIS FITTING DESIGN HAS BEEN REGISTERED AND GIVEN A CRN (SEE
NAMEPLATE).
• ANY REVISIONS TO THE PRESSURE PARTS REQUIRE THE DESIGN TO BE
11 1/2" RESUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL.
H ASSEMBLY: H
7" 7 1. BOWL TO HEAD TIGHTNING TORQUE: 30 5 FT-LB
H 2. APPLY LOCTITE 243 THREAD LOCKER (BLUE/ MEDIUM) TO THREADS
3. APPLY NICKLE BASED ANTISEIZE TO THREADS
4. MARK SERIAL NUMBER OF HOUSING AND ASSEMBLY
• HOUSING SERIAL NUMBER MARKED ON SIDE OF HOUSING
• ASSEMBLY SERIAL NUMBER DEFINED AS COMPLETE WORK ORDER
OR PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER PLUS CURRENT WO OR PO
COUNT
5
J J
ITEM QTY. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UOM WEIGHT
1 1 201773-04 CF-5500-5-SS ELEMENT COVER EA 0.144
1 2 1 201773-05 CF-5500-5-SS FILTER ELEMENT SEAT EA 0.06
3 1 202967-01 FILTER HEAD EA 13
4 1 202967-02 CF 5500-7-CS FILTER HOUSING EA 14

K K
5 1 210038 ROD REDI CS 5/16-18UNC-2A 9.875 LG ZN EA 0.2
6 1 305555 ORING 2-234 V90D EA 0.01

7 1 310632 FILTER ELEM 1 MIC 1.625X1.000X7.000 EA 1.8
8 4 800177 SCREW DRIVE #4-7 X 0.250 SS EA 0.0
9 1 800203 NAME PLATE DISCHARGE FILTER 2.75 X 3.50 EA 0.0

A (1/4" NPT DRAIN)
DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER
B.C., Canada
L ASME Y14.5M-2009. U.S.O.: L
3.50 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
UNITS: INCHES X/X ±1/16

5500 PSIG COALESCING FILTER MODEL:
SECTION A-A
FINISH: 250 μIN. .X ±.1 COMPRESSION CORP. ANY CF-5500-7-CS
REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A SIZE DOC. NO. REV
INNER RADII: .03 MAX. .XX ±.01 WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. DCA
OUTER .03 MIN. .XXX ±.005 OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. DVL 2011/06/06 D 202967-00 H
M M
ANGLES ±.5° AP. DVL 2011/06/13 SCALE 1:1 WEIGHT 29 LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Test Standard ASME SECTION VIII Division 1

Part Description Bottle Scrubber 1200PSI 1.5x1.25-0.75BP Test Pressure (PSIG) 1560
Drawing ID (incl Rev.) 204097 Rev G
2340 6240

PRIMARY
IMW-1427 Gauge, Pressure 0 to 3000 PSIG 0.01 PSIG 2017/07/29
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
-20
Shell 1414596
Top Cap J3999
(Certs on File).
Bottom Cap J3999
Checked By:
Warehouse
65 F N/A
( > MDMT +30 F)

(1) Pressure On 1,560 1560 7:55 AM
(2) Pressure Off 1,560 1560 8:05 AM

NOTES
Welded by 377.
CRN#-0H5327.1
RESULTS
FRM-000228
PASS Rev.A Page 1 of 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C IMW INDUSTRIES LTD. 2014/11/17
REVISION HISTORY
DO NOT USE AS THE BASIS 18 1/4"
H H
FOR MANUFACTURE OR SALE OF
APPARATUS WITHOUT REV. DATE BY CK. AP. DCR# REFERENCE
PERMISSION.
16 1/2" D 2011/01/26 JDC N/A N/A N/A UPDATED ASME AND CSA CODES
CHANGED PART NUMBER AND
E 2013/03/27 GS ERL ERL 1756 SPECIFICATION; ADDED NOTE; ADDED
WELDING PROCESS OPTION
F 2014/04/04 RSP TC TC 5039 UPDATED ASME CODE REFERENCE
G 2014/09/22 SB SV SV N/A STAMP INFO UPDATE; BOLT & O RING INFO

DELETED; WELD SYMBOLS UPDATED
NOTE:
1. STAMP PART# AND WO# AS SHOWN G
G DISCHARGE PORT G
1 1/4" SPLIT FLANGE G
5 9/16"
CERTIFIED BY
IMW INDUSTRIES LTD.
F MAWP 1200 PSI AT 400 F F
MAEWP N/A PSI AT N/A F
MDMT -20 F AT 1200 PSI
MFG. SERIAL NO. _________
YEAR BUILT ______________
CRN 0H5327.1 (R1) EXPIRES APRIL. 2019

WELD # 1 WELD # 2 WELD # 3 WELD # 4 WELD # 5
WELDER EMPLOYEE #: ___________ WELDER EMPLOYEE #: ___________ WELDER EMPLOYEE #: ___________ WELDER EMPLOYEE #: ___________ WELDER EMPLOYEE #: ___________
WELDER INITIALS: ___________ WELDER INITIALS: ___________ WELDER INITIALS: ___________ WELDER INITIALS: ___________ WELDER INITIALS: ___________
DATE: ___________ DATE: ___________ DATE: ___________ DATE: ___________ DATE: ___________
IMW-030 3 .375 IMW-030
A
E CJP
1/8
G
3/16
IMW-030
3/16 1-2
IMW-030
G
IMW-030
3/16 1-2 G G CJP E
G 1/8 BACK PRESSURE PORTS
60° 60° .298
3/4 NPT
D INLET PORT D
1 1/2" NPT
C C
2 6 1
4 5
9 1/16"
DRAIN PORT
1/4" NPT 12 7/32" A
STAMP MINIMUM 1/4" HIGH:
G PART #: 204097
SECTION A-A NDE REQUIREMENTS WO #: XXXXXX
B HYDROSTATICALLY TEST AT 1560 PSIG B
(1.3 TIMES DESIGN PRESSURE)
APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES NO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION REQUIRED
CSA B51-09
BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL AND PRESSURE PIPING CODE DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER IMW Industries Ltd.
ASME Y14.5M-1994. U.S.O.: Chilliwack, BC, Canada
ITEM QTY. DESCRIPTION PART ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL MAWP: 1200 PSIG @ 400 F
NO. SIZE UOM SPECIFICATION NUMBER MDMT: -20 F @ 1200 PSIG TITLE
CODE 2013
1 1 SCRUBBER BOTTLE TOP CAP 5.563 OD EA CS SA-105 204098
INTERNAL VOLUME: 220 CUBIC IN
SCRUBBER BOTTLE 5" 1200 PSIG
CANADIAN REGISTRATION NUMBER
2 1 SCRUBBER BOTTLE BOTTOM CAP 5.563 OD EA CS SA-105 204099 THIS FITTING DESIGN HAS BEEN REGISTERED AND GIVEN A CRN PER NFPA 52 1998 UNITS INCHES X/X ±1/16
WITH BACK PRESSURE PORTS
3 1 SCRUBBER BOTTLE SHELL 5.563 OD EA CS SA-106 GR.B 204100 0H5327.1. HIGHEST DEW POINT OF NATURAL GAS: -37 F FILE. NO.
CORROSION ALLOWANCE: NONE FINISH 64 MICRO IN. .X ±.1 REF. STANDARD SIZE REV
204097
A 4
5
2
1
MESH PAD RETAINER
FILTER PAD
4.67OD
5.0 DIA X 6.0 LG
EA
EA
CS
SS
204291
306526
ANY REVISIONS TO THE PRESSURE PARTS REQUIRE THE DESIGN
TO BE RESUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL.
CAP / SHELL JOINT EFFICIENCY, E: 1.00 INNER RADI .03
.03
MAX. .XX
MIN. .XXX
±.01
±.005
DR.
CK.
SB
SV
2014/09/22
2014/09/22
D DWG. NO.
MRP ID 204097
G A
PWHT: NONE OUTER
6 1 LIQUID RETAINER 2"SCH 40 X 1.5LG FT PIPE SA-106 GR.B 2NPS X SCH40 PNO 350605 EDGE X 45° ANGLES ±.5 AP. SCALE 1:1 WEIGHT 58.0 SHEET 1 / 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Part Description BOTTLE SCRUBBER 3000PSIG 1.25x1.0-0.75BP Test Pressure (PSIG) 3900
Drawing ID (incl Rev.) 204110 REV F
5850 15600

PRIMARY
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
-20
Top Cap J3999
Shell 1535080V
(Certs on File).
Bottom Cap J4679AH
Checked By:
Warehouse
65 N/A
( > MDMT +30 F)
Test Commenced By Jordan Parkes Witnessed By Timothy Goody

(1) Pressure On 3,900 3900 8:45 AM
(2) Pressure Off 3,900 3900 9:15 AM
Test Completed By Jordan Parkes Witnessed By Timothy Goody

NOTES
Welded by 377
RESULTS
P Hydrostatic Test Type Confirmed Report Completed By: Jordan Parkes
PASS
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
C IMW INDUSTRIES LTD. 2015/09/29
DO NOT USE AS THE BASIS
REVISION HISTORY
H H
FOR MANUFACTURE OR SALE OF
APPARATUS WITHOUT REV. DATE BY CK. AP. DCR# REFERENCE
PERMISSION. 17 1/2"
C 2009/03/16 DY N/A N/A N/A ADDED MATERIAL GRADE AND STITCH SPECIFICATION
16 1/2" UPDATED ASME CODE
D 2011/01/26 JDC BJN N/A N/A UPDATED ASME AND CSA CODES
E 2013/03/06 SB RJT ERL 4129 ASSIGNED PART NUMBER TO INLET PIPE
F 2015/09/29 AC SVW N/A 4415 UPDATED CODE YEAR AND ADDED IMPACT EXEMPTION FOR
CRN SUBMISSION
DISCHARGE PORT
G 1" SPLIT FLANGE G
USE 3/8-16UNC X 1 1/4"
BOLTS, GRADE 5 MINIMUM
4 1/2"
F F
2X 3/4" NPT BACK PRESSURE PORTS
IMW-030 STITCH
IMW-030 STITCH 3/16
3/16 IMW-030
3/16
60°
A
60°
E E
INLET PORT
1 1/4" NPT
D D
6
SECTION A-A .531 A
C DRAIN PORT
1/4" NPT
3 4 1 2
C
5
2 1/2" CERTIFIED BY
IMW INDUSTRIES LTD.
8 3/4"
MAWP 3000 PSI AT 400 F
MAEWP N/A PSI AT N/A F
11 19/32" MDMT -20 F AT 3000 PSI
MFG. SERIAL NO. _________
YEAR BUILT ______________
NDE REQUIREMENTS CRN 0H5330.1(R1) EXPIRES APRIL. 2019

B HYDROSTATICALLY TEST AT 3900 PSIG
B
APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES NO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION REQUIRED
CSA B51-09 DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER IMW Industries Ltd.
BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL AND PRESSURE PIPING CODE Chilliwack, BC, Canada
ASME Y14.5M-1994. U.S.O.:
ITEM PART MAWP:3000 PSIG @ 400 F
NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION SIZE UOM SPECIFICATION NUMBER WEIGHT ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1 MDMT: -20 F @ 3000 PSIG TITLE
BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE 2013 F
1 1 SCRUBBER BOTTLE SHELL 4.5 OD EA CS SA-106 GR.B 204101 21.2
2 1 SCRUBBER BOTTLE TOP CAP 4.5 OD EA CS SA-105 204095 11.3 CANADIAN REGISTRATION NUMBER
THIS FITTING DESIGN HAS BEEN REGISTERED AND GIVEN A CRN
PER NFPA 52
HIGHEST DEW POINT OF NATURAL GAS: -37 F
UNITS INCHES X/X ±1/16
WITH BACK PRESSURE PORTS
3 1 SCRUBBER BOTTLE BOTTOM CAP 4.5 OD EA CS SA-105 204111 10.9 0H5330.1. CORROSION ALLOWANCE: NONE FINISH 64 MICRO IN. .X ±.1 REF. STANDARD SIZE
FILE. NO.
REV
204110
A 4
5
2
1
MESH PAD RETAINER
FILTER PAD
3.27 OD
3.38 DIA X 6.0 LG
EA
EA
CS A36
SS
204377
306526
0.3
0.5 ANY REVISIONS TO THE PRESSURE PARTS REQUIRE THE DESIGN
IMPACT EXEMPTION: UCS-66
F
INNER RADI .03
.03
MAX. .XX
MIN. .XXX
±.01
±.005
DR.
CK.
DVL 2007-04-19
D DWG. NO.
MRP ID 204110
F A
TO BE RESUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL. PWHT: NONE OUTER
6 1 LIQUID RETAINER 1.5 X SCH 40 X 1.5 LG EA CS SA-106 604042 0.3 EDGE X 45° ANGLES ±.5 AP. SCALE 1:1 WEIGHT 46.4 SHEET 1 / 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Part Description Bottle Scrubber 4000PSIG 1.0x1.0-0.75BP Test Pressure (PSIG) 5200
Serial # 1050286-4 Duration (minutes) 30
Drawing ID (incl Rev.) 204295 Rev H
7800 20800

PRIMARY
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
-20
Shell 1111223
Top Cap J4679AH
(Certs on File).
Bottom Cap D1611392
Checked By:
Warehouse
N/A N/A
( > MDMT +30 F)
Test Commenced By Steve Anderson Witnessed By Tim Goody

(1) Pressure On 5,200 5200 9:30 AM
(2) Pressure Off 5,200 5200 10:00 AM
Test Completed By Steve Anderson Witnessed By Tim Goody

NOTES
Welded By 997
RESULTS
P Hydrostatic Test Type Confirmed Report Completed By: Steve Anderson
PASS
FO-QC-2003-051 Rev. 9 Page 1 of 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS REVISION HISTORY

A A
MAWP:4000 PSIG @ 400 F
MDMT: -20 F @ 4000 PSIG F 2014/04/04 RSP N/A N/A 5039 UPDATED ASME CODE REFERENCE
PER NFPA 52 G 2015/12/14 DR SB TFJ 4798 UPDATED TO CURRENT DRAWING & WELD
HIGHEST DEW POINT OF NATURAL GAS: -37 F TEMPLATE
B B
CAP / SHELL JOINT EFFICIENCY, E: 1.00 H
DYE PEN OR MAG PARTICLE PER UG-93(d)(3) ADDED IMPACT TEST EXEMPT NOTES, DYE PEN
IMPACT TEST : EXEMPT PER UG-20(f) AND UCS-66 20 1/16" H 2016/02/02 AC ISF TFJ 5089 OR MAG PARTICLE NOTES, AND DIMENSION
FOR WELD
PWHT: NONE
19 1/16"
APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES
CSA B51-14
BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL AND PRESSURE PIPING CODE
C C
ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1
BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE 2013 DISCHARGE PORT
NDE REQUIREMENTS 1" SPLIT FLANGE 29/32"
HYDROSTATICALLY TEST AT 5200 PSIG USE 3/8-16UNC X 1 1/4"
(1.3 TIMES DESIGN PRESSURE) 4 1/2" BOLTS, GRADE 5 MINIMUM
NO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION REQUIRED
D 9/16" D
2X 3/4" NPT BACK PRESSURE PORTS
TYPICAL
E WELD DETAIL E
DETAIL B
SCALE 2 : 1
IMW-002A IMW-002A IMW-030 CJP
WELD #1 3/16 1/2-2 1/2 3/16 1/2-2 1/2 WELD # 2
WELD#5
IMW-030 CJP 3/16
60°
WELD#4 6 4 4 2
3/16
F 60° C A B F F
IMW 002-A B A
WELD#3 3/16
STAMP AS PER NOTE 6.1
INLET PORT 3 5/32"

1 NPT
G G
1
H H
D
.674 .564 H A
5 3
DRAIN PORT 2 1/2" E G
1/4" NPT
8 3/4"
13 25/32"
J J
SECTION A-A
NOTES:
DESIGN:
1. THIS FITTING DESIGN HAS BEEN REGISTERED AND GIVEN A CRN NUMBER 0H09387.2
2. DRAWING REVISIONS ALTERING PRESSURE VESSEL DESIGN, MAWP OR MDMT MUST BE RESUBMITTED TO THE
K CRN ISSUING ENTITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO MANUFACTURE K
3. ALL MATERIALS ARE SUITED TO -20F(-29C) MDMT WITHOUT CHARPY IMPACT TESTING PER ASME SECTION
VIII, DIV 1, UCS-66(a)
MANUFACTURE:
4. BOTTLE INTERIOR TO BE FREE OF LOOSE RUST, MILL SCALE, AND OTHER DETRIMENTAL FOREIGN MATTER AS
5. WELDING SPECIFICATION: CJP (COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION)
6. MARK PRESSURE COMPONENTS PER WORK INSTRUCTION WI-MF-2015-004
1. COMPLETE SERIAL NUMBER DEFINED AS COMPLETE WORK ORDER NUMBER PLUS CURRENT
ITEM QTY. PART COMPONENT WORK ORDER COUNT E.G. WCXXXXXXX-XX PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Chilliwack,
NO. NUMBER DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION SIZE UOM 2. WHERE REQUIRED MARK CRN NUMBER PER WORK INSTRUCTION WI-MF-2015-004 DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER B.C., Canada
L ASME Y14.5M-2009. U.S.O.: L
3. WHERE REQUIRED MARK ASME PRESSURE VESSEL MARKINGS PER WORK INSTRUCTION WI-MF-2015-004 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
1 1 204296 SCRUBBER BOTTLE BOTTOM CAP CS SA-105 4.5 OD EA 7. SURFACE PROTECTION:
2 1 204297 SCRUBBER BOTTLE TOP CAP CS SA-105 4.5 OD EA 1. ALL THREADED HOLES, PORTS AND SEALING FACES TO BE PLUGGED/PROTECTED PRIOR TO SURFACE UNITS: INCHES X/X ±1/16
3 1 204333 SCRUBBER BOTTLE SHELL CS SA-106 GR.B 4.5OD EA PREP AND PAINTING
FINISH: 250 µIN. .X ±.1 COMPRESSION CORP. ANY WITH BACK PRESSURE PORTS
2. EXTERIOR SURFACE PREPPED TO SSPC-SP11 FOLLOWED BY SSPC-SP1 OR BETTER (REFER TO: WI-MF- REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
4 2 204376 MESH PAD RETAINER CS 2.95 OD EA 2013-026). 2007-07-09 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
INNER RADII: .03 MAX. .XX ±.01 WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. DY
5 1 306526 FILTER PAD SS 3.38 DIA X 6.0 LG EA 3. PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION ACCORDING TO: WI-MF-2014-001.
OUTER .03 MIN. .XXX ±.005 OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. ISF 2016/01/21 D 204295 H
M 4. COLOR: CEC STANDARD GREY EDGE: X 45° CORP IS PROHIBITED.
M
6 1 604042 LIQUID RETAINER CS SA-106 1.5 X SCH 40 X 1.5 LG EA ANGLES ±.5° AP. TFJ 2016/02/02 SCALE 2:3 WEIGHT 71.1 LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part Description Bottle Puls. 5500PSIG 0.75x0.75-0.75BP Test Pressure (PSIG) 7150
Drawing ID (incl Rev.) 205105 Rev F
10725 28600

PRIMARY
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
-20
Shell L1188
Top Cap B30604
(Certs on File).
Bottom Cap H9594
Checked By:
Warehouse
60 F N/A
( > MDMT +30 F)

(1) Pressure On 7,150 7150 11:10 AM
(2) Pressure Off 7,150 7150 11:20 AM

NOTES
Welded by 997.
RESULTS
PASS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS A
MAWP:5500 PSIG @ 400 F D 2013/06/05 KKL GSL N/A N/A ADDED WELD SYMBOL (C5), GD&T TABLE (B4)
MDMT: -20 F @ 5500 PSIG E 2014/04/04 RSP TC N/A DCR5039 UPDATED ASME CODE REFERENCE
INTERNAL VOLUME: 105.8 CUBIC IN F 2015/12/23 DR SB TFJ 4883 UPDATED DRAWING TO NEW STANDARD
PER NFPA 52
HIGHEST DEW POINT OF NATURAL GAS: -37 F
B B
PWHT: NONE
CSA B51-03
BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL AND PRESSURE PIPING CODE
ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1BOILER AND PRESSURE
C VESSEL CODE 2013 C
NDE REQUIREMENTS
HYDROSTATICALLY TEST AT 7150 PSIG
NO RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION REQUIRED
5"
D D
E 21 13/16" E
22 11/16"
4 2 1 3
D IMW-030 CJP B A IMW-030 CJP C
WELD#1 WELD#2
F
3/16
30°
3/16 A F
30° INLET / AUTODRAIN STAMP/.MARK THE

3/4" NPT REQUIRED FITTING CRN
IDENTIFICATION PER
NOTES 6.1, 6.2 AND 6.3
G OUTLET G
3/4" NPT
DRAIN
1/4" NPT
H H
INLET / AUTODRAIN
IMW-030
WELD #3 3/16
3/4" NPT A
SECTION A-A
J J
NOTES:
DESIGN:
1. THIS FITTING DESIGN HAS BEEN REGISTERED AND GIVEN A CRN NUMBER 0H5328.1, 0H09386.2
2. DRAWING REVISIONS ALTERING PRESSURE VESSEL DESIGN, MAWP OR MDMT MUST BE RESUBMITTED TO THE
CRN ISSUING ENTITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO MANUFACTURE
3. ALL MATERIALS ARE SUITED TO -20F(-29C) MDMT WITHOUT CHARPY IMPACT TESTING PER ASME SECTION
VIII, DIV 1, UCS-66(a)
ITEM PART
QTY. DESCRIPTION UOM SPECIFICATION
MANUFACTURE: NO. NUMBER
K K
4. BOTTLE INTERIOR TO BE FREE OF LOOSE RUST, MILL SCALE, AND OTHER DETRIMENTAL FOREIGN MATTER AS 1 1 203363-00 BAFFLE 5 IN PULSATION DAMPER EA CS SA-106
5. WELDING SPECIFICATION: CJP (COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION) 2 1 205102 PULSATION BOTTLE SHELL EA CS SA-106 GR.B
6. MARK PRESSURE COMPONENTS PER WORK INSTRUCTION WI-MF-2015-004
1. COMPLETE SERIAL NUMBER DEFINED AS COMPLETE WORK ORDER NUMBER PLUS CURRENT 3 1 205103 PULSATION BOTTLE HEAD .75NPT EA CS SA-105
COMPONENT WORK ORDER COUNT E.G. WCXXXXXXX-XX
2. WHERE REQUIRED MARK CRN NUMBER PER WORK INSTRUCTION WI-MF-2015-004 4 1 205104 PULSATION BOTTLE DRAIN .25NPT EA CS SA-105
3. WHERE REQUIRED MARK ASME PRESSURE VESSEL MARKINGS PER WORK INSTRUCTION WI-MF-2015-004 PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Chilliwack,
DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER B.C., Canada
L ASME Y14.5M-2009. U.S.O.: L
SURFACE PROTECTION: THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
7. ALL THREADED HOLES, PORTS AND SEALING FACES TO BE PLUGGED/PROTECTED PRIOR TO SURFACE
PULSATION BOTTLE 5500 PSIG
PREP AND PAINTING
FINISH: 125 µIN. .X ±.1 COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
8. EXTERIOR SURFACE PREPPED TO SSPC-SP11 FOLLOWED BY SSPC-SP1 OR BETTER (REFER TO: WI-MF- 2013-026). REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
9. PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION ACCORDING TO: WI-MF-2014-001. INNER RADII: .03 MAX. .XX ±.01
WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. EDL 2007/11/27 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
10.COLOR: CECC STANDARD GREY OUTER .03 MIN. .XXX ±.005 OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. D 205105 F
M M
ANGLES ±.5° AP. SCALE 2:3 WEIGHT 92 LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Work Order ID WC1050653 Type (media) Pneumatic

Part Description Cooler Section 4P-16T 24N 2500PSI Test Pressure (PSIG) 3000
Drawing ID (incl Rev.) 618873 Rev B
4500 12000

PRIMARY
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
-20
Header, Port A154903 (2)
Plugs J2570 (4)
(Certs on File).
Tube 616020532 (16)
Checked By:
Warehouse
65 F N/A
( > MDMT +30 F)

(1) Pressure On 2,500 2500 10:14 AM
(2) Pressure Off 2,500 2500 10:24 AM

NOTES
Note: Zone/Line was brought up to test pressure, then reduced down to design pressure as per ASME B31.3, 345.5.5.
RESULTS
P Pneumatic Test Type Confirmed Report Completed By: Timothy Goody
PASS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
8 01 2015/05/15 RJT TC TFJ N/A FIRST RELEASE, DERIVED FROM 206110
29 11/16" 48 3/8"
A 2015/06/03 RJT TC TFJ 3565 UPDATES FOR HEADERS, END PLUGS WERE ORB-24, ADDED NAME PLATE
B 2015/08/05 HS TC TFJ 4034 CHANGE REFERENCE DIM TO CRITICAL, UPDATE TO RIVET NAME PLATE
B B
8 5/16"
4X
4
4 1/8" 6X 3X 3X
TIGHTEN NUTS UNTIL SIDE PLATES
13 0" BOTTOM OUT ON MOUNTING 7 2 3
2X
C 1 NPT BAR 12 OR TUBE SUPPORT 3 . C
2 5/16" 4X
TRIM REDI-RODS WHEN FINISHED 11
2X 1X
8 4
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 4 7 2
2X 1-1/4 NPT &
2X 2 1/2" 2X 1-1/2" SAE J518C CODE 61
PROTECT O-RING
SEALING SURFACES FROM
DAMAGE AND PAINT 78 1/16" 6 45X
D
13 1/2"
A D
2X 11 5/8"
ITEM 3 NOT USED

ON THIS REDI-ROD
6 3/4"
2X 1 7/8"
0"
E
A E
0"
5 15/16"
10 11/16"
16 5/8"
B
ATTACH NAME PLATE WITH RIVETS 79 1/8"
NOTE TEXT ORIENTATION WITH COOLER TOP 12
16 2X 1/2-13 UNC 1"
RECORD REQUIRED INFO ON NAME PLATE
1/2"
TOP
15 3/8" 15 3/8"
F NOTES: F
DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS: DETAIL C

- SERVICE: SWEET NATURAL GAS (1 NPT) SCALE 1 : 3
- CORROSION ALLOWANCE:
- TUBES: 0.007"
- HEADERS: 1/32" 4 1/8"
- VOLUME: 955IN^3 1 1/4"
- MAWP: 2500 PSIG @ 400 F TEXT
1 1/4"
- MDMT: -20 F @ 2500 PSIG 0"
APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES WHEN STORING ON DUNNAGE, PLACE DUNNAGE ON THESE FACES
G 1/2" 5/16" 2 5/16" 2X 1/2-13 UNC THRU G
- ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1, BOILER AND PRESSURE
VESSEL CODE 2013 2X 1/2" 2X 76 5/16"
- CSA B51-09, BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL, AND PRESSURE LIFT FROM THESE POINTS
PIPING CODE. B USING SPREADER BAR

2X
COOLER SECTION TOP C
1X 1X 2X
- HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE: 3250PSIG (1.3 X MAWP) 9
- OR PNEUMATIC TEST PRESSURE: 3000PSIG (1.2 X MAWP)
3 2 7
12X
NOTES:
H 1. THREAD END PLUGS AND BODIES OF CS TUBE FITTINGS INTO HEADERS. PAINT HEADER ASSEMBLY PER NOTES BELOW PRIOR TO 4X 4X H
ASSEMBLY OF REMAINING COMPONENTS. 4
1. ALL O-RING SEALING SURFACES FOR 1.5 SAE PORTS TO BE MASKED/PROTECTED PRIOR TO SURFACE PREP AND PAINTING. 5 15
2X
2. ALL THREADED HOLES TO BE PLUGGED/PROTECTED PRIOR TO SURFACE PREP AND PAINTING.
3. EXTERIOR SURFACES PREPPED TO SSPC-SP11 OR BETTER (REFER TO: WI-MF-2013-026). 2X
10
4. PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION ACCORDING TO: WI-MF-2014-001.
5. COLOR: CECC STANDARD GREY. 14 16X
2. TORQUE 3/8-16UNC FASTENERS TO 15FT-LB LUBED (20FT-LBS DRY).
3. REFER TO PROCESS PLAN 703002 FOR ASSEMBLY AND TEST PROCEDURES. 1
J J
REF. NO. QTY. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UOM WEIGHT (lbs)

1 16 203315-00 FORMED FIN TUBE 4P 0.625x0.065 EA 17.5
MOUNT WITH LARGER
2 5 205731 REDI ROD COOLER SECTION 8 TUBES EA 0.5 CHAMFERED SIDE
POINTING INWARD
3 4 205807 COOLER SECTION TUBE SUPPORT PIPE 8 TUBES EA 0.2
4 20 303446 BOLT HH CS GR.5 0.375-16UNC X 1.000 ZN EA 0.1 B
K 5 4 305375 ORING 2-128 V90D EA 0.00 K
6 45 327666 RUBBER EDPM 2.000IN X 2.000IN X 0.125IN EA 0.0

7 10 328331 NUT HEX LOCK GR9 CS 0.375 IN EA 0.0
8 2 328345 WEATHERSTRIP EDGE TRIM STRAIGHT BUBBLE (CUT TO 69IN LONG) EA 1.0
9 2 618852 SHEET SIDE PAN 0.188IN X 13.375IN X 70.375IN AL EA 17.2
10 2 618853 PLATE CLAMP FRONT 0.375IN X 7.0IN X 9.5IN AL EA 2.2
11 2 618854 PLATE CLAMP BACK 0.375IN X 5.0IN X 13.5IN AL EA 2.2 DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER B.C., Canada
L ASME Y14.5M-2009. U.S.O.: L
12 1 618858 BAR MOUNTING 16T 0.75IN X 1.5IN X 15.25IN AL EA 1.6 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
TORQUE PLUGS TO 250FT LBS UNITS: INCHES X/X ±1/16

THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE COOLER SECTION 4P-16T 24N 2500PSI
13 1 618862 SHEET HEADER BLANK 16T 0.08IN X 7.0IN X 14.75IN AL EA 0.8 TORQUE FITTINGS TO 100FT LBS PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY
WITH ANTI SEIZE LUBRICANT COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
WITH ANTI SEIZE LUBRICANT FINISH: 250 μIN. .X ±.1
14 2 618867 HEADER RETURN 16T COOLER SECTION EA 58.5 DO NOT REMOVE AFTER LEAK TESTING
DETAIL B REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
INNER RADII: .03 MAX. .XX ±.01 WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. TC 2015/05/15 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
SCALE 1 : 3
15 4 624816 PLUG SA-105 SAE -20N 1.625-12UN HEX EA 0.48
OUTER .03 MIN. .XXX ±.005 OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2015/05/15 D 618873 B
M M
16 1 625083 NAME PLATE 5IN X 3IN X 0.041IN (HEAT EXCHANGER PSIG/F) EA 0.1 EDGE: X 45° CORP IS PROHIBITED.
ANGLES ±.5° AP. TFJ 2015/05/15 SCALE 1:8 WEIGHT 451.9 LBS SHEET 1 / 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part Description COOLER SECTION 8P-8T 24N 2500PSI Test Pressure (PSIG) 2750
Drawing ID (incl Rev.) 626865 B
4125 11000

PRIMARY
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
-20
Header, Port A153645
Header, Return A153645
(Certs on File).
Plugs A162140 (x4)
Tube 616020532 (x16) Checked By:
QC
65°f NA
( > MDMT +30 F)
Test Commenced By Mike Dunstan Witnessed By Dave Kuhn

(1) Pressure On 2,500 2500 9:34 AM
(2) Pressure Off 2,500 2500 9:44 AM
Test Completed By Mike Dunstan Witnessed By Dave Kuhn

NOTES
RESULTS
P Pneumatic Test Type Confirmed Report Completed By: Mike Dunstan
PASS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
8 A 2015/07/27 HS TC TFJ N/A INITIAL RELEASE
29 5/8" 48 7/16"
UPDATED NOTES WITH IMPACT
B 2016/02/12 AC TC TFJ 5203 EXEMPT, TUBE CORROSION
ALLOWANCE, AND DESIGN CODE
YEAR
B B
8 5/16"
4X
4 4 1/8" 6X 3X 3X
0" BOTTOM OUT ON MOUNTING 7 2 3
13 2X
C 1 NPT C
2 5/16" BAR 12 OR TUBE SUPPORT 3 . 4X
11
TRIM REDI-RODS WHEN FINISHED 2X 1X
8 4
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 4 7 2
2X 2 1/2"
PROTECT O-RING 2X 1-1/4 NPT &
SEALING SURFACES FROM 2X 1-1/2" SAE J518C CODE 61
DAMAGE AND PAINT
78 1/16" 6 45X
D
13 1/2"
A D
2X 11 5/8"
ITEM 3 NOT USED

ON THIS REDI-ROD
6 11/16"
1 7/8"
0"
E
A E
0"
4 1/16"
12 9/16"
16 5/8"
ATTACH NAME PLATE WITH RIVETS 79 1/8"

NOTE TEXT ORIENTATION WITH COOLER TOP 12
15 2X 1/2-13 UNC 1"
1/2"
TOP
15 3/8" 15 3/8"
F NOTES: F
B
DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS: DETAIL C
- SERVICE: SWEET NATURAL GAS SCALE 1 : 3
- CORROSION ALLOWANCE:
- TUBES: 0.004"
- HEADERS: 1/32"
- VOLUME: 955IN^3 TEXT
- MAWP: 2500 PSIG @ 400 F 1 1/4"
1 1/4"
- MDMT: -20 F @ 2500 PSIG 0"
- IMPACT TESTING: EXEMPT PER UG-20(f)
WHEN STORING ON DUNNAGE, PLACE DUNNAGE ON THESE FACES
G 1/2" 5/16" 2X 1/2-13 UNC THRU G
- ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1, BOILER AND PRESSURE 2X 1/2" 2X 76 5/16"
VESSEL CODE 2015 2X
- CSA B51-14, BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL, AND PRESSURE
PIPING CODE. 1X 1X 2X
9
NDE REQUIREMENT: PRESSURE TEST TO ASME SECTION VIII LIFT FROM THESE POINTS
- HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE: 3250PSIG (1.3 X MAWP) 3 2 7 USING SPREADER BAR
- OR PNEUMATIC TEST PRESSURE: 3000PSIG (1.2 X MAWP) 12X
NOTES: 4X 4X
H 1. THREAD END PLUGS AND BODIES OF CS TUBE FITTINGS INTO HEADERS. PAINT HEADER ASSEMBLY PER NOTES BELOW PRIOR TO 4 H
ASSEMBLY OF REMAINING COMPONENTS.
1. ALL O-RING SEALING SURFACES FOR 1.5 SAE PORTS TO BE MASKED/PROTECTED PRIOR TO SURFACE PREP AND PAINTING. 2X 5 14
3. EXTERIOR SURFACES PREPPED TO SSPC-SP11 OR BETTER (REFER TO: WI-MF-2013-026). 10
4. PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION ACCORDING TO: WI-MF-2014-001. 16
5. COLOR: IMW STANDARD GREY.
2. TORQUE 3/8-16UNC FASTENERS TO 15FT-LB LUBED (20FT-LBS DRY).
3. REFER TO PROCESS PLAN 703002 FOR ASSEMBLY AND TEST PROCEDURES.
J WEIGHT 16X J
REF. NO. QTY. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UOM (lbs)
1 16 203315-00 FORMED FIN TUBE 4P 0.625x0.065 EA 17.5 1
2 5 205731 REDI ROD COOLER SECTION 8 TUBES EA 0.5 MOUNT WITH LARGER
CHAMFERED SIDE
3 4 205807 COOLER SECTION TUBE SUPPORT PIPE 8 TUBES EA 0.2 POINTING INWARD
4 20 303446 BOLT HH CS GR.5 0.375-16UNC X 1.000 ZN EA 0.1
5 4 305375 ORING 2-128 V90D EA 0.00
K 6 45 327666 RUBBER EDPM 2.000IN X 2.000IN X 0.125IN EA 0.0 K
0.0
7 10 328331 NUT HEX LOCK GR9 CS 0.375 IN EA
B
9 2 618852 SHEET SIDE PAN 0.188IN X 13.375IN X 70.375IN AL EA 17.2 17
11 2 618854 PLATE CLAMP BACK 0.375IN X 5.0IN X 13.5IN AL EA 2.2
12 1 618858 BAR MOUNTING 16T 0.75IN X 1.5IN X 15.25IN AL EA 1.6 DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER B.C., Canada
L ASME Y14.5M-2009. U.S.O.: L
13 1 618862 SHEET HEADER BLANK 16T 0.08IN X 7.0IN X 14.75IN AL EA 0.8 THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
TORQUE PLUGS TO 250FT LBS TORQUE FITTINGS TO 100FT LBS
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE COOLER SECTION 8P-8T 24N 2500PSI
14 4 624816 PLUG SA-105 SAE -20N 1.625-12UN HEX EA 0.48 WITH ANTI SEIZE LUBRICANT WITH ANTI SEIZE LUBRICANT PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY
FINISH: 250 µIN. .X ±.1 COMPRESSION CORP. ANY
15 1 625083 NAME PLATE 5IN X 3IN X 0.041IN (HEAT EXCHANGER PSIG/F) EA 0.1 DO NOT REMOVE AFTER LEAK TESTING DETAIL B REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
SCALE 1 : 3 INNER RADII: .03 MAX. .XX ±.01 WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. HS 2015/07/27 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
16 1 626862 HEADER IN-OUT 1.25FNPT-1.5SAE 16T COOLER SECTION EA 57.7
OUTER .03 MIN. .XXX ±.005 OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. TC 2015/07/27 D 626865 B
M M
17 1 626863 HEADER IN-OUT 1.25FNPT-1.5SAE 16T COOLER SECTION EA 59.9 EDGE: X 45° CORP IS PROHIBITED.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part Description Cooler Section 4/8P-16/8T 16N 5000PSI Test Pressure (PSIG) 6000
9000 24000

PRIMARY
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
-20
(Certs on File).
Plugs L2570 (4)
Tube 616080534 (16) Checked By:
Warehouse
65 F N/A
( > MDMT +30 F)
Test Commenced By Timothy Goody Witnessed By Jordan Parkes

(1) Pressure On 5,000 5000 11:22 AM
(2) Pressure Off 5,000 5000 11:32 AM
Test Completed By Timothy Goody Witnessed By Jordan Parkes

NOTES
RESULTS
PASS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
01 2015/05/15 TC RJT TFJ N/A FIRST RELEASE, DERIVED FROM 208235
8 31 13/16" 46 1/4"
A 2015/06/03 TC RJT TFJ 3565 UPDATES FOR HEADERS, END PLUGS WERE ORB-24, ADDED NAME PLATE
B 2015/08/05 HS TC TFJ 4034 CHANGE REFERENCE DIM TO CRITICAL, UPDATE TO RIVET NAME PLATE
B B
8 5/16"
4X
4
4 1/8" 6X 3X 3X
TIGHTEN NUTS UNTIL SIDE PLATES 7 2 3

13 0"
BOTTOM OUT ON MOUNTING 2X
C 3/4 NPT C
2 5/16" BAR 12 OR TUBE SUPPORT 3 . 4X
11
TRIM REDI-RODS WHEN FINISHED 2X 1X
4
7 2
SECTION A-A
8 SCALE 1 : 4
78 1/16" 6 45X
13 1/2"
A
D 3X 11 5/8" D
2X 1/4 NPT
4X 1 NPT
6 3/4" ITEM 3 NOT USED

3X 1 7/8"
ON THIS REDI-ROD
0"
A
E E
0"
4 5/16"
6 13/16"
9 13/16"
12 5/16"
16 5/8"
79 1/8"
16 2X 1/2-13 UNC 1"
1/2"
TOP 12
B
ATTACH NAME PLATE WITH RIVETS 15 3/8" 15 3/8"
NOTE TEXT ORIENTATION WITH COOLER TOP
F F
NOTES: (3/4 NPT) DETAIL C

SCALE 1 : 3
1/2" 4 1/8"
DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS:
- SERVICE: SWEET NATURAL GAS TEXT 1 1/4"
- CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 1 1/4"
- TUBES: 0.002" 0"
- HEADERS: 1/32"
- VOLUME: 665IN^3 5/16" 2 5/16" WHEN STORING ON DUNNAGE, PLACE DUNNAGE ON THESE FACES
2X 1/2-13 UNC THRU
- MAWP: 5000 PSIG @ 400 F
- MDMT: -20 F @ 5000 PSIG 2X 1/2" 2X 76 5/16"
G G
B
APPLICABLE DESIGN CODES 2X
- ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1, BOILER AND PRESSURE LIFT FROM THESE POINTS
VESSEL CODE 2013 1X 1X 2X 9 USING SPREADER BAR
- CSA B51-09, BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL, AND PRESSURE
PIPING CODE.
3 2 7
NDE REQUIREMENT: PRESSURE TEST TO ASME SECTION VIII 12X
- HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE: 6500PSIG (1.3 X MAWP)
- OR PNEUMATIC TEST PRESSURE: 6000PSIG (1.2 X MAWP) 4X 4X 4
H NOTES: H
1. THREAD END PLUGS AND BODIES OF CS TUBE FITTINGS INTO HEADERS. PAINT HEADER ASSEMBLY PER NOTES BELOW 2X 5 15
PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY OF REMAINING COMPONENTS.
1. ALL THREADED HOLES TO BE PLUGGED/PROTECTED PRIOR TO SURFACE PREP AND PAINTING. 2X 10
2. EXTERIOR SURFACES PREPPED TO SSPC-SP11 OR BETTER (REFER TO: WI-MF-2013-026).
3. PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION ACCORDING TO: WI-MF-2014-001. 14
4. COLOR: CECC STANDARD GREY.
2. TORQUE 3/8-16UNC FASTENERS TO 15FT-LB LUBED (20FT-LBS DRY). 16X
1
J J
REF. NO. QTY. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UOM

WEIGHT
(lbs)
2 5 205731 REDI ROD COOLER SECTION 8 TUBES EA 0.5
0.00
B
K 5 4 305375 ORING 2-128 V90D EA K
6 45 327666 RUBBER EDPM 2.000IN X 2.000IN X 0.125IN EA 0.0

7 10 328331 NUT HEX LOCK GR9 CS 0.375 IN EA 0.0 MOUNT WITH LARGER
CHAMFERED SIDE
8 2 328345 WEATHERSTRIP EDGE TRIM STRAIGHT BUBBLE (CUT TO 69IN LONG) EA 1.0 POINTING INWARD
11 2 618854 PLATE CLAMP BACK 0.375IN X 5.0IN X 13.5IN AL EA 2.2 DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER B.C., Canada
L ASME Y14.5M-2009. U.S.O.: L
12 1 618858 BAR MOUNTING 16T 0.75IN X 1.5IN X 15.25IN AL EA 1.6 TORQUE PLUGS TO 250FT LBS TORQUE FITTINGS TO 100FT LBS THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
WITH ANTI SEIZE LUBRICANT WITH ANTI SEIZE LUBRICANT
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE COOLER SECTION 4/8P-16/8T 16N
13 1 618862 SHEET HEADER BLANK 16T 0.08IN X 7.0IN X 14.75IN AL EA 0.8 PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY
DO NOT REMOVE AFTER LEAK TESTING
DETAIL B FINISH: 250 μIN. .X ±.1 COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 5000PSI
14 2 618869 HEADER IN-OUT 1.00FNPT 16T COOLER SECTION EA 59.0 SCALE 1 : 3 REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
INNER RADII: .03 MAX. .XX ±.01 WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. TC 2015/05/15 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
OUTER .03 MIN. .XXX ±.005 OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. RJT 2015/05/15 D 618875 B
M M
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Part Description Cooler Section 4/8P-10/5T 16N 5000PSI Test Pressure (PSIG) 6000
9000 24000

PRIMARY
SECONDARY (If Used)
TEST DATA
-20
(Certs on File).
Plugs L2570 (4)
Tube 616080534 (16) Checked By:
Warehouse
65 F N/A
( > MDMT +30 F)
Test Commenced By Timothy Goody Witnessed By Jordan Parkes

(1) Pressure On 5,000 5000 11:22 AM
(2) Pressure Off 5,000 5000 11:32 AM
Test Completed By Timothy Goody Witnessed By Jordan Parkes

NOTES
RESULTS
PASS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REVISION HISTORY
A A
8
UPDATES FOR SIDE PLATES, HEADERS AND CLAMP
03 2015/05/15 TC RJT TFJ 3565 PLATES, ADDED TORQUE SPECS FOR SAE PLUGS, 1-7/8" SAE
PLUGS WERE 203318-00
31 7/8" 46 3/16"
A 2015/06/03 TC RJT TFJ 3565 UPDATES FOR HEADERS, ADDED NAME PLATE
B 2015/08/05 HS TC TFJ 4034 CHANGE REFERENCE DIM TO CRITICAL, UPDATE TO RIVET
B NAME PLATE B
4X
5 1/2"
4
4 1/8"
6X 3X 3X
0"
13 3/4 NPT BOTTOM OUT ON MOUNTING 7 2 3
2 5/16" 2X
C BAR 12 OR TUBE SUPPORT 3 . C
4X
TRIM REDI-RODS WHEN FINISHED 11
8 2X 1X
SECTION A-A 4
SCALE 1 : 4
7 2
4X 1/4 NPT 27X
78 1/16"
13 1/2" 4X 1 NPT
A 6
D 2X 11 5/8" D
ITEM 3 NOT USED

ON THIS REDI-ROD
6 3/4"
2X 1 7/8"
0"
A
12
0"
E E
2 1/2"
4"
7"
8 1/2"
11"
B 79 1/8"
ATTACH NAME PLATE WITH RIVETS 16
NOTE TEXT ORIENTATION WITH COOLER TOP 2X 1/2-13 UNC 1"
RECORD REQUIRED INFO ON NAME PLATE TOP 1/2"
9 3/4" 9 3/4"
F (3/4 NPT) F
NOTES: 4 1/8"
1/2" DETAIL C
DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS: TEXT 1 1/4" SCALE 1 : 3
- SERVICE: SWEET NATURAL GAS 1 1/4"
- CORROSION ALLOWANCE: 0"
- TUBES: 0.002"
- HEADERS: 1/32" 5/16" 2X 1/2-13 UNC THRU
- VOLUME: 418IN^3 2 5/16"
WHEN STORING ON DUNNAGE, PLACE DUNNAGE ON THESE FACES
- MAWP: 5000 PSIG @ 400 F
- MDMT: -20 F @ 5000 PSIG 2X 1/2" 2X 76 5/16"
G B G
- ASME SECTION VIII, DIVISION 1, BOILER AND PRESSURE
VESSEL CODE 2013
- CSA B51-09, BOILER, PRESSURE VESSEL, AND PRESSURE 2X
PIPING CODE. LIFT FROM THESE POINTS
1X 1X 2X 9 USING SPREADER BAR
-
-
HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE: 6500PSIG (1.3 X MAWP)
OR PNEUMATIC TEST PRESSURE: 6000PSIG (1.2 X MAWP)
12X
3 2 7 COOLER SECTION TOP C
H NOTES: 4X 4X H
1. THREAD END PLUGS AND BODIES OF CS TUBE FITTINGS INTO HEADERS. PAINT HEADER ASSEMBLY PER NOTES BELOW PRIOR TO 4
ASSEMBLY OF REMAINING COMPONENTS.
2X 5 15
2. EXTERIOR SURFACES PREPPED TO SSPC-SP11 OR BETTER (REFER TO: WI-MF-2013-026).
2X 10
3. PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION ACCORDING TO: WI-MF-2014-001.
4. COLOR: CECC STANDARD GREY.
2. TORQUE 3/8-16UNC FASTENERS TO 15FT-LB LUBED (20FT-LBS DRY). 14
10X
J J
WEIGHT 1
REF. NO. QTY. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UOM (lbs)
2 5 205747 REDI ROD COOLER SECTION 5 TUBES EA 0.3
K 5 4 305375 ORING 2-128 V90D EA 0.00 MOUNT WITH LARGER
CHAMFERED SIDE
B K
6 27 327666 RUBBER EDPM 2.000IN X 2.000IN X 0.125IN EA 0.0 POINTING INWARD

7 10 328331 NUT HEX LOCK GR9 CS 0.375 IN EA 0.0
11 2 618854 PLATE CLAMP BACK 0.375IN X 5.0IN X 13.5IN AL EA 2.2 TORQUE PLUGS TO 250FT LBS DIMENSIONING & TOLERANCING PER
B.C., Canada
L WITH ANTI SEIZE LUBRICANT ASME Y14.5M-2009. U.S.O.: L
12 1 618857 BAR MOUNTING 10T 0.75IN X 1.5IN X 9.63IN AL EA 1.0 DO NOT REMOVE AFTER LEAK TESTING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TITLE
DETAIL B
TORQUE FITTINGS TO 100FT LBS UNITS: INCHES X/X ±1/16
THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE COOLER SECTION 4/8P-10/5T 16N
13 1 618861 SHEET HEADER BLANK 10T 0.08IN X 7.0IN X 9.13IN AL EA 0.5 SCALE 1 : 3 PROPERTY OF CLEAN ENERGY
WITH ANTI SEIZE LUBRICANT FINISH: 250 μIN. .X ±.1 COMPRESSION CORP. ANY 5000PSI
14 2 618868 HEADER IN-OUT 1.00FNPT 10T COOLER SECTION EA 38.0 REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A
INNER RADII: .03 MAX. .XX ±.01 WHOLE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION DR. RJT 2015/01/20 SIZE DOC. NO. REV
OUTER .03 MIN. .XXX ±.005 OF CLEAN ENERGY COMPRESSION CK. TC 2015/01/20 D 618874 B
M M
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ǁǁǁ͘ĐůĞĂŶĞŶĞƌŐǇĨƵĞůƐ͘ĐŽŵͬĐŽŵƉƌĞƐƐŝŽŶ
KDWZ^^KZ^</
DK> >EE'ϱϭϮϱͲϮϱϬͲϯϲϮϲͲϰ
^Z/>EhDZ ZEη Eͬ
dK&DEh&dhZ
ϭϰϱdKϭϳϰ W^/' ϯϲϮϲ W^/'

/E>dWZ^^hZ Dy/DhD/^,Z'WZ^^hZ
ϭϬdKϭϮ Z' ϮϱϬ Z'
ϴϮϲ ^&D ϭϳϰ W^/'
&>KtZd d
ϭϰϬϭ ^ŵϯͬŚ ϭϮ Z'
;&ůŽǁƌĂƚĞƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĞĚĂƚŵďŝĞŶƚdĞŵƉĞƌĂƚƵƌĞϮϬΣ͕ŵďŝĞŶƚWƌĞƐƐƵƌĞϭĂƚŵ͕'ĂƐdĞŵƉĞƌĂƚƵƌĞϭϱΣͿ
sK>d' ϰϲϬs ϭϮϬsͬϮϰs D/EDKdKZWKtZ ϮϱϬ,W

W,^ ϯ ϭ &ZYhEz ϲϬ,ǌ
Zd>KDWZ^ Ϯϵϴ ϯͬϭ dDWK dϮ
Ͳϰ&ƚŽϭϭϯ&
D/EddDWZdhZ
ͲϮϬƚŽϰϱ
Yh/WDEd^h/d>&KZ >^^/͕/s͘ϭ͕'ZKhW Es/ZKEDEd

>K<KhdWKtZ&KZ^Zs//E'
&KZEdhZ>'^h^KE>z
D/EE

Customer Manual WC1050738

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Customer Manual WC1050738

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Installation, Operation &

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 2 of 112

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 3 of 112

1.1 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................................................................... 8

2 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES ............................................ 10

2.1 SAFE WORK PRACTICES .................................................................................................................................... 10

4.1 DELIVERY OPTIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 22

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 4 of 112

5.1 COMPRESSOR SKID INSTALLATION ...................................................................................................................... 31

6 COMMISSIONING AND START-UP.............................................................................................................. 36

6.1 START-UP PREPARATION................................................................................................................................... 36

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 5 of 112

7.1 COMPRESSOR LIGHT FUNCTIONALITY .................................................................................................................. 46

8 TOUCHSCREEN OPERATION ─ SIEMENS CONTROLLER ................................................................................ 52

8.1 NAVIGATION CONTROL BUTTONS ....................................................................................................................... 52

9 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING.................................................................................................. 63

9.1 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS ................................................................................................................................. 63

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 6 of 112

10.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................. 94

11 PROCEDURES AND ADDENDUMS .............................................................................................................. 96

12 TECHNICAL SUPPORT .............................................................................................................................. 109

13 APPENDIX A: SERVICE DOCUMENTS LIST ................................................................................................. 110

14 APPENDIX B: INSTALLATION DOCUMENTS LIST........................................................................................ 111

15 APPENDIX C: ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS AND SERIAL NUMBER LIST......................................................... 112

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 7 of 112

43676 Progress Way

1.3 Receipt and Inspection

Immediately upon receipt of the equipment, take the following steps:

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 8 of 112

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 9 of 112

2.1 Safe Work Practices

2.2 Responsibilities of the Qualified Operation Personnel

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 10 of 112

2.3 Responsibilities of the Qualified Installation, Commissioning and

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 11 of 112

2.4.1 Danger Symbols

Elevated risk of death or injury in No cigarettes, lighters, matches, or

No open flame, such as blow A fully operational fire extinguisher

Cell phone usage prohibited. Power

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 12 of 112

General Hazard. There are Electrical Hazards. These are risks

Risk of explosion, or uncontrolled Risk of catching, crushing, or

2.4.3 Safety Equipment Symbols

Wear adequate eye protection Wear foot protection against

Apply individual padlock Wear protective gloves against

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 13 of 112

☼ Use OEM parts to maintain the integrity of the design.

☼ Do not store flammable materials near the unit.

☼ Do not touch any wiring (exposed or not) or electrical

DANGER: Explosion Hazard!

Any questions, please contact Technical Services at customercare@cleanenergyfuels.com

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 14 of 112

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 15 of 112

2.5.3 Opening Electrical Enclosures

Before opening explosion-proof panels:

After completing all work in the explosion-proof panel:

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 16 of 112

2.5.4 Safety Remarks Regarding Operation

MNC-000022 Rev.C Page 17 of 112

Be aware that the compressor may start automatically at any time.

Do not assume that a compressor that is not running is disconnected or de-

2.5.5 Safety Remarks in Case of Gas Leaks

DANGER: Explosion Hazard!

2.5.6 Arc Flash and Arc Blast Hazards